User login
Volumetric Considerations for Valving Long-Arm Casts: The Utility of the Cast Spacer
ABSTRACT
Fiberglass casts are frequently valved to accommodate swelling following injury or surgery. The use of cast spacers has been recommended to bridge this gap between pressure reduction and cast strength, but no studies have assessed their effect on cast pressure.
We applied 30 long-arm fiberglass casts to adult volunteers, divided between a univalve group and a bivalve group. A pediatric blood pressure bladder was applied under the cast to simulate soft tissue swelling. Valved casts were secured using an elastic wrap, 10-mm cast spacer, or 15-mm cast spacer. Measurements of cast pressure and circumference were performed at each stage and compared on the basis of type of valve and securement.
Our results indicated that cast univalving resulted in an approximately 60% reduction in cast pressures, with a 75% reduction seen in the bivalve group. The addition of cast spacers resulted in significant pressure reductions for both valving groups. The univalve group secured with a 10-mm cast spacer produced reductions in cast pressure similar to those of the elastic-wrapped bivalve cast, both with the cast padding intact and with it released.
The use of cast spacers results in significant cast pressure reductions, regardless of valving technique. A univalved cast secured with a cast spacer can produce decreases in cast pressures similar to those seen with an elastic-wrapped bivalved cast, and it is a viable option for reducing cast pressure without compromising cast structural integrity with a bivalve technique.
Continue to: Complications following closed reduction...
Complications following closed reduction and casting of pediatric forearm fractures are rare, but they do occur. Arguably the most devastating of these complications is the risk of developing compartment syndrome or Volkmann contracture secondary to injury-associated swelling under a circumferential cast.1-4 The peak in swelling can develop from 4 to 24 hours following the initial cast application,5 and as such, medical providers may not be able to identify it early because most children are discharged following closed reductions. For this reason, many providers implement prophylactic measures to minimize pressure-related complications.
A popular method for reducing pressure accumulation within a cast is to valve, or cut, the cast. Previous investigations have shown that cast valving results in significant reductions in cast pressure.2,6-9 Bivalving a circumferential cast results in significantly greater reductions in cast pressure when compared with univalve techniques;6,7,9 however, bivalving has also been shown to result in significant impairment in the structural integrity of the cast.10 An additional method to facilitate cast pressure reduction without impairing the structural integrity of the cast that accompanies a bivalve is to incorporate a cast spacer with a univalve technique to hold the split cast open.11 Although this method is commonly used in clinical practice, its ability to mitigate cast pressures has not previously been investigated.
The goal of this study is to investigate the influence of incorporating cast spacers with valved long-arm casts. We hypothesized that cast spacers would provide a greater pressure reduction for both univalved and bivalved casts when compared with the use of an elastic wrap. Additionally, we proposed that by incorporating a cast spacer with a univalved cast, we could attain pressure reduction equivalent to that of a bivalved cast secured with an elastic wrap.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Upon receiving approval from the Institutional Review Board, experimental testing began with the application of 30 total casts performed on uninjured adult human volunteers. Pressure readings were provided with the use of a bladder from a pediatric blood pressure cuff (Welch Allyn Inc), as previously described.6 The bladder was placed on the volar aspect of the volunteer’s forearm, held in place with a 3-in diameter cotton stockinet (3M). Cotton cast padding (Webril-Kendall) was applied, 3 in wide and 2 layers thick, and a long-arm cast was applied, 2 layers thick with 3-in wide fiberglass casting material (Scotchcast Plus Casting Tape; 3M).
Once the cast was applied and allowed to set, the blood pressure bladder was inflated to 100 mm Hg. After inflation, forearm cast circumference was measured at 2 set points, assessed at points 2 cm distal to the elbow flexor crease and 10 cm distal to the previous point (Figure 1). Using these data, we calculated estimated cast volume using the volumetric equation for a frustum. Following this point, casts were split into 2 experimental groups, univalve or bivalve, with 15 casts comprising each group. The univalve group consisted of a single cut along the dorsum of the extremity, and the bivalve group incorporated a second cut to the volar extremity. Cast valving was performed using an oscillating cast saw (Cast Vac; Stryker Instruments), with care taken to ensure the continuity of the underlying cast padding.
Continue to: Following valving, casts were secured via...
Following valving, casts were secured via 3 separate techniques: overwrap with a 3-in elastic wrap (Econo Wrap; Vitality Medical), application of two 10-mm and 15-mm cast spacers (CastWedge; DM Systems) (Figure 2). After securement, cast pressures were recorded, and circumference measurements were performed at the 2 previously identified points. The cast padding was then cut at the valve site and secured via the 3 listed techniques. Cast pressure and circumference measurements were performed at set time points (Figure 3). Changes in cast pressure were recorded in terms of the amount of change from the initial cast placement to account for differences in the size of volunteers’ forearms. Volumetric calculations were performed only for the spacer subgroups owing to the added material in the elastic wrap group. Estimated cast volume was calculated using the equation for volume of a frustum (Figure 4).
We used a 2-cast type (univalve and bivalve) by 4 securement subgroups (initial, elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, and 15-mm spacer) design, with cast type serving as a between-subject measure and securement serving as a within-subject variable. An a priori power analysis showed that a minimum sample size of 15 subjects per condition should provide sufficient power of .80 and alpha set at .05, for a total of 30 casts. Statistical analyses were performed using IBM SPSS Statistics software version 21 (IBM). Experimental groups were analyzed using mixed-design analysis of variance (ANOVA). Post hoc comparisons between valving groups and cast securement were performed using Scheffe’s test to control for type II errors. Change in cast volume between the initial cast and cast spacers groups was compared using paired Student’s t tests. Statistical significance was predetermined as P < .05.
RESULTS
A summary of collected data for cast pressure and volume is detailed in Table 1, subdividing the variables on the basis of cast type and type of securement. Recorded pressures of the different subgroups are depicted in Figures 5 and 6 according to type of securement (initial, elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, or 15-mm spacer). Results of the mixed-design ANOVA demonstrated significant differences between the initial cast pressure and univalve and bivalve groups (P < .05). There was a main effect for bivalve having lower pressure overall (F [1, 1)] = 3321.51, P < .001). There was also a main effect indicating that pressure was different for each type of securement (elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, 15-mm spacer) (F [1, 28] = 538.54, P <. 01). Post hoc testing confirmed pressure decreased significantly, in descending order from elastic wrap, to 10-mm spacers, to 15-mm spacers (P < .05).
Table 1. Cumulative Data for Two Casting groups at Each Timepoint
Cast | Pressure | Standard Deviation | Volume |
Univalve |
|
|
|
Initial | 100 | --- | 2654.3 |
Elastic Wrap | 39.47 | 3.33 | --- |
10-mm Spacer | 23.93 | 2.73 | 2708.23 |
15-mm Spacer | 18.87 | 2.94 | 2734.86 |
Padding and Elastic Wrap | 20.93 | 2.91 | --- |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 15.46 | 2.19 | 2733.24 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 2819.27 |
Bivalve |
|
|
|
Initial | 100 | --- | 2839.3 |
Elastic Wrap | 25.9 | 3.17 | --- |
10-mm Spacer | 16.53 | 2.32 | 3203.13 |
15-mm Spacer | 13.6 | 2.74 | 3380.32 |
Padding and Elastic Wrap | 12.67 | 1.95 | --- |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 3296.55 |
Padding and 15- mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 3438.67 |
Continue to: Table 2...
The summary of volumetric changes is listed in Table 2. The decrease in pressure correlated with an associated increase in cast volume, as demonstrated in Figure 7. The degree of increase in cast volume was more pronounced in the bivalve group (P < .001). The volume increased in the 15-mm group compared with the 10-mm group for both groups (P < .001) and increased for each spacer group with the release of the underlying padding (P < .05).
Table 2. Volumetric Data
Cast | Average Volumetric change (cm3) | Standard Deviation |
Univalve |
|
|
10-mm Spacer | 175.6 | 65.4 |
15-mm Spacer | 269.4 | 73.3 |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 202.3 | 62.5 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 294.1 | 66.9 |
Bivalve |
|
|
10-mm Spacer | 363.7 | 67.2 |
15-mm Spacer | 540.9 | 85.7 |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 457.2 | 97.9 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 599.3 | 84.2 |
Analysis of the planned comparisons demonstrated no significant difference between the bivalve with elastic wrap and univalve with 10-mm spacer subgroups (t [28] = 1.85, P = .075, d = .68). In comparing the bivalve with elastic wrap group with the univalve and 15-mm spacer subgroup, the univalve group showed significantly lower pressures [t [28] = 6.32, P < .001, d = .2.31).
DISCUSSION
Valving of circumferential casting is a well-established technique to minimize potential pressure-related complications. Previous studies have demonstrated that univalving techniques produce a 65% reduction in cast pressure, whereas bivalving produces an 80% decrease.6,7,9 Our results showed comparable pressure reductions of 75% with bivalving and 60% with univalving. The type of cast padding has been shown to have a significant effect on the cast pressure, favoring lower pressures with cotton padding over synthetic and waterproof padding, which, when released, can provide an additional 10% pressure reduction.6,7
Although bivalving techniques are superior in pressure reduction, the reduction comes at the cost of the cast’s structural integrity. Crickard and colleagues10 performed a biomechanical assessment of the structural integrity by 3-point bending of casts following univalve and bivalve compared with an intact cast. The authors found that valving resulted in a significant decrease in the casts’ bending stiffness and load to failure, with bivalved casts demonstrating a significantly lower load to failure than univalved casts. One technique that has been used to enhance the pressure reduction in univalved casting techniques is the application of a cast spacer. Rang and colleagues11 recommended this technique as part of a graded cast-splitting approach for the treatment of children’s fractures. This technique was applied to fractures with only modest anticipated swelling, which accounted for approximately 95% of casts applied in their children’s hospital. Our results support the use of cast spacers, demonstrating significant reduction in cast pressure in both univalve and bivalve techniques. Additionally, we found that a univalved cast with a 10-mm cast spacer provided pressure reduction similar to that of a bivalved cast.
The theory behind the application of cast spacers is that a split fiberglass cast will not remain open unless held in position.11 Holding the cast open is less of a restraint to pressure reduction in bivalving techniques, because the split cast no longer has the contralateral intact hinge point to resist cast opening, demonstrated in the compromise in structural integrity seen with this technique.10 By maintaining the split cast in an opened position, the effective volume of the cast is increased, which allows for the reduction in cast pressure. This is demonstrated in our results indicating an increase in estimated cast volume with an associated incremental reduction in cast pressure with the application of incrementally sized cast spacers. Although this technique does have the potential for skin irritation caused by cast expansion, as well as local swelling at the cast window location, it is a cost-effective treatment method compared with overwrapping a bivalved cast, $1.55 for 1 cast spacer vs an estimated $200 for a forearm cast application.
This study is not without its limitations. Our model does not account for the soft tissue injury associated with forearm fractures. However, by using human volunteers, we were able to include the viscoelastic properties that are omitted with nonliving models, and our results do align with those of previous investigations regarding pressure change following valving. We did not incorporate a 3-point molding technique commonly used with reduction and casting of acute forearm fractures, owing to the lack of a standardized method for applying the mold to healthy volunteers. Although molding is necessary for most fractures in which valving is considered, we believe our data still provide valuable information. Additionally, valving of circumferential casts has not been shown, prospectively, to result in a reduction of cast-related compartment syndrome, maintenance of reduction, or need for surgery.12,13 However, these results are reflective of reliable patients who completed the requisite follow-up care necessary for inclusion in a randomized controlled trial and may be applicable to unreliable patients or patient situations, a setting in which the compromise in cast structural integrity may be unacceptable.
CONCLUSION
We demonstrated that incorporating cast spacers into valved long-arm casts provides pressure reduction comparable to that achieved with the use of an elastic wrap. The addition of a 10-mm cast spacer to a univalved long-arm cast provides pressure reduction equivalent to that of a bivalved cast secured with an elastic wrap. A univalved cast secured with a cast spacer is a viable option for treatment of displaced pediatric forearm fractures, without compromising the cast’s structural integrity as required with bivalved techniques.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Halanski M, Noonan KJ. Cast and splint immobilization: complications. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008;16(1):30-40.
- Zaino CJ, Patel MR, Arief MS, Pivec R. The effectiveness of bivalving, cast spreading, and webril cutting to reduce cast pressure in a fiberglass short arm cast. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2015;97(5):374-380. doi:10.2106/JBJS.N.00579.
- Rodriguez-Merchan EC. Pediatric fractures of the forearm. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;(432):65-72.
- von Volkmann R. Ischaemic muscle paralyses and contractures. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1967;50:5-56. doi:10.1097/BLO.0b013e318032561f.
- Patrick JH, Levack B. A study of pressures beneath forearm plasters. Injury. 1981;13(1):37-41.
- Roberts A, Shaw KA, Boomsma SE, Cameron CD. Effect of casting material on the cast pressure after sequential cast splitting. J Pediatr Orthop. 2017;37(1):74-77. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000574.
- Garfin SR, Mubarak SJ, Evans KL, Hargens AR, Akeson WH. Quantification of intracompartmental pressure and volume under plaster casts. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1981;63(3):449-453.
- Capo JT, Renard RL, Moulton MJ, et al. How is forearm compliance affected by various circumferential dressings? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014 472(10):3228-3234. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3747-y.
- Bingold AC. On splitting plasters. A useful analogy. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1979;61-b(3):294-295.
- Crickard CV, Riccio AI, Carney JR, Anderson TD. Analysis and comparison of the biomechanical properties of univalved and bivalved cast models. J Pediatr Orthop.2011;31(1):39-43. doi:10.1097/BPO.0b013e318202c446.
- Rang M, Wenger DR, Pring ME. Rang's Children's Fractures. 3rd ed. Wenger DR, Rang M, eds. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
- Schulte D, Habernig S, Zuzak T, et al. Forearm fractures in children: split opinions about splitting the cast. Eur J Pediatr Surg. 2014;24(2):163-167. doi:10.1055/s-0033-1341412.
- Bae DS, Valim C, Connell P, Brustowicz KA, Waters PM. Bivalved versus circumferential cast immobilization for displaced forearm fractures: a randomized clinical trial to assess efficacy and safety. J Pediatr Orthop. 2017;37(4):239-246 doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000655.
ABSTRACT
Fiberglass casts are frequently valved to accommodate swelling following injury or surgery. The use of cast spacers has been recommended to bridge this gap between pressure reduction and cast strength, but no studies have assessed their effect on cast pressure.
We applied 30 long-arm fiberglass casts to adult volunteers, divided between a univalve group and a bivalve group. A pediatric blood pressure bladder was applied under the cast to simulate soft tissue swelling. Valved casts were secured using an elastic wrap, 10-mm cast spacer, or 15-mm cast spacer. Measurements of cast pressure and circumference were performed at each stage and compared on the basis of type of valve and securement.
Our results indicated that cast univalving resulted in an approximately 60% reduction in cast pressures, with a 75% reduction seen in the bivalve group. The addition of cast spacers resulted in significant pressure reductions for both valving groups. The univalve group secured with a 10-mm cast spacer produced reductions in cast pressure similar to those of the elastic-wrapped bivalve cast, both with the cast padding intact and with it released.
The use of cast spacers results in significant cast pressure reductions, regardless of valving technique. A univalved cast secured with a cast spacer can produce decreases in cast pressures similar to those seen with an elastic-wrapped bivalved cast, and it is a viable option for reducing cast pressure without compromising cast structural integrity with a bivalve technique.
Continue to: Complications following closed reduction...
Complications following closed reduction and casting of pediatric forearm fractures are rare, but they do occur. Arguably the most devastating of these complications is the risk of developing compartment syndrome or Volkmann contracture secondary to injury-associated swelling under a circumferential cast.1-4 The peak in swelling can develop from 4 to 24 hours following the initial cast application,5 and as such, medical providers may not be able to identify it early because most children are discharged following closed reductions. For this reason, many providers implement prophylactic measures to minimize pressure-related complications.
A popular method for reducing pressure accumulation within a cast is to valve, or cut, the cast. Previous investigations have shown that cast valving results in significant reductions in cast pressure.2,6-9 Bivalving a circumferential cast results in significantly greater reductions in cast pressure when compared with univalve techniques;6,7,9 however, bivalving has also been shown to result in significant impairment in the structural integrity of the cast.10 An additional method to facilitate cast pressure reduction without impairing the structural integrity of the cast that accompanies a bivalve is to incorporate a cast spacer with a univalve technique to hold the split cast open.11 Although this method is commonly used in clinical practice, its ability to mitigate cast pressures has not previously been investigated.
The goal of this study is to investigate the influence of incorporating cast spacers with valved long-arm casts. We hypothesized that cast spacers would provide a greater pressure reduction for both univalved and bivalved casts when compared with the use of an elastic wrap. Additionally, we proposed that by incorporating a cast spacer with a univalved cast, we could attain pressure reduction equivalent to that of a bivalved cast secured with an elastic wrap.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Upon receiving approval from the Institutional Review Board, experimental testing began with the application of 30 total casts performed on uninjured adult human volunteers. Pressure readings were provided with the use of a bladder from a pediatric blood pressure cuff (Welch Allyn Inc), as previously described.6 The bladder was placed on the volar aspect of the volunteer’s forearm, held in place with a 3-in diameter cotton stockinet (3M). Cotton cast padding (Webril-Kendall) was applied, 3 in wide and 2 layers thick, and a long-arm cast was applied, 2 layers thick with 3-in wide fiberglass casting material (Scotchcast Plus Casting Tape; 3M).
Once the cast was applied and allowed to set, the blood pressure bladder was inflated to 100 mm Hg. After inflation, forearm cast circumference was measured at 2 set points, assessed at points 2 cm distal to the elbow flexor crease and 10 cm distal to the previous point (Figure 1). Using these data, we calculated estimated cast volume using the volumetric equation for a frustum. Following this point, casts were split into 2 experimental groups, univalve or bivalve, with 15 casts comprising each group. The univalve group consisted of a single cut along the dorsum of the extremity, and the bivalve group incorporated a second cut to the volar extremity. Cast valving was performed using an oscillating cast saw (Cast Vac; Stryker Instruments), with care taken to ensure the continuity of the underlying cast padding.
Continue to: Following valving, casts were secured via...
Following valving, casts were secured via 3 separate techniques: overwrap with a 3-in elastic wrap (Econo Wrap; Vitality Medical), application of two 10-mm and 15-mm cast spacers (CastWedge; DM Systems) (Figure 2). After securement, cast pressures were recorded, and circumference measurements were performed at the 2 previously identified points. The cast padding was then cut at the valve site and secured via the 3 listed techniques. Cast pressure and circumference measurements were performed at set time points (Figure 3). Changes in cast pressure were recorded in terms of the amount of change from the initial cast placement to account for differences in the size of volunteers’ forearms. Volumetric calculations were performed only for the spacer subgroups owing to the added material in the elastic wrap group. Estimated cast volume was calculated using the equation for volume of a frustum (Figure 4).
We used a 2-cast type (univalve and bivalve) by 4 securement subgroups (initial, elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, and 15-mm spacer) design, with cast type serving as a between-subject measure and securement serving as a within-subject variable. An a priori power analysis showed that a minimum sample size of 15 subjects per condition should provide sufficient power of .80 and alpha set at .05, for a total of 30 casts. Statistical analyses were performed using IBM SPSS Statistics software version 21 (IBM). Experimental groups were analyzed using mixed-design analysis of variance (ANOVA). Post hoc comparisons between valving groups and cast securement were performed using Scheffe’s test to control for type II errors. Change in cast volume between the initial cast and cast spacers groups was compared using paired Student’s t tests. Statistical significance was predetermined as P < .05.
RESULTS
A summary of collected data for cast pressure and volume is detailed in Table 1, subdividing the variables on the basis of cast type and type of securement. Recorded pressures of the different subgroups are depicted in Figures 5 and 6 according to type of securement (initial, elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, or 15-mm spacer). Results of the mixed-design ANOVA demonstrated significant differences between the initial cast pressure and univalve and bivalve groups (P < .05). There was a main effect for bivalve having lower pressure overall (F [1, 1)] = 3321.51, P < .001). There was also a main effect indicating that pressure was different for each type of securement (elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, 15-mm spacer) (F [1, 28] = 538.54, P <. 01). Post hoc testing confirmed pressure decreased significantly, in descending order from elastic wrap, to 10-mm spacers, to 15-mm spacers (P < .05).
Table 1. Cumulative Data for Two Casting groups at Each Timepoint
Cast | Pressure | Standard Deviation | Volume |
Univalve |
|
|
|
Initial | 100 | --- | 2654.3 |
Elastic Wrap | 39.47 | 3.33 | --- |
10-mm Spacer | 23.93 | 2.73 | 2708.23 |
15-mm Spacer | 18.87 | 2.94 | 2734.86 |
Padding and Elastic Wrap | 20.93 | 2.91 | --- |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 15.46 | 2.19 | 2733.24 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 2819.27 |
Bivalve |
|
|
|
Initial | 100 | --- | 2839.3 |
Elastic Wrap | 25.9 | 3.17 | --- |
10-mm Spacer | 16.53 | 2.32 | 3203.13 |
15-mm Spacer | 13.6 | 2.74 | 3380.32 |
Padding and Elastic Wrap | 12.67 | 1.95 | --- |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 3296.55 |
Padding and 15- mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 3438.67 |
Continue to: Table 2...
The summary of volumetric changes is listed in Table 2. The decrease in pressure correlated with an associated increase in cast volume, as demonstrated in Figure 7. The degree of increase in cast volume was more pronounced in the bivalve group (P < .001). The volume increased in the 15-mm group compared with the 10-mm group for both groups (P < .001) and increased for each spacer group with the release of the underlying padding (P < .05).
Table 2. Volumetric Data
Cast | Average Volumetric change (cm3) | Standard Deviation |
Univalve |
|
|
10-mm Spacer | 175.6 | 65.4 |
15-mm Spacer | 269.4 | 73.3 |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 202.3 | 62.5 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 294.1 | 66.9 |
Bivalve |
|
|
10-mm Spacer | 363.7 | 67.2 |
15-mm Spacer | 540.9 | 85.7 |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 457.2 | 97.9 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 599.3 | 84.2 |
Analysis of the planned comparisons demonstrated no significant difference between the bivalve with elastic wrap and univalve with 10-mm spacer subgroups (t [28] = 1.85, P = .075, d = .68). In comparing the bivalve with elastic wrap group with the univalve and 15-mm spacer subgroup, the univalve group showed significantly lower pressures [t [28] = 6.32, P < .001, d = .2.31).
DISCUSSION
Valving of circumferential casting is a well-established technique to minimize potential pressure-related complications. Previous studies have demonstrated that univalving techniques produce a 65% reduction in cast pressure, whereas bivalving produces an 80% decrease.6,7,9 Our results showed comparable pressure reductions of 75% with bivalving and 60% with univalving. The type of cast padding has been shown to have a significant effect on the cast pressure, favoring lower pressures with cotton padding over synthetic and waterproof padding, which, when released, can provide an additional 10% pressure reduction.6,7
Although bivalving techniques are superior in pressure reduction, the reduction comes at the cost of the cast’s structural integrity. Crickard and colleagues10 performed a biomechanical assessment of the structural integrity by 3-point bending of casts following univalve and bivalve compared with an intact cast. The authors found that valving resulted in a significant decrease in the casts’ bending stiffness and load to failure, with bivalved casts demonstrating a significantly lower load to failure than univalved casts. One technique that has been used to enhance the pressure reduction in univalved casting techniques is the application of a cast spacer. Rang and colleagues11 recommended this technique as part of a graded cast-splitting approach for the treatment of children’s fractures. This technique was applied to fractures with only modest anticipated swelling, which accounted for approximately 95% of casts applied in their children’s hospital. Our results support the use of cast spacers, demonstrating significant reduction in cast pressure in both univalve and bivalve techniques. Additionally, we found that a univalved cast with a 10-mm cast spacer provided pressure reduction similar to that of a bivalved cast.
The theory behind the application of cast spacers is that a split fiberglass cast will not remain open unless held in position.11 Holding the cast open is less of a restraint to pressure reduction in bivalving techniques, because the split cast no longer has the contralateral intact hinge point to resist cast opening, demonstrated in the compromise in structural integrity seen with this technique.10 By maintaining the split cast in an opened position, the effective volume of the cast is increased, which allows for the reduction in cast pressure. This is demonstrated in our results indicating an increase in estimated cast volume with an associated incremental reduction in cast pressure with the application of incrementally sized cast spacers. Although this technique does have the potential for skin irritation caused by cast expansion, as well as local swelling at the cast window location, it is a cost-effective treatment method compared with overwrapping a bivalved cast, $1.55 for 1 cast spacer vs an estimated $200 for a forearm cast application.
This study is not without its limitations. Our model does not account for the soft tissue injury associated with forearm fractures. However, by using human volunteers, we were able to include the viscoelastic properties that are omitted with nonliving models, and our results do align with those of previous investigations regarding pressure change following valving. We did not incorporate a 3-point molding technique commonly used with reduction and casting of acute forearm fractures, owing to the lack of a standardized method for applying the mold to healthy volunteers. Although molding is necessary for most fractures in which valving is considered, we believe our data still provide valuable information. Additionally, valving of circumferential casts has not been shown, prospectively, to result in a reduction of cast-related compartment syndrome, maintenance of reduction, or need for surgery.12,13 However, these results are reflective of reliable patients who completed the requisite follow-up care necessary for inclusion in a randomized controlled trial and may be applicable to unreliable patients or patient situations, a setting in which the compromise in cast structural integrity may be unacceptable.
CONCLUSION
We demonstrated that incorporating cast spacers into valved long-arm casts provides pressure reduction comparable to that achieved with the use of an elastic wrap. The addition of a 10-mm cast spacer to a univalved long-arm cast provides pressure reduction equivalent to that of a bivalved cast secured with an elastic wrap. A univalved cast secured with a cast spacer is a viable option for treatment of displaced pediatric forearm fractures, without compromising the cast’s structural integrity as required with bivalved techniques.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
ABSTRACT
Fiberglass casts are frequently valved to accommodate swelling following injury or surgery. The use of cast spacers has been recommended to bridge this gap between pressure reduction and cast strength, but no studies have assessed their effect on cast pressure.
We applied 30 long-arm fiberglass casts to adult volunteers, divided between a univalve group and a bivalve group. A pediatric blood pressure bladder was applied under the cast to simulate soft tissue swelling. Valved casts were secured using an elastic wrap, 10-mm cast spacer, or 15-mm cast spacer. Measurements of cast pressure and circumference were performed at each stage and compared on the basis of type of valve and securement.
Our results indicated that cast univalving resulted in an approximately 60% reduction in cast pressures, with a 75% reduction seen in the bivalve group. The addition of cast spacers resulted in significant pressure reductions for both valving groups. The univalve group secured with a 10-mm cast spacer produced reductions in cast pressure similar to those of the elastic-wrapped bivalve cast, both with the cast padding intact and with it released.
The use of cast spacers results in significant cast pressure reductions, regardless of valving technique. A univalved cast secured with a cast spacer can produce decreases in cast pressures similar to those seen with an elastic-wrapped bivalved cast, and it is a viable option for reducing cast pressure without compromising cast structural integrity with a bivalve technique.
Continue to: Complications following closed reduction...
Complications following closed reduction and casting of pediatric forearm fractures are rare, but they do occur. Arguably the most devastating of these complications is the risk of developing compartment syndrome or Volkmann contracture secondary to injury-associated swelling under a circumferential cast.1-4 The peak in swelling can develop from 4 to 24 hours following the initial cast application,5 and as such, medical providers may not be able to identify it early because most children are discharged following closed reductions. For this reason, many providers implement prophylactic measures to minimize pressure-related complications.
A popular method for reducing pressure accumulation within a cast is to valve, or cut, the cast. Previous investigations have shown that cast valving results in significant reductions in cast pressure.2,6-9 Bivalving a circumferential cast results in significantly greater reductions in cast pressure when compared with univalve techniques;6,7,9 however, bivalving has also been shown to result in significant impairment in the structural integrity of the cast.10 An additional method to facilitate cast pressure reduction without impairing the structural integrity of the cast that accompanies a bivalve is to incorporate a cast spacer with a univalve technique to hold the split cast open.11 Although this method is commonly used in clinical practice, its ability to mitigate cast pressures has not previously been investigated.
The goal of this study is to investigate the influence of incorporating cast spacers with valved long-arm casts. We hypothesized that cast spacers would provide a greater pressure reduction for both univalved and bivalved casts when compared with the use of an elastic wrap. Additionally, we proposed that by incorporating a cast spacer with a univalved cast, we could attain pressure reduction equivalent to that of a bivalved cast secured with an elastic wrap.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Upon receiving approval from the Institutional Review Board, experimental testing began with the application of 30 total casts performed on uninjured adult human volunteers. Pressure readings were provided with the use of a bladder from a pediatric blood pressure cuff (Welch Allyn Inc), as previously described.6 The bladder was placed on the volar aspect of the volunteer’s forearm, held in place with a 3-in diameter cotton stockinet (3M). Cotton cast padding (Webril-Kendall) was applied, 3 in wide and 2 layers thick, and a long-arm cast was applied, 2 layers thick with 3-in wide fiberglass casting material (Scotchcast Plus Casting Tape; 3M).
Once the cast was applied and allowed to set, the blood pressure bladder was inflated to 100 mm Hg. After inflation, forearm cast circumference was measured at 2 set points, assessed at points 2 cm distal to the elbow flexor crease and 10 cm distal to the previous point (Figure 1). Using these data, we calculated estimated cast volume using the volumetric equation for a frustum. Following this point, casts were split into 2 experimental groups, univalve or bivalve, with 15 casts comprising each group. The univalve group consisted of a single cut along the dorsum of the extremity, and the bivalve group incorporated a second cut to the volar extremity. Cast valving was performed using an oscillating cast saw (Cast Vac; Stryker Instruments), with care taken to ensure the continuity of the underlying cast padding.
Continue to: Following valving, casts were secured via...
Following valving, casts were secured via 3 separate techniques: overwrap with a 3-in elastic wrap (Econo Wrap; Vitality Medical), application of two 10-mm and 15-mm cast spacers (CastWedge; DM Systems) (Figure 2). After securement, cast pressures were recorded, and circumference measurements were performed at the 2 previously identified points. The cast padding was then cut at the valve site and secured via the 3 listed techniques. Cast pressure and circumference measurements were performed at set time points (Figure 3). Changes in cast pressure were recorded in terms of the amount of change from the initial cast placement to account for differences in the size of volunteers’ forearms. Volumetric calculations were performed only for the spacer subgroups owing to the added material in the elastic wrap group. Estimated cast volume was calculated using the equation for volume of a frustum (Figure 4).
We used a 2-cast type (univalve and bivalve) by 4 securement subgroups (initial, elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, and 15-mm spacer) design, with cast type serving as a between-subject measure and securement serving as a within-subject variable. An a priori power analysis showed that a minimum sample size of 15 subjects per condition should provide sufficient power of .80 and alpha set at .05, for a total of 30 casts. Statistical analyses were performed using IBM SPSS Statistics software version 21 (IBM). Experimental groups were analyzed using mixed-design analysis of variance (ANOVA). Post hoc comparisons between valving groups and cast securement were performed using Scheffe’s test to control for type II errors. Change in cast volume between the initial cast and cast spacers groups was compared using paired Student’s t tests. Statistical significance was predetermined as P < .05.
RESULTS
A summary of collected data for cast pressure and volume is detailed in Table 1, subdividing the variables on the basis of cast type and type of securement. Recorded pressures of the different subgroups are depicted in Figures 5 and 6 according to type of securement (initial, elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, or 15-mm spacer). Results of the mixed-design ANOVA demonstrated significant differences between the initial cast pressure and univalve and bivalve groups (P < .05). There was a main effect for bivalve having lower pressure overall (F [1, 1)] = 3321.51, P < .001). There was also a main effect indicating that pressure was different for each type of securement (elastic wrap, 10-mm spacer, 15-mm spacer) (F [1, 28] = 538.54, P <. 01). Post hoc testing confirmed pressure decreased significantly, in descending order from elastic wrap, to 10-mm spacers, to 15-mm spacers (P < .05).
Table 1. Cumulative Data for Two Casting groups at Each Timepoint
Cast | Pressure | Standard Deviation | Volume |
Univalve |
|
|
|
Initial | 100 | --- | 2654.3 |
Elastic Wrap | 39.47 | 3.33 | --- |
10-mm Spacer | 23.93 | 2.73 | 2708.23 |
15-mm Spacer | 18.87 | 2.94 | 2734.86 |
Padding and Elastic Wrap | 20.93 | 2.91 | --- |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 15.46 | 2.19 | 2733.24 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 2819.27 |
Bivalve |
|
|
|
Initial | 100 | --- | 2839.3 |
Elastic Wrap | 25.9 | 3.17 | --- |
10-mm Spacer | 16.53 | 2.32 | 3203.13 |
15-mm Spacer | 13.6 | 2.74 | 3380.32 |
Padding and Elastic Wrap | 12.67 | 1.95 | --- |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 3296.55 |
Padding and 15- mm Spacer | 0 | --- | 3438.67 |
Continue to: Table 2...
The summary of volumetric changes is listed in Table 2. The decrease in pressure correlated with an associated increase in cast volume, as demonstrated in Figure 7. The degree of increase in cast volume was more pronounced in the bivalve group (P < .001). The volume increased in the 15-mm group compared with the 10-mm group for both groups (P < .001) and increased for each spacer group with the release of the underlying padding (P < .05).
Table 2. Volumetric Data
Cast | Average Volumetric change (cm3) | Standard Deviation |
Univalve |
|
|
10-mm Spacer | 175.6 | 65.4 |
15-mm Spacer | 269.4 | 73.3 |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 202.3 | 62.5 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 294.1 | 66.9 |
Bivalve |
|
|
10-mm Spacer | 363.7 | 67.2 |
15-mm Spacer | 540.9 | 85.7 |
Padding and 10-mm Spacer | 457.2 | 97.9 |
Padding and 15-mm Spacer | 599.3 | 84.2 |
Analysis of the planned comparisons demonstrated no significant difference between the bivalve with elastic wrap and univalve with 10-mm spacer subgroups (t [28] = 1.85, P = .075, d = .68). In comparing the bivalve with elastic wrap group with the univalve and 15-mm spacer subgroup, the univalve group showed significantly lower pressures [t [28] = 6.32, P < .001, d = .2.31).
DISCUSSION
Valving of circumferential casting is a well-established technique to minimize potential pressure-related complications. Previous studies have demonstrated that univalving techniques produce a 65% reduction in cast pressure, whereas bivalving produces an 80% decrease.6,7,9 Our results showed comparable pressure reductions of 75% with bivalving and 60% with univalving. The type of cast padding has been shown to have a significant effect on the cast pressure, favoring lower pressures with cotton padding over synthetic and waterproof padding, which, when released, can provide an additional 10% pressure reduction.6,7
Although bivalving techniques are superior in pressure reduction, the reduction comes at the cost of the cast’s structural integrity. Crickard and colleagues10 performed a biomechanical assessment of the structural integrity by 3-point bending of casts following univalve and bivalve compared with an intact cast. The authors found that valving resulted in a significant decrease in the casts’ bending stiffness and load to failure, with bivalved casts demonstrating a significantly lower load to failure than univalved casts. One technique that has been used to enhance the pressure reduction in univalved casting techniques is the application of a cast spacer. Rang and colleagues11 recommended this technique as part of a graded cast-splitting approach for the treatment of children’s fractures. This technique was applied to fractures with only modest anticipated swelling, which accounted for approximately 95% of casts applied in their children’s hospital. Our results support the use of cast spacers, demonstrating significant reduction in cast pressure in both univalve and bivalve techniques. Additionally, we found that a univalved cast with a 10-mm cast spacer provided pressure reduction similar to that of a bivalved cast.
The theory behind the application of cast spacers is that a split fiberglass cast will not remain open unless held in position.11 Holding the cast open is less of a restraint to pressure reduction in bivalving techniques, because the split cast no longer has the contralateral intact hinge point to resist cast opening, demonstrated in the compromise in structural integrity seen with this technique.10 By maintaining the split cast in an opened position, the effective volume of the cast is increased, which allows for the reduction in cast pressure. This is demonstrated in our results indicating an increase in estimated cast volume with an associated incremental reduction in cast pressure with the application of incrementally sized cast spacers. Although this technique does have the potential for skin irritation caused by cast expansion, as well as local swelling at the cast window location, it is a cost-effective treatment method compared with overwrapping a bivalved cast, $1.55 for 1 cast spacer vs an estimated $200 for a forearm cast application.
This study is not without its limitations. Our model does not account for the soft tissue injury associated with forearm fractures. However, by using human volunteers, we were able to include the viscoelastic properties that are omitted with nonliving models, and our results do align with those of previous investigations regarding pressure change following valving. We did not incorporate a 3-point molding technique commonly used with reduction and casting of acute forearm fractures, owing to the lack of a standardized method for applying the mold to healthy volunteers. Although molding is necessary for most fractures in which valving is considered, we believe our data still provide valuable information. Additionally, valving of circumferential casts has not been shown, prospectively, to result in a reduction of cast-related compartment syndrome, maintenance of reduction, or need for surgery.12,13 However, these results are reflective of reliable patients who completed the requisite follow-up care necessary for inclusion in a randomized controlled trial and may be applicable to unreliable patients or patient situations, a setting in which the compromise in cast structural integrity may be unacceptable.
CONCLUSION
We demonstrated that incorporating cast spacers into valved long-arm casts provides pressure reduction comparable to that achieved with the use of an elastic wrap. The addition of a 10-mm cast spacer to a univalved long-arm cast provides pressure reduction equivalent to that of a bivalved cast secured with an elastic wrap. A univalved cast secured with a cast spacer is a viable option for treatment of displaced pediatric forearm fractures, without compromising the cast’s structural integrity as required with bivalved techniques.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Halanski M, Noonan KJ. Cast and splint immobilization: complications. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008;16(1):30-40.
- Zaino CJ, Patel MR, Arief MS, Pivec R. The effectiveness of bivalving, cast spreading, and webril cutting to reduce cast pressure in a fiberglass short arm cast. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2015;97(5):374-380. doi:10.2106/JBJS.N.00579.
- Rodriguez-Merchan EC. Pediatric fractures of the forearm. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;(432):65-72.
- von Volkmann R. Ischaemic muscle paralyses and contractures. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1967;50:5-56. doi:10.1097/BLO.0b013e318032561f.
- Patrick JH, Levack B. A study of pressures beneath forearm plasters. Injury. 1981;13(1):37-41.
- Roberts A, Shaw KA, Boomsma SE, Cameron CD. Effect of casting material on the cast pressure after sequential cast splitting. J Pediatr Orthop. 2017;37(1):74-77. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000574.
- Garfin SR, Mubarak SJ, Evans KL, Hargens AR, Akeson WH. Quantification of intracompartmental pressure and volume under plaster casts. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1981;63(3):449-453.
- Capo JT, Renard RL, Moulton MJ, et al. How is forearm compliance affected by various circumferential dressings? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014 472(10):3228-3234. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3747-y.
- Bingold AC. On splitting plasters. A useful analogy. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1979;61-b(3):294-295.
- Crickard CV, Riccio AI, Carney JR, Anderson TD. Analysis and comparison of the biomechanical properties of univalved and bivalved cast models. J Pediatr Orthop.2011;31(1):39-43. doi:10.1097/BPO.0b013e318202c446.
- Rang M, Wenger DR, Pring ME. Rang's Children's Fractures. 3rd ed. Wenger DR, Rang M, eds. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
- Schulte D, Habernig S, Zuzak T, et al. Forearm fractures in children: split opinions about splitting the cast. Eur J Pediatr Surg. 2014;24(2):163-167. doi:10.1055/s-0033-1341412.
- Bae DS, Valim C, Connell P, Brustowicz KA, Waters PM. Bivalved versus circumferential cast immobilization for displaced forearm fractures: a randomized clinical trial to assess efficacy and safety. J Pediatr Orthop. 2017;37(4):239-246 doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000655.
- Halanski M, Noonan KJ. Cast and splint immobilization: complications. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008;16(1):30-40.
- Zaino CJ, Patel MR, Arief MS, Pivec R. The effectiveness of bivalving, cast spreading, and webril cutting to reduce cast pressure in a fiberglass short arm cast. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2015;97(5):374-380. doi:10.2106/JBJS.N.00579.
- Rodriguez-Merchan EC. Pediatric fractures of the forearm. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;(432):65-72.
- von Volkmann R. Ischaemic muscle paralyses and contractures. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1967;50:5-56. doi:10.1097/BLO.0b013e318032561f.
- Patrick JH, Levack B. A study of pressures beneath forearm plasters. Injury. 1981;13(1):37-41.
- Roberts A, Shaw KA, Boomsma SE, Cameron CD. Effect of casting material on the cast pressure after sequential cast splitting. J Pediatr Orthop. 2017;37(1):74-77. doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000574.
- Garfin SR, Mubarak SJ, Evans KL, Hargens AR, Akeson WH. Quantification of intracompartmental pressure and volume under plaster casts. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1981;63(3):449-453.
- Capo JT, Renard RL, Moulton MJ, et al. How is forearm compliance affected by various circumferential dressings? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014 472(10):3228-3234. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3747-y.
- Bingold AC. On splitting plasters. A useful analogy. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 1979;61-b(3):294-295.
- Crickard CV, Riccio AI, Carney JR, Anderson TD. Analysis and comparison of the biomechanical properties of univalved and bivalved cast models. J Pediatr Orthop.2011;31(1):39-43. doi:10.1097/BPO.0b013e318202c446.
- Rang M, Wenger DR, Pring ME. Rang's Children's Fractures. 3rd ed. Wenger DR, Rang M, eds. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
- Schulte D, Habernig S, Zuzak T, et al. Forearm fractures in children: split opinions about splitting the cast. Eur J Pediatr Surg. 2014;24(2):163-167. doi:10.1055/s-0033-1341412.
- Bae DS, Valim C, Connell P, Brustowicz KA, Waters PM. Bivalved versus circumferential cast immobilization for displaced forearm fractures: a randomized clinical trial to assess efficacy and safety. J Pediatr Orthop. 2017;37(4):239-246 doi:10.1097/BPO.0000000000000655.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Valving a long-arm cast results in decreased cast pressures.
- Univalving can produce a 60% reduction in cast pressure.
- Bivalving produces a 75% reduction in cast pressure.
- Release of the underlying cast padding produces an additional pressure reduction.
- Adding a cast spacer to a univalved cast obtains similar pressure reduction to a bivalved cast.
Total Joint Arthroplasty Quality Ratings: How Are They Similar and How Are They Different?
ABSTRACT
A patient’s perception of hospital or provider quality can have far-reaching effects, as it can impact reimbursement, patient selection of a surgeon, and healthcare competition. A variety of organizations offer quality designations for orthopedic surgery and its subspecialties. Our goal is to compare total joint arthroplasty (TJA) quality designation methodology across key quality rating organizations. One researcher conducted an initial Google search to determine organizations providing quality designations for hospitals and surgeons providing orthopedic procedures with a focus on TJA. Organizations that offer quality designation specific to TJA were determined. Organizations that provided general orthopedic surgery or only surgeon-specific quality designation were excluded from the analysis. The senior author confirmed the inclusion of the final organizations. Seven organizations fit our inclusion criteria. Only the private payers and The Joint Commission required hospital accreditation to meet quality designation criteria. Total arthroplasty volume was considered in 86% of the organizations’ methodologies, and 57% of organizations utilized process measurements such as antibiotic prophylaxis and care pathways. In addition, 57% of organizations included patient experience in their methodologies. Only 29% of organizations included a cost element in their methodology. All organizations utilized outcome data and publicly reported all hospitals receiving their quality designation. Hospital quality designation methodologies are inconsistent in the context of TJA. All stakeholders (ie, providers, payers, and patients) should be involved in deciding the definition of quality.
Continue to: Healthcare in the United States...
Healthcare in the United States has begun to move toward a system focused on value for patients, defined as health outcome per dollar expended.1 Indeed, an estimated 30% of Medicare payments are now made using the so-called alternative payment models (eg, bundled payments),2 and there is an expectation that consumerism in medicine will continue to expand.3 In addition, although there is a continuing debate regarding the benefits and pitfalls of hospital mergers, there is no question whether provider consolidation has increased dramatically in recent years.4 At the core of many of these changes is the push to improve healthcare quality and reduce costs.
Quality has the ability to affect payment, patient selection of providers, and hospital competition. Patients (ie, healthcare consumers) are increasingly using the Internet to find a variety of health information.5 Accessible provider quality information online would allow patients to make more informed decisions about where to seek care. In addition, the development of transparent quality ratings could assist payers in driving beneficiaries to higher quality and better value providers, which could mean more business for the highest quality physicians and better patient outcomes with fewer complications. Some payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) have already started using quality measures as part of their reimbursement strategy.6 Because CMS is the largest payer in the United States, private insurers tend to follow their lead; thus, quality measurements will become even more common as a factor in reimbursement over the coming years.
To make quality ratings useful, “quality” must be clearly defined. Clarity around which factors are considered in a quality designation will create transparency for patients and allow providers to understand how their performance is being measured so that they focus on improving outcomes for their patients. Numerous organizations, including private payers, public payers, and both not-for-profit and for-profit entities, have created quality designation programs to rate providers. However, within orthopedics and several other medical specialties, there has been an ongoing debate about what measures best reflect quality.7 Although inconsistencies in quality ratings in arthroplasty care have been noted,8 it remains unknown how each quality designation program compares with the others in terms of the factors considered in deciding quality designations.
The purpose of this study is to evaluate publicly available information from key quality designation programs for total joint arthroplasty (TJA) providers to determine what factors are considered by each organization in awarding quality designations; what similarities and differences in quality designations exist across the different organizations; and how many of the organizations publish their quality designation methodologies and final rating results.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A directed Google search was conducted to determine organizations (ie, payers, independent firms, and government entities) that rate hospitals and/or surgeons in orthopedic surgery. The identified organizations were then examined to determine whether they provided hospital ratings for total hip and/or knee arthroplasty. Entities were included if they provided quality designations for hospitals specifically addressing TJA. Organizations that provided only general hospital, other surgical procedures, orthopedic surgery, or orthopedic surgeon-specific quality designations were excluded. A list of all organizations determined to fit the inclusion criteria was then reviewed for completeness and approved by the senior author.
Continue to: One investigator reviewed the website of each organization...
One investigator reviewed the website of each organization fitting the inclusion criteria to determine the full rating methodology in 1 sitting on July 2, 2016. Detailed notes were taken on each program using publicly available information. For organizations that used proprietary criteria for quality designation (eg, The Joint Commission [TJC]), only publicly available information was used in the analysis. Therefore, the information reported is solely based on data available online to the public.
Detailed quality designation criteria were condensed into broader categories (accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency) to capture differences between each organization reviewed. In addition, we recorded whether each organization published a list of providers that received its quality designation.
RESULTS
A total of 7 organizations fit our inclusion criteria9-15 (Table). Of these 7 organizations, 3 were private payers (Aetna, UnitedHealth, and Blue Cross Blue Shield [BCBS]), 2 were nongovernmental not-for-profit organizations (TJC and Consumer Reports), and 2 were consumer-based and/or for-profit organizations (HealthGrades and US News & World Report [USNWR]). There were no government agencies that fit our inclusion criteria. BCBS had the following 2 separate quality designations: BCBS Blue Distinction and BCBS Blue Distinction+. The only difference between the 2 BCBS ratings is that BCBS Blue Distinction+ includes cost efficiency ratings, whereas BCBS Blue Distinction does not.
Only the 3 private payers and TJC, the primary hospital accreditation body in the United States, required accreditation as part of its quality designation criteria. TJC requires its own accreditation for quality designation consideration, whereas the 3 private payers allow accreditation from one of a variety of sources. Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery requires accreditation by TJC, Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program, American Osteopathic Association, National Integrated Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations, or Det Norske Veritas Healthcare. UnitedHealth Premium Total Joint Replacement (TJR) Specialty Center requires accreditation by TJC and/or equivalent of TJC accreditation. However, TJC accreditation equivalents are not noted in the UnitedHealth handbook. BCBS Blue Distinction and Distinction+ require accreditation by TJC, Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program, National Integrated Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations, or Center for Improvement in Healthcare Quality. In addition, BCBS is willing to consider alternative accreditations that are at least as stringent as the national alternatives noted. However, no detailed criteria that must be met to be equivalent to the national standards are noted in the relevant quality designation handbook.
The volume of completed total hip and knee arthroplasty procedures was considered in 6 of the organizations’ quality ratings methodologies. Of those 6, all private payers, TJC (not-for-profit), and 2 for-profit rating agencies were included. Surgeon specialization in TJA was only explicitly noted as a factor considered in UnitedHealth Premium TJR Specialty Center criteria; however, the requirements for surgeon specialization were not clearly defined. In addition, the presence of a multidisciplinary clinical pathway was only explicitly considered for Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery.
Structural requirements (eg, use of electronic health records [EHR], staffing levels, etc.) were taken into account in private payer and USNWR quality methodologies. Process measures (eg, antibiotic prophylaxis and other care pathways) were considered for the private payers and TJC but not for USNWR quality designation. Cost and/or efficiency measures were factors in the quality formula for Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery and BCBS Distinction+. Aetna utilizes its own cost data and risk-adjusts using a product known as Symmetry Episode Risk Groups to determine cost-effectiveness, while BCBS uses its own Composite Facility Cost Index. Patient experience (eg, Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems [HCAHPS]) was incorporated into the quality formulas for 4 of the 7 quality designation programs examined.
Continue to: All of the 7 quality designation programs included...
All of the 7 quality designation programs included outcomes (ie, readmission rates and/or mortality rates) and publicly reported the hospitals receiving their quality designation. In contrast, only Aetna explicitly included the presence of multidisciplinary clinical care pathways as part of their quality designation criteria. In addition, only UnitedHealth included surgeon specialization in joint arthroplasty as a factor for quality consideration for its quality designation program. BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery were the only 2 quality designations that included at least 1 variable that fit into each of the 7 characteristics considered (accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency).
DISCUSSION
As healthcare continues to shift toward value-based delivery and payment models, quality becomes a critical factor in reimbursement and provider rankings. However, quality is a vague term. Several providers probably do not know what is required to be designated as high quality by a particular rating agency. Moreover, there are multiple quality designation programs, all using distinct criteria to determine “quality,” which further complicates the matter. Our objective was to determine the key stakeholders that provide quality designations in TJA and what criteria each organization uses in assessing quality.
Our idea of comprehensive quality is based on Avedis Donabedian’s enduring framework for healthcare quality focused on structure, process, and outcome.16 We expanded on these 3 areas and analyzed quality designations based on variables fitting into the following categories: accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency. We believe that these categories encompass a comprehensive rating system that addresses key elements of patient care. However, our results suggest that only 2 major quality designations (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery) take all such variables into account.
All quality designation programs that we analyzed required outcome data (ie, readmission and/or mortality rates within 30 days); however, only 2 programs utilized cost in their quality designation criteria (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery). Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery risk-adjusted for its cost-effectiveness calculations based on age, sex, and other unspecified conditions using a product known as Symmetry Episode Risk Groups. However, the organization also noted that although it did risk-adjust for inpatient mortality, it did not do so for pulmonary embolism or deep vein thrombosis. BCBS Distinction+ also utilized risk adjustment for its cost efficiency measure, and its step-by-step methodology is available online. Further, Consumer Reports does risk-adjust using logistic regression models in their quality analysis, but the description provided is minimal; it is noted that such risk adjustments are already completed by CMS prior to Consumer Reports acquiring the data. The CMS Compare model information is available on the CMS website. The data utilized by several organizations and presented on CMS Compare are already risk-adjusted using CMS’ approach. In contrast, UnitedHealth Premium TJR Specialty Center gathers its own data from providers and does not describe a risk adjustment methodology. Risk adjustment is important because the lack of risk adjustment may lead to physicians “cherry-picking” easy cases to boost positive outcomes, leading to increased financial benefits and higher quality ratings. Having a consistent risk adjustment formula will ensure accurate comparisons across outcomes and cost-effectiveness measures used by quality designation programs.
Factors considered for quality designation varied greatly from one organization to the other. The range of categories of factors considered varied from 1 (Consumer Reports only considered outcome data) to all 7 categories (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery). Our findings are consistent with the work by Keswani and colleagues,8 which showed that there is likely variation in factors considered when rating hospital quality more broadly. Our work suggests that quality designation formulas do not appear to get more consistent when focused on TJA.
We found that all organizations in our analysis published the providers earning their quality designation. However, TJC does not provide publicly a detailed methodology on how to qualify for its quality designation. The price to purchase the necessary manual for this information is $146.00 for accredited organizations and $186.00 for all others.17 For large healthcare providers, this is not a large sum of money. Nonetheless, this provides an additional hurdle for stakeholders to gain a full understanding of the requirements to receive a TJC Gold Seal for Orthopedics.
Previous work has evaluated the consistency of and the variety of means of gauging healthcare quality. Previous work by Rothberg and colleagues18 comparing hospital rankings across 5 common consumer-oriented websites found disagreement on hospital rankings within any diagnosis and even among metrics such as mortality. Another study by Halasyamani and Davis19 found that CMS Compare and USNWR rankings were dissimilar and the authors attributed the discrepancy to different methodologies. In addition, a study by Krumholz and colleagues20 focused on Internet report cards, which measured the appropriate use of select medications and mortality rates for acute myocardial infarction as the quality metrics. The authors found that, in aggregate, there was a clear difference in quality of care and outcomes but that comparisons between 2 hospitals provided poor discrimination.20 Other work has analyzed the increasing trend of online ratings of orthopedic surgeons by patients.21 However, there remains no agreed-upon definition of quality. Thus, the use of the term “quality” in several studies may be misleading.
Our results must be interpreted keeping the limitations of our work in mind. First, we used expert knowledge and a public search engine to develop our list of organizations that provide TJA quality designations. However, there is a possibility that we did not include all relevant organizations. Second, although all authors reviewed the final data, it is possible that there was human error in the analysis of each organization’s quality designation criteria.
CONCLUSION
As healthcare progresses further toward a system that rewards providers for delivering value to patients, accurately defining and measuring quality becomes critical because it can be suggestive of value to patients, payers, and providers. Furthermore, it gives providers a goal to focus on as they strive to improve the value of care they deliver to patients. Measuring healthcare quality is currently a novel, imperfect science,22 and there continues to be a debate about what factors should be included in a quality designation formula. Nonetheless, more and more quality designations and performance measurements are being created for orthopedic care, including total hip and total knee arthroplasty. In fact, in 2016, The Leapfrog Group added readmission for patients undergoing TJA to its survey.23 Consensus on a quality definition may facilitate the movement toward a value-based healthcare system. Future research should evaluate strategies for gaining consensus among stakeholders for a universal quality metric in TJA. Surgeons, hospitals, payers, and most importantly patients should play critical roles in defining quality.
- Porter ME. A strategy for health care reform--toward a value-based system. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(2):109-112. doi:10.1056/NEJMp0904131.
- Obama B. United States health care reform: progress to date and next steps. JAMA. 2016;316(5):525-532. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.9797.
- Mulvany C. The march to consumerism the evolution from patient to active shopper continues. Healthc Financ Manage. 2014;68(2):36-38.
- Tsai TC, Jha AK. Hospital consolidation, competition, and quality: is bigger necessarily better? JAMA. 2014;312(1):29-30. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.4692.
- Cline RJ, Haynes KM. Consumer health information seeking on the Internet: the state of the art. Health Educ Res. 2001;16(6):671-692. doi:10.1093/her/16.6.671.
- Werner RM, Kolstad JT, Stuart EA, Polsky D. The effect of pay-for-performance in hospitals: lessons for quality improvement. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011;30(4):690-698. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2010.1277.
- Birkmeyer JD, Dimick JB, Birkmeyer NJ. Measuring the quality of surgical care: structure, process, or outcomes? J Am Coll Surg. 2004;198(4):626-632. doi:10.1016/j.jamcollsurg.2003.11.017.
- Keswani A, Uhler LM, Bozic KJ. What quality metrics is my hospital being evaluated on and what are the consequences? J Arthroplast. 2016;31(6):1139-1143. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2016.01.075.
- Aetna Inc. Aetna Institutes of Quality® facilities fact book. A comprehensive reference guide for Aetna members, doctors and health care professionals. http://www.aetna.com/individuals-families-health-insurance/document-libr.... Accessed July 2, 2016.
- United HealthCare. UnitedHealth Premium® Program. https://www.uhcprovider.com/en/reports-quality-programs/premium-designation.html. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- 11. Blue Cross Blue Shield. Association. Blue Distinction Specialty Care. Selection criteria and program documentation: knee and hip replacement and spine surgery. https://www.bcbs.com/sites/default/files/fileattachments/page/KneeHip.SelectionCriteria_0.pdf. Published October 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- The Joint Commission. Advanced certification for total hip and total knee replacement eligibility. https://www.jointcommission.org/advanced_certification_for_total_hip_and.... Published December 10, 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Healthgrades Operating Company. Healthgrades methodology: anatomy of a rating. https://www.healthgrades.com/quality/ratings-awards/methodology. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Comarow A, Harder B; Dr. Foster Project Team. Methodology: U.S. News & World Report best hospitals for common care. U.S. News & World Report Web site. http://www.usnews.com/pubfiles/BHCC_MethReport_2015.pdf. Published May 20, 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Consumer Reports. How we rate hospitals. http://static3.consumerreportscdn.org/content/dam/cro/news_articles/heal.... Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Ayanian JZ, Markel H. Donabedian’s lasting framework for health care quality. N Engl J Med. 2016;375(3):205-207. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1605101.
- The Joint Commission. 2016 Certification Manuals. 2016; http://www.jcrinc.com/2016-certification-manuals/. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Rothberg MB, Morsi E, Benjamin EM, Pekow PS, Lindenauer PK. Choosing the best hospital: the limitations of public quality reporting. Health Aff (Millwood). 2008;27(6):1680-1687. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.27.6.1680.
- Halasyamani LK, Davis MM. Conflicting measures of hospital quality: ratings from "Hospital Compare" versus "Best Hospitals". J Hosp Med. 2007;2(3):128-134. doi:10.1002/jhm.176.
- Krumholz HM, Rathore SS, Chen J, Wang Y, Radford MJ. Evaluation of a consumer-oriented internet health care report card: the risk of quality ratings based on mortality data. JAMA. 2002;287(10):1277-1287.
- Frost C, Mesfin A. Online reviews of orthopedic surgeons: an emerging trend. Orthopedics. 2015;38(4):e257-e262. doi:10.3928/01477447-20150402-52.
- Harder B, Comarow A. Hospital Quality reporting by US News & World Report: why, how, and what's ahead. JAMA. 2015;313(19):1903-1904. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.4566.
- The Leapfrog Group. New in 2016. http://www.leapfroggroup.org/ratings-reports/new-2016. Accessed July 2, 2016.
ABSTRACT
A patient’s perception of hospital or provider quality can have far-reaching effects, as it can impact reimbursement, patient selection of a surgeon, and healthcare competition. A variety of organizations offer quality designations for orthopedic surgery and its subspecialties. Our goal is to compare total joint arthroplasty (TJA) quality designation methodology across key quality rating organizations. One researcher conducted an initial Google search to determine organizations providing quality designations for hospitals and surgeons providing orthopedic procedures with a focus on TJA. Organizations that offer quality designation specific to TJA were determined. Organizations that provided general orthopedic surgery or only surgeon-specific quality designation were excluded from the analysis. The senior author confirmed the inclusion of the final organizations. Seven organizations fit our inclusion criteria. Only the private payers and The Joint Commission required hospital accreditation to meet quality designation criteria. Total arthroplasty volume was considered in 86% of the organizations’ methodologies, and 57% of organizations utilized process measurements such as antibiotic prophylaxis and care pathways. In addition, 57% of organizations included patient experience in their methodologies. Only 29% of organizations included a cost element in their methodology. All organizations utilized outcome data and publicly reported all hospitals receiving their quality designation. Hospital quality designation methodologies are inconsistent in the context of TJA. All stakeholders (ie, providers, payers, and patients) should be involved in deciding the definition of quality.
Continue to: Healthcare in the United States...
Healthcare in the United States has begun to move toward a system focused on value for patients, defined as health outcome per dollar expended.1 Indeed, an estimated 30% of Medicare payments are now made using the so-called alternative payment models (eg, bundled payments),2 and there is an expectation that consumerism in medicine will continue to expand.3 In addition, although there is a continuing debate regarding the benefits and pitfalls of hospital mergers, there is no question whether provider consolidation has increased dramatically in recent years.4 At the core of many of these changes is the push to improve healthcare quality and reduce costs.
Quality has the ability to affect payment, patient selection of providers, and hospital competition. Patients (ie, healthcare consumers) are increasingly using the Internet to find a variety of health information.5 Accessible provider quality information online would allow patients to make more informed decisions about where to seek care. In addition, the development of transparent quality ratings could assist payers in driving beneficiaries to higher quality and better value providers, which could mean more business for the highest quality physicians and better patient outcomes with fewer complications. Some payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) have already started using quality measures as part of their reimbursement strategy.6 Because CMS is the largest payer in the United States, private insurers tend to follow their lead; thus, quality measurements will become even more common as a factor in reimbursement over the coming years.
To make quality ratings useful, “quality” must be clearly defined. Clarity around which factors are considered in a quality designation will create transparency for patients and allow providers to understand how their performance is being measured so that they focus on improving outcomes for their patients. Numerous organizations, including private payers, public payers, and both not-for-profit and for-profit entities, have created quality designation programs to rate providers. However, within orthopedics and several other medical specialties, there has been an ongoing debate about what measures best reflect quality.7 Although inconsistencies in quality ratings in arthroplasty care have been noted,8 it remains unknown how each quality designation program compares with the others in terms of the factors considered in deciding quality designations.
The purpose of this study is to evaluate publicly available information from key quality designation programs for total joint arthroplasty (TJA) providers to determine what factors are considered by each organization in awarding quality designations; what similarities and differences in quality designations exist across the different organizations; and how many of the organizations publish their quality designation methodologies and final rating results.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A directed Google search was conducted to determine organizations (ie, payers, independent firms, and government entities) that rate hospitals and/or surgeons in orthopedic surgery. The identified organizations were then examined to determine whether they provided hospital ratings for total hip and/or knee arthroplasty. Entities were included if they provided quality designations for hospitals specifically addressing TJA. Organizations that provided only general hospital, other surgical procedures, orthopedic surgery, or orthopedic surgeon-specific quality designations were excluded. A list of all organizations determined to fit the inclusion criteria was then reviewed for completeness and approved by the senior author.
Continue to: One investigator reviewed the website of each organization...
One investigator reviewed the website of each organization fitting the inclusion criteria to determine the full rating methodology in 1 sitting on July 2, 2016. Detailed notes were taken on each program using publicly available information. For organizations that used proprietary criteria for quality designation (eg, The Joint Commission [TJC]), only publicly available information was used in the analysis. Therefore, the information reported is solely based on data available online to the public.
Detailed quality designation criteria were condensed into broader categories (accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency) to capture differences between each organization reviewed. In addition, we recorded whether each organization published a list of providers that received its quality designation.
RESULTS
A total of 7 organizations fit our inclusion criteria9-15 (Table). Of these 7 organizations, 3 were private payers (Aetna, UnitedHealth, and Blue Cross Blue Shield [BCBS]), 2 were nongovernmental not-for-profit organizations (TJC and Consumer Reports), and 2 were consumer-based and/or for-profit organizations (HealthGrades and US News & World Report [USNWR]). There were no government agencies that fit our inclusion criteria. BCBS had the following 2 separate quality designations: BCBS Blue Distinction and BCBS Blue Distinction+. The only difference between the 2 BCBS ratings is that BCBS Blue Distinction+ includes cost efficiency ratings, whereas BCBS Blue Distinction does not.
Only the 3 private payers and TJC, the primary hospital accreditation body in the United States, required accreditation as part of its quality designation criteria. TJC requires its own accreditation for quality designation consideration, whereas the 3 private payers allow accreditation from one of a variety of sources. Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery requires accreditation by TJC, Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program, American Osteopathic Association, National Integrated Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations, or Det Norske Veritas Healthcare. UnitedHealth Premium Total Joint Replacement (TJR) Specialty Center requires accreditation by TJC and/or equivalent of TJC accreditation. However, TJC accreditation equivalents are not noted in the UnitedHealth handbook. BCBS Blue Distinction and Distinction+ require accreditation by TJC, Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program, National Integrated Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations, or Center for Improvement in Healthcare Quality. In addition, BCBS is willing to consider alternative accreditations that are at least as stringent as the national alternatives noted. However, no detailed criteria that must be met to be equivalent to the national standards are noted in the relevant quality designation handbook.
The volume of completed total hip and knee arthroplasty procedures was considered in 6 of the organizations’ quality ratings methodologies. Of those 6, all private payers, TJC (not-for-profit), and 2 for-profit rating agencies were included. Surgeon specialization in TJA was only explicitly noted as a factor considered in UnitedHealth Premium TJR Specialty Center criteria; however, the requirements for surgeon specialization were not clearly defined. In addition, the presence of a multidisciplinary clinical pathway was only explicitly considered for Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery.
Structural requirements (eg, use of electronic health records [EHR], staffing levels, etc.) were taken into account in private payer and USNWR quality methodologies. Process measures (eg, antibiotic prophylaxis and other care pathways) were considered for the private payers and TJC but not for USNWR quality designation. Cost and/or efficiency measures were factors in the quality formula for Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery and BCBS Distinction+. Aetna utilizes its own cost data and risk-adjusts using a product known as Symmetry Episode Risk Groups to determine cost-effectiveness, while BCBS uses its own Composite Facility Cost Index. Patient experience (eg, Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems [HCAHPS]) was incorporated into the quality formulas for 4 of the 7 quality designation programs examined.
Continue to: All of the 7 quality designation programs included...
All of the 7 quality designation programs included outcomes (ie, readmission rates and/or mortality rates) and publicly reported the hospitals receiving their quality designation. In contrast, only Aetna explicitly included the presence of multidisciplinary clinical care pathways as part of their quality designation criteria. In addition, only UnitedHealth included surgeon specialization in joint arthroplasty as a factor for quality consideration for its quality designation program. BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery were the only 2 quality designations that included at least 1 variable that fit into each of the 7 characteristics considered (accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency).
DISCUSSION
As healthcare continues to shift toward value-based delivery and payment models, quality becomes a critical factor in reimbursement and provider rankings. However, quality is a vague term. Several providers probably do not know what is required to be designated as high quality by a particular rating agency. Moreover, there are multiple quality designation programs, all using distinct criteria to determine “quality,” which further complicates the matter. Our objective was to determine the key stakeholders that provide quality designations in TJA and what criteria each organization uses in assessing quality.
Our idea of comprehensive quality is based on Avedis Donabedian’s enduring framework for healthcare quality focused on structure, process, and outcome.16 We expanded on these 3 areas and analyzed quality designations based on variables fitting into the following categories: accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency. We believe that these categories encompass a comprehensive rating system that addresses key elements of patient care. However, our results suggest that only 2 major quality designations (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery) take all such variables into account.
All quality designation programs that we analyzed required outcome data (ie, readmission and/or mortality rates within 30 days); however, only 2 programs utilized cost in their quality designation criteria (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery). Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery risk-adjusted for its cost-effectiveness calculations based on age, sex, and other unspecified conditions using a product known as Symmetry Episode Risk Groups. However, the organization also noted that although it did risk-adjust for inpatient mortality, it did not do so for pulmonary embolism or deep vein thrombosis. BCBS Distinction+ also utilized risk adjustment for its cost efficiency measure, and its step-by-step methodology is available online. Further, Consumer Reports does risk-adjust using logistic regression models in their quality analysis, but the description provided is minimal; it is noted that such risk adjustments are already completed by CMS prior to Consumer Reports acquiring the data. The CMS Compare model information is available on the CMS website. The data utilized by several organizations and presented on CMS Compare are already risk-adjusted using CMS’ approach. In contrast, UnitedHealth Premium TJR Specialty Center gathers its own data from providers and does not describe a risk adjustment methodology. Risk adjustment is important because the lack of risk adjustment may lead to physicians “cherry-picking” easy cases to boost positive outcomes, leading to increased financial benefits and higher quality ratings. Having a consistent risk adjustment formula will ensure accurate comparisons across outcomes and cost-effectiveness measures used by quality designation programs.
Factors considered for quality designation varied greatly from one organization to the other. The range of categories of factors considered varied from 1 (Consumer Reports only considered outcome data) to all 7 categories (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery). Our findings are consistent with the work by Keswani and colleagues,8 which showed that there is likely variation in factors considered when rating hospital quality more broadly. Our work suggests that quality designation formulas do not appear to get more consistent when focused on TJA.
We found that all organizations in our analysis published the providers earning their quality designation. However, TJC does not provide publicly a detailed methodology on how to qualify for its quality designation. The price to purchase the necessary manual for this information is $146.00 for accredited organizations and $186.00 for all others.17 For large healthcare providers, this is not a large sum of money. Nonetheless, this provides an additional hurdle for stakeholders to gain a full understanding of the requirements to receive a TJC Gold Seal for Orthopedics.
Previous work has evaluated the consistency of and the variety of means of gauging healthcare quality. Previous work by Rothberg and colleagues18 comparing hospital rankings across 5 common consumer-oriented websites found disagreement on hospital rankings within any diagnosis and even among metrics such as mortality. Another study by Halasyamani and Davis19 found that CMS Compare and USNWR rankings were dissimilar and the authors attributed the discrepancy to different methodologies. In addition, a study by Krumholz and colleagues20 focused on Internet report cards, which measured the appropriate use of select medications and mortality rates for acute myocardial infarction as the quality metrics. The authors found that, in aggregate, there was a clear difference in quality of care and outcomes but that comparisons between 2 hospitals provided poor discrimination.20 Other work has analyzed the increasing trend of online ratings of orthopedic surgeons by patients.21 However, there remains no agreed-upon definition of quality. Thus, the use of the term “quality” in several studies may be misleading.
Our results must be interpreted keeping the limitations of our work in mind. First, we used expert knowledge and a public search engine to develop our list of organizations that provide TJA quality designations. However, there is a possibility that we did not include all relevant organizations. Second, although all authors reviewed the final data, it is possible that there was human error in the analysis of each organization’s quality designation criteria.
CONCLUSION
As healthcare progresses further toward a system that rewards providers for delivering value to patients, accurately defining and measuring quality becomes critical because it can be suggestive of value to patients, payers, and providers. Furthermore, it gives providers a goal to focus on as they strive to improve the value of care they deliver to patients. Measuring healthcare quality is currently a novel, imperfect science,22 and there continues to be a debate about what factors should be included in a quality designation formula. Nonetheless, more and more quality designations and performance measurements are being created for orthopedic care, including total hip and total knee arthroplasty. In fact, in 2016, The Leapfrog Group added readmission for patients undergoing TJA to its survey.23 Consensus on a quality definition may facilitate the movement toward a value-based healthcare system. Future research should evaluate strategies for gaining consensus among stakeholders for a universal quality metric in TJA. Surgeons, hospitals, payers, and most importantly patients should play critical roles in defining quality.
ABSTRACT
A patient’s perception of hospital or provider quality can have far-reaching effects, as it can impact reimbursement, patient selection of a surgeon, and healthcare competition. A variety of organizations offer quality designations for orthopedic surgery and its subspecialties. Our goal is to compare total joint arthroplasty (TJA) quality designation methodology across key quality rating organizations. One researcher conducted an initial Google search to determine organizations providing quality designations for hospitals and surgeons providing orthopedic procedures with a focus on TJA. Organizations that offer quality designation specific to TJA were determined. Organizations that provided general orthopedic surgery or only surgeon-specific quality designation were excluded from the analysis. The senior author confirmed the inclusion of the final organizations. Seven organizations fit our inclusion criteria. Only the private payers and The Joint Commission required hospital accreditation to meet quality designation criteria. Total arthroplasty volume was considered in 86% of the organizations’ methodologies, and 57% of organizations utilized process measurements such as antibiotic prophylaxis and care pathways. In addition, 57% of organizations included patient experience in their methodologies. Only 29% of organizations included a cost element in their methodology. All organizations utilized outcome data and publicly reported all hospitals receiving their quality designation. Hospital quality designation methodologies are inconsistent in the context of TJA. All stakeholders (ie, providers, payers, and patients) should be involved in deciding the definition of quality.
Continue to: Healthcare in the United States...
Healthcare in the United States has begun to move toward a system focused on value for patients, defined as health outcome per dollar expended.1 Indeed, an estimated 30% of Medicare payments are now made using the so-called alternative payment models (eg, bundled payments),2 and there is an expectation that consumerism in medicine will continue to expand.3 In addition, although there is a continuing debate regarding the benefits and pitfalls of hospital mergers, there is no question whether provider consolidation has increased dramatically in recent years.4 At the core of many of these changes is the push to improve healthcare quality and reduce costs.
Quality has the ability to affect payment, patient selection of providers, and hospital competition. Patients (ie, healthcare consumers) are increasingly using the Internet to find a variety of health information.5 Accessible provider quality information online would allow patients to make more informed decisions about where to seek care. In addition, the development of transparent quality ratings could assist payers in driving beneficiaries to higher quality and better value providers, which could mean more business for the highest quality physicians and better patient outcomes with fewer complications. Some payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) have already started using quality measures as part of their reimbursement strategy.6 Because CMS is the largest payer in the United States, private insurers tend to follow their lead; thus, quality measurements will become even more common as a factor in reimbursement over the coming years.
To make quality ratings useful, “quality” must be clearly defined. Clarity around which factors are considered in a quality designation will create transparency for patients and allow providers to understand how their performance is being measured so that they focus on improving outcomes for their patients. Numerous organizations, including private payers, public payers, and both not-for-profit and for-profit entities, have created quality designation programs to rate providers. However, within orthopedics and several other medical specialties, there has been an ongoing debate about what measures best reflect quality.7 Although inconsistencies in quality ratings in arthroplasty care have been noted,8 it remains unknown how each quality designation program compares with the others in terms of the factors considered in deciding quality designations.
The purpose of this study is to evaluate publicly available information from key quality designation programs for total joint arthroplasty (TJA) providers to determine what factors are considered by each organization in awarding quality designations; what similarities and differences in quality designations exist across the different organizations; and how many of the organizations publish their quality designation methodologies and final rating results.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A directed Google search was conducted to determine organizations (ie, payers, independent firms, and government entities) that rate hospitals and/or surgeons in orthopedic surgery. The identified organizations were then examined to determine whether they provided hospital ratings for total hip and/or knee arthroplasty. Entities were included if they provided quality designations for hospitals specifically addressing TJA. Organizations that provided only general hospital, other surgical procedures, orthopedic surgery, or orthopedic surgeon-specific quality designations were excluded. A list of all organizations determined to fit the inclusion criteria was then reviewed for completeness and approved by the senior author.
Continue to: One investigator reviewed the website of each organization...
One investigator reviewed the website of each organization fitting the inclusion criteria to determine the full rating methodology in 1 sitting on July 2, 2016. Detailed notes were taken on each program using publicly available information. For organizations that used proprietary criteria for quality designation (eg, The Joint Commission [TJC]), only publicly available information was used in the analysis. Therefore, the information reported is solely based on data available online to the public.
Detailed quality designation criteria were condensed into broader categories (accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency) to capture differences between each organization reviewed. In addition, we recorded whether each organization published a list of providers that received its quality designation.
RESULTS
A total of 7 organizations fit our inclusion criteria9-15 (Table). Of these 7 organizations, 3 were private payers (Aetna, UnitedHealth, and Blue Cross Blue Shield [BCBS]), 2 were nongovernmental not-for-profit organizations (TJC and Consumer Reports), and 2 were consumer-based and/or for-profit organizations (HealthGrades and US News & World Report [USNWR]). There were no government agencies that fit our inclusion criteria. BCBS had the following 2 separate quality designations: BCBS Blue Distinction and BCBS Blue Distinction+. The only difference between the 2 BCBS ratings is that BCBS Blue Distinction+ includes cost efficiency ratings, whereas BCBS Blue Distinction does not.
Only the 3 private payers and TJC, the primary hospital accreditation body in the United States, required accreditation as part of its quality designation criteria. TJC requires its own accreditation for quality designation consideration, whereas the 3 private payers allow accreditation from one of a variety of sources. Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery requires accreditation by TJC, Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program, American Osteopathic Association, National Integrated Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations, or Det Norske Veritas Healthcare. UnitedHealth Premium Total Joint Replacement (TJR) Specialty Center requires accreditation by TJC and/or equivalent of TJC accreditation. However, TJC accreditation equivalents are not noted in the UnitedHealth handbook. BCBS Blue Distinction and Distinction+ require accreditation by TJC, Healthcare Facilities Accreditation Program, National Integrated Accreditation for Healthcare Organizations, or Center for Improvement in Healthcare Quality. In addition, BCBS is willing to consider alternative accreditations that are at least as stringent as the national alternatives noted. However, no detailed criteria that must be met to be equivalent to the national standards are noted in the relevant quality designation handbook.
The volume of completed total hip and knee arthroplasty procedures was considered in 6 of the organizations’ quality ratings methodologies. Of those 6, all private payers, TJC (not-for-profit), and 2 for-profit rating agencies were included. Surgeon specialization in TJA was only explicitly noted as a factor considered in UnitedHealth Premium TJR Specialty Center criteria; however, the requirements for surgeon specialization were not clearly defined. In addition, the presence of a multidisciplinary clinical pathway was only explicitly considered for Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery.
Structural requirements (eg, use of electronic health records [EHR], staffing levels, etc.) were taken into account in private payer and USNWR quality methodologies. Process measures (eg, antibiotic prophylaxis and other care pathways) were considered for the private payers and TJC but not for USNWR quality designation. Cost and/or efficiency measures were factors in the quality formula for Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery and BCBS Distinction+. Aetna utilizes its own cost data and risk-adjusts using a product known as Symmetry Episode Risk Groups to determine cost-effectiveness, while BCBS uses its own Composite Facility Cost Index. Patient experience (eg, Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems [HCAHPS]) was incorporated into the quality formulas for 4 of the 7 quality designation programs examined.
Continue to: All of the 7 quality designation programs included...
All of the 7 quality designation programs included outcomes (ie, readmission rates and/or mortality rates) and publicly reported the hospitals receiving their quality designation. In contrast, only Aetna explicitly included the presence of multidisciplinary clinical care pathways as part of their quality designation criteria. In addition, only UnitedHealth included surgeon specialization in joint arthroplasty as a factor for quality consideration for its quality designation program. BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery were the only 2 quality designations that included at least 1 variable that fit into each of the 7 characteristics considered (accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency).
DISCUSSION
As healthcare continues to shift toward value-based delivery and payment models, quality becomes a critical factor in reimbursement and provider rankings. However, quality is a vague term. Several providers probably do not know what is required to be designated as high quality by a particular rating agency. Moreover, there are multiple quality designation programs, all using distinct criteria to determine “quality,” which further complicates the matter. Our objective was to determine the key stakeholders that provide quality designations in TJA and what criteria each organization uses in assessing quality.
Our idea of comprehensive quality is based on Avedis Donabedian’s enduring framework for healthcare quality focused on structure, process, and outcome.16 We expanded on these 3 areas and analyzed quality designations based on variables fitting into the following categories: accreditation, volume, structural, process, outcomes, patient experience, and cost/efficiency. We believe that these categories encompass a comprehensive rating system that addresses key elements of patient care. However, our results suggest that only 2 major quality designations (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery) take all such variables into account.
All quality designation programs that we analyzed required outcome data (ie, readmission and/or mortality rates within 30 days); however, only 2 programs utilized cost in their quality designation criteria (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery). Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery risk-adjusted for its cost-effectiveness calculations based on age, sex, and other unspecified conditions using a product known as Symmetry Episode Risk Groups. However, the organization also noted that although it did risk-adjust for inpatient mortality, it did not do so for pulmonary embolism or deep vein thrombosis. BCBS Distinction+ also utilized risk adjustment for its cost efficiency measure, and its step-by-step methodology is available online. Further, Consumer Reports does risk-adjust using logistic regression models in their quality analysis, but the description provided is minimal; it is noted that such risk adjustments are already completed by CMS prior to Consumer Reports acquiring the data. The CMS Compare model information is available on the CMS website. The data utilized by several organizations and presented on CMS Compare are already risk-adjusted using CMS’ approach. In contrast, UnitedHealth Premium TJR Specialty Center gathers its own data from providers and does not describe a risk adjustment methodology. Risk adjustment is important because the lack of risk adjustment may lead to physicians “cherry-picking” easy cases to boost positive outcomes, leading to increased financial benefits and higher quality ratings. Having a consistent risk adjustment formula will ensure accurate comparisons across outcomes and cost-effectiveness measures used by quality designation programs.
Factors considered for quality designation varied greatly from one organization to the other. The range of categories of factors considered varied from 1 (Consumer Reports only considered outcome data) to all 7 categories (BCBS Distinction+ and Aetna Institutes of Quality for Orthopedic Surgery). Our findings are consistent with the work by Keswani and colleagues,8 which showed that there is likely variation in factors considered when rating hospital quality more broadly. Our work suggests that quality designation formulas do not appear to get more consistent when focused on TJA.
We found that all organizations in our analysis published the providers earning their quality designation. However, TJC does not provide publicly a detailed methodology on how to qualify for its quality designation. The price to purchase the necessary manual for this information is $146.00 for accredited organizations and $186.00 for all others.17 For large healthcare providers, this is not a large sum of money. Nonetheless, this provides an additional hurdle for stakeholders to gain a full understanding of the requirements to receive a TJC Gold Seal for Orthopedics.
Previous work has evaluated the consistency of and the variety of means of gauging healthcare quality. Previous work by Rothberg and colleagues18 comparing hospital rankings across 5 common consumer-oriented websites found disagreement on hospital rankings within any diagnosis and even among metrics such as mortality. Another study by Halasyamani and Davis19 found that CMS Compare and USNWR rankings were dissimilar and the authors attributed the discrepancy to different methodologies. In addition, a study by Krumholz and colleagues20 focused on Internet report cards, which measured the appropriate use of select medications and mortality rates for acute myocardial infarction as the quality metrics. The authors found that, in aggregate, there was a clear difference in quality of care and outcomes but that comparisons between 2 hospitals provided poor discrimination.20 Other work has analyzed the increasing trend of online ratings of orthopedic surgeons by patients.21 However, there remains no agreed-upon definition of quality. Thus, the use of the term “quality” in several studies may be misleading.
Our results must be interpreted keeping the limitations of our work in mind. First, we used expert knowledge and a public search engine to develop our list of organizations that provide TJA quality designations. However, there is a possibility that we did not include all relevant organizations. Second, although all authors reviewed the final data, it is possible that there was human error in the analysis of each organization’s quality designation criteria.
CONCLUSION
As healthcare progresses further toward a system that rewards providers for delivering value to patients, accurately defining and measuring quality becomes critical because it can be suggestive of value to patients, payers, and providers. Furthermore, it gives providers a goal to focus on as they strive to improve the value of care they deliver to patients. Measuring healthcare quality is currently a novel, imperfect science,22 and there continues to be a debate about what factors should be included in a quality designation formula. Nonetheless, more and more quality designations and performance measurements are being created for orthopedic care, including total hip and total knee arthroplasty. In fact, in 2016, The Leapfrog Group added readmission for patients undergoing TJA to its survey.23 Consensus on a quality definition may facilitate the movement toward a value-based healthcare system. Future research should evaluate strategies for gaining consensus among stakeholders for a universal quality metric in TJA. Surgeons, hospitals, payers, and most importantly patients should play critical roles in defining quality.
- Porter ME. A strategy for health care reform--toward a value-based system. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(2):109-112. doi:10.1056/NEJMp0904131.
- Obama B. United States health care reform: progress to date and next steps. JAMA. 2016;316(5):525-532. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.9797.
- Mulvany C. The march to consumerism the evolution from patient to active shopper continues. Healthc Financ Manage. 2014;68(2):36-38.
- Tsai TC, Jha AK. Hospital consolidation, competition, and quality: is bigger necessarily better? JAMA. 2014;312(1):29-30. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.4692.
- Cline RJ, Haynes KM. Consumer health information seeking on the Internet: the state of the art. Health Educ Res. 2001;16(6):671-692. doi:10.1093/her/16.6.671.
- Werner RM, Kolstad JT, Stuart EA, Polsky D. The effect of pay-for-performance in hospitals: lessons for quality improvement. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011;30(4):690-698. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2010.1277.
- Birkmeyer JD, Dimick JB, Birkmeyer NJ. Measuring the quality of surgical care: structure, process, or outcomes? J Am Coll Surg. 2004;198(4):626-632. doi:10.1016/j.jamcollsurg.2003.11.017.
- Keswani A, Uhler LM, Bozic KJ. What quality metrics is my hospital being evaluated on and what are the consequences? J Arthroplast. 2016;31(6):1139-1143. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2016.01.075.
- Aetna Inc. Aetna Institutes of Quality® facilities fact book. A comprehensive reference guide for Aetna members, doctors and health care professionals. http://www.aetna.com/individuals-families-health-insurance/document-libr.... Accessed July 2, 2016.
- United HealthCare. UnitedHealth Premium® Program. https://www.uhcprovider.com/en/reports-quality-programs/premium-designation.html. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- 11. Blue Cross Blue Shield. Association. Blue Distinction Specialty Care. Selection criteria and program documentation: knee and hip replacement and spine surgery. https://www.bcbs.com/sites/default/files/fileattachments/page/KneeHip.SelectionCriteria_0.pdf. Published October 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- The Joint Commission. Advanced certification for total hip and total knee replacement eligibility. https://www.jointcommission.org/advanced_certification_for_total_hip_and.... Published December 10, 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Healthgrades Operating Company. Healthgrades methodology: anatomy of a rating. https://www.healthgrades.com/quality/ratings-awards/methodology. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Comarow A, Harder B; Dr. Foster Project Team. Methodology: U.S. News & World Report best hospitals for common care. U.S. News & World Report Web site. http://www.usnews.com/pubfiles/BHCC_MethReport_2015.pdf. Published May 20, 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Consumer Reports. How we rate hospitals. http://static3.consumerreportscdn.org/content/dam/cro/news_articles/heal.... Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Ayanian JZ, Markel H. Donabedian’s lasting framework for health care quality. N Engl J Med. 2016;375(3):205-207. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1605101.
- The Joint Commission. 2016 Certification Manuals. 2016; http://www.jcrinc.com/2016-certification-manuals/. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Rothberg MB, Morsi E, Benjamin EM, Pekow PS, Lindenauer PK. Choosing the best hospital: the limitations of public quality reporting. Health Aff (Millwood). 2008;27(6):1680-1687. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.27.6.1680.
- Halasyamani LK, Davis MM. Conflicting measures of hospital quality: ratings from "Hospital Compare" versus "Best Hospitals". J Hosp Med. 2007;2(3):128-134. doi:10.1002/jhm.176.
- Krumholz HM, Rathore SS, Chen J, Wang Y, Radford MJ. Evaluation of a consumer-oriented internet health care report card: the risk of quality ratings based on mortality data. JAMA. 2002;287(10):1277-1287.
- Frost C, Mesfin A. Online reviews of orthopedic surgeons: an emerging trend. Orthopedics. 2015;38(4):e257-e262. doi:10.3928/01477447-20150402-52.
- Harder B, Comarow A. Hospital Quality reporting by US News & World Report: why, how, and what's ahead. JAMA. 2015;313(19):1903-1904. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.4566.
- The Leapfrog Group. New in 2016. http://www.leapfroggroup.org/ratings-reports/new-2016. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Porter ME. A strategy for health care reform--toward a value-based system. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(2):109-112. doi:10.1056/NEJMp0904131.
- Obama B. United States health care reform: progress to date and next steps. JAMA. 2016;316(5):525-532. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.9797.
- Mulvany C. The march to consumerism the evolution from patient to active shopper continues. Healthc Financ Manage. 2014;68(2):36-38.
- Tsai TC, Jha AK. Hospital consolidation, competition, and quality: is bigger necessarily better? JAMA. 2014;312(1):29-30. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.4692.
- Cline RJ, Haynes KM. Consumer health information seeking on the Internet: the state of the art. Health Educ Res. 2001;16(6):671-692. doi:10.1093/her/16.6.671.
- Werner RM, Kolstad JT, Stuart EA, Polsky D. The effect of pay-for-performance in hospitals: lessons for quality improvement. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011;30(4):690-698. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2010.1277.
- Birkmeyer JD, Dimick JB, Birkmeyer NJ. Measuring the quality of surgical care: structure, process, or outcomes? J Am Coll Surg. 2004;198(4):626-632. doi:10.1016/j.jamcollsurg.2003.11.017.
- Keswani A, Uhler LM, Bozic KJ. What quality metrics is my hospital being evaluated on and what are the consequences? J Arthroplast. 2016;31(6):1139-1143. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2016.01.075.
- Aetna Inc. Aetna Institutes of Quality® facilities fact book. A comprehensive reference guide for Aetna members, doctors and health care professionals. http://www.aetna.com/individuals-families-health-insurance/document-libr.... Accessed July 2, 2016.
- United HealthCare. UnitedHealth Premium® Program. https://www.uhcprovider.com/en/reports-quality-programs/premium-designation.html. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- 11. Blue Cross Blue Shield. Association. Blue Distinction Specialty Care. Selection criteria and program documentation: knee and hip replacement and spine surgery. https://www.bcbs.com/sites/default/files/fileattachments/page/KneeHip.SelectionCriteria_0.pdf. Published October 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- The Joint Commission. Advanced certification for total hip and total knee replacement eligibility. https://www.jointcommission.org/advanced_certification_for_total_hip_and.... Published December 10, 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Healthgrades Operating Company. Healthgrades methodology: anatomy of a rating. https://www.healthgrades.com/quality/ratings-awards/methodology. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Comarow A, Harder B; Dr. Foster Project Team. Methodology: U.S. News & World Report best hospitals for common care. U.S. News & World Report Web site. http://www.usnews.com/pubfiles/BHCC_MethReport_2015.pdf. Published May 20, 2015. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Consumer Reports. How we rate hospitals. http://static3.consumerreportscdn.org/content/dam/cro/news_articles/heal.... Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Ayanian JZ, Markel H. Donabedian’s lasting framework for health care quality. N Engl J Med. 2016;375(3):205-207. doi:10.1056/NEJMp1605101.
- The Joint Commission. 2016 Certification Manuals. 2016; http://www.jcrinc.com/2016-certification-manuals/. Accessed July 2, 2016.
- Rothberg MB, Morsi E, Benjamin EM, Pekow PS, Lindenauer PK. Choosing the best hospital: the limitations of public quality reporting. Health Aff (Millwood). 2008;27(6):1680-1687. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.27.6.1680.
- Halasyamani LK, Davis MM. Conflicting measures of hospital quality: ratings from "Hospital Compare" versus "Best Hospitals". J Hosp Med. 2007;2(3):128-134. doi:10.1002/jhm.176.
- Krumholz HM, Rathore SS, Chen J, Wang Y, Radford MJ. Evaluation of a consumer-oriented internet health care report card: the risk of quality ratings based on mortality data. JAMA. 2002;287(10):1277-1287.
- Frost C, Mesfin A. Online reviews of orthopedic surgeons: an emerging trend. Orthopedics. 2015;38(4):e257-e262. doi:10.3928/01477447-20150402-52.
- Harder B, Comarow A. Hospital Quality reporting by US News & World Report: why, how, and what's ahead. JAMA. 2015;313(19):1903-1904. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.4566.
- The Leapfrog Group. New in 2016. http://www.leapfroggroup.org/ratings-reports/new-2016. Accessed July 2, 2016.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- TJA quality designation methodologies differ substantially across rating organizations.
- Only 29% of TJA quality rating methodologies evaluated include a cost element.
- Only 57% of TJA quality rating methodologies evaluated include patient experience.
- Only 57% of TJA quality rating methodologies evaluated include process measurements, including antibiotic prophylaxis and standardized care pathways.
- There is a need for consistent definitions of quality as healthcare stakeholders continue to shift focus from volume to value.
Risk Stratification for Cellulitis Versus Noncellulitic Conditions of the Lower Extremity: A Retrospective Review of the NEW HAvUN Criteria
Cellulitis is defined as an acute or subacute, bacterial-induced inflammation of subcutaneous tissue that can extend superficially. The inciting incident often is assumed to be invasion of bacteria through loose connective tissue.1 Although cellulitis is bacterial in origin, it often is difficult to culture the offending microorganism from biopsy sites, swabs, or blood. Erythema, fever, induration, and tenderness are largely seen as clinical manifestations. Moderate and severe cases may be accompanied by fever, malaise, and leukocytosis. The lower extremity is the most common location of involvement (Figure 1), and usually a wound, ulcer, or interdigital superficial infection can be identified and implicated as the source of entry.
Effective treatment of cellulitis is necessary because complications such as abscesses, underlying fascia or muscle involvement, and septicemia can develop, leading to poor outcomes. Antibiotics should be administered intravenously in patients with suspected fascial involvement, septicemia, or dermal necrosis, or in those with an immunological comorbidity.2
The differential diagnosis of lower extremity cellulitis is wide due to the existence of several mimicking dermatologic conditions. These so-called pseudocellulitis conditions include stasis dermatitis, venous ulceration, acute lipodermatosclerosis, pigmented purpura, vasculopathy, contact dermatitis, adverse medication reaction, and arthropod bite. Stasis dermatitis and lipodermatosclerosis, both arising from venous insufficiency, are by far 2 of the most common skin conditions that imitate cellulitis.
Stasis dermatitis is a common condition in the United States and Europe, usually manifesting as a pigmented purpuric dermatosis on anterior tibial surfaces, around the ankle, or overlying dependent varicosities. Skin changes can include hyperpigmentation, edema, mild scaling, eczematous patches, and even ulceration.3
Lipodermatosclerosis is a disorder of progressive fibrosis of subcutaneous fat. It is more common in middle-aged women who have a high body mass index and a venous abnormality.4 This form of panniculitis typically affects the lower extremities bilaterally, manifesting as erythematous and indurated skin changes, sometimes described as inverted champagne bottles (Figure 2). At times, there can be accompanying painful ulceration on the erythematous areas, features that closely resemble cellulitis.5,6 Lipodermatosclerosis is commonly misdiagnosed as cellulitis, leading to inappropriate prescription of antibiotics.7
Distinguishing cellulitis from noncellulitic conditions of the lower extremity is paramount to effective patient management in the emergent setting. With a reported incidence of 24.6 per 100 person-years, cellulitis constitutes 1% to 14% of emergency department visits and 4% to 7% of hospital admissions.Therefore, prompt appropriate diagnosis and treatment can avoid life-threatening complications associated with infection such as sepsis, abscess, lymphangitis, and necrotizing fasciitis.8-11
It is estimated that 10% to 20% of patients who have been given a diagnosis of cellulitis do not actually have the disease.2,12 This discrepancy consumes a remarkable amount of hospital resources and can lead to inappropriate or excessive use of antibiotics.13 Although the true incidence of adverse antibiotic reactions is unknown, it is estimated that they are the cause of 3% to 6% of acute hospital admissions and occur in 10% to 15% of inpatients admitted for other primary reasons.14 These findings illustrate the potential for an increased risk for morbidity and increased length of stay for patients beginning an antibiotic regimen, especially when the agents are administered unnecessarily. In addition, inappropriate antibiotic use contributes to antibiotic resistance, which continues to be a major problem, especially in hospitalized patients.
There is a lack of consensus in the literature about methods to risk stratify patients who present with acute dermatologic conditions that include and resemble cellulitis. We sought to identify clinical features based on available clinical literature-derived variables. We tested our scheme in a series of patients with a known diagnosis of cellulitis or other dermatologic pathology of the lower extremity to assess the validity of the following 7 clinical criteria: acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis.
Materials and Methods
This retrospective chart review was approved by the Yale University (New Haven, Connecticut) institutional review board (HIC#1409014533). Final diagnosis, demographic data, clinical manifestations, and relevant diagnostic laboratory values of 57 patients were obtained from a database in the dermatology department’s consultation log and electronic medical record database (December 2011 to December 2014). The presence of each clinical symptom—acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis—was assigned a score equal to 1; values were tallied to achieve a final score for each patient (Table 1). Patients who were seen initially as a consultation for possible cellulitis but given a final diagnosis of stasis dermatitis or lipodermatosclerosis were included (Table 2).
Clinical Criteria
The clinical criteria were developed based largely on clinical experience and relevant secondary literature.15-17 At the patient encounter, presence of each of the variables (Table 1) was assessed according to the following definitions:
- acute onset: within the prior 72 hours and more indicative of an acute infective process than a gradual and chronic consequence of venous stasis
- erythema: a subjective clinical marker for inflammation that can be associated with cellulitis, though darker, erythematous-appearing discolorations also can be seen in patients with chronic venous hypertension or valvular incompetence4,15
- pyrexia: body temperature greater than 100.4°F
- history of associated trauma: encompassing mechanical wounds, surgical incisions, burns, and insect bites that correlate closely to the time course of symptomatic development
- tenderness: tenderness to light touch, which may be more common in patients afflicted with cellulitis than in those with venous insufficiency
- unilaterality: a helpful distinguishing feature that points the diagnosis away from a dermatitislike clinical picture, especially because bilateral cellulitis is rare and regarded as a diagnostic pitfall18
- leukocytosis: white blood cell count greater than 10.0×109/L and is reasonably considered a cardinal metric of inflammatory processes, though it can be confounded by immunocompromise (low count) or steroid use (high count)
Statistical Analysis
Odds ratios (ORs) were calculated and χ2 analysis was performed for each presenting symptom using JMP 10.0 analytical software (SAS Institute Inc). Each patient was rated separately by means of the clinical feature–based scoring system for the calculation of a total score. After application of the score to the patient population, receiver operating characteristic curves were constructed to identify the optimal score threshold for discriminating cellulitis from dermatitis in this group. For each clinical feature, P<.05 was considered significant.
Results
Our cohort included 32 male and 25 female patients with a mean age of 63 and 61 years, respectively. The final clinical diagnosis of cellulitis was made in 20 patients (35%). An established diagnosis of cellulitis was assigned based on a dermatology evaluation located within our electronic medical record database (Table 2).
Each clinical parameter was evaluated separately for each patient; combined results are summarized in Table 3. Acute onset (≤3 days) was a clinical characteristic seen in 80% (16/20) of cellulitis cases and 22% (8/37) of noncellulitis cases (OR, 14.5; P<.001). Erythema had similar significance (OR, 10.3; prevalence, 95% [19/20] vs 65% [24/37]; P=.012). Pyrexia possessed an OR of 99.2 for cellulitis and was seen in 85% (17/20) of cellulitis cases and only 5% (2/37) of noncellulitis cases (P<.001).
A history of associated trauma had an OR of 36.0 for cellulitis, with 50% (10/20) and 3% (1/37) prevalence in cellulitis cases and noncellulitis cases, respectively (P<.001). Tenderness, documented in 90% (18/20) of cellulitis cases and 43% (16/37) of noncellulitis cases, had an OR of 11.8 (P<.001).
Unilaterality had 100% (20/20) prevalence in our cellulitis cohort and was the only characteristic within the algorithm that yielded an incalculable OR. Noncellulitis or stasis dermatitis of the lower extremity exhibited a unilateral lesion in 11 cases (30%), of which 1 case resulted from a unilateral tibial fracture. Leukocytosis was seen in 65% (13/20) of cellulitis cases and 8% (3/37) of noncellulitis cases, with an OR for cellulitis of 21.0 (P<.001).
All parameters were significant by χ2 analysis (Table 3).
Comment
We found that testing positive for 4 of 7 clinical criteria for assessing cellulitis was highly specific (95%) and sensitive (100%) for a diagnosis of cellulitis among its range of mimics (Figure 3). These cellulitis criteria can be remembered, with some modification, using NEW HAvUN as a mnemonic device (New onset,
Consistent with the literature, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, and unilaterality also were predictors of cellulitis diagnosis. Unilaterality often is used as a diagnostic tool by dermatologist consultants when a patient lacks other criteria for cellulitis, so these findings are intuitive and consistent with our institutional experience. Interestingly, leukocytosis was seen in only 65% of cellulitis cases and 8% of noncellulitis cases and therefore might not serve as a sensitive independent predictor of a diagnosis of cellulitis, emphasizing the importance of the multifactorial scoring system we have put forward. Additionally, acuity of onset, erythema, and tenderness are not independently associated with cellulitis when assessing a patient because several of those findings are present in other dermatologic conditions of the lower extremity; when combined with the other criteria, however, these 3 findings can play a role in diagnosis.
Effective cellulitis diagnosis provides well-recognized challenges in the acute medical setting because many clinical mimics exist. The estimated rate of misdiagnosed cellulitis is certainly well-established: 30% to 75% in independent and multi-institutional studies. These studies also revealed that patients admitted for bilateral “cellulitis” overwhelmingly tended to be stasis clinical pictures.13,19
Cost implications from inappropriate diagnosis largely regard inappropriate antibiotic use and the potential for microbial resistance, with associated costs estimated to be more than $50 billion (2004 dollars).20,21 The true cost burden is extremely difficult to model or predict due to remarkable variations in the institutional misdiagnosis rate, prescribing pattern, and antibiotic cost and could represent avenues of further study. Misappropriation of antibiotics includes not only a monetary cost that encompasses all aspects of acute treatment and hospitalization but also an unquantifiable cost: human lives associated with the consequences of antibiotic resistance.
Conclusion
There is a lack of consensus or criteria for differentiating cellulitis from its most common clinical counterparts. Here, we propose a convenient clinical correlation system that we hope will lead to more efficient allocation of clinical resources, including antibiotics and hospital admissions, while lowering the incidence of adverse events and leading to better patient outcomes. We recognize that the small sample size of our study may limit broad application of these criteria, though we anticipate that further prospective studies can improve the diagnostic relevance and risk-assessment power of the NEW HAvUN criteria put forth here for assessing cellulitis in the acute medical setting.
Acknowledgement—Author H.H.E. recognizes the loving memory of Nadia Ezaldein for her profound influence on and motivation behind this research.
- Lep
pard BJ, Seal DV, Colman G, et al. The value of bacteriology and serology in the diagnosis of cellulitis and erysipelas. Br J Dermatol. 1985;112:559-567. - Hep
burn MJ, Dooley DP, Skidmore PJ, et al. Comparison of short-course (5 days) and standard (10 days) treatment for uncomplicated cellulitis. Arch Int Med. 2004;164:1669-1674. - Bergan JJ, Schmid-Schönbein GW, Smith PD, et al. Chronic venous disease. N Engl J Med. 2006;355:488-498.
- Bruc
e AJ, Bennett DD, Lohse CM, et al. Lipodermatosclerosis: review of cases evaluated at Mayo Clinic. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;46:187-192. - Heym
ann WR. Lipodermatosclerosis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2009;60:1022-1023. - Vesi
ć S, Vuković J, Medenica LJ, et al. Acute lipodermatosclerosis: an open clinical trial of stanozolol in patients unable to sustain compression therapy. Dermatol Online J. 2008;14:1. - Keller
EC, Tomecki KJ, Alraies MC. Distinguishing cellulitis from its mimics. Cleve Clin J Med. 2012;79:547-552. - Dong SL, Kelly KD, Oland RC, et al. ED management of cellulitis: a review of five urban centers. Am J Emerg Med. 2001;19:535-540.
- Ellis Simonsen SM, van Orman ER, Hatch BE, et al. Cellulitis incidence in a defined population. Epidemiol Infect. 2006;134:293-299.
- Manfredi R, Calza L, Chiodo F. Epidemiology and microbiology of cellulitis and bacterial soft tissue infection during HIV disease: a 10-year survey. J Cutan Pathol. 2002;29:168-172.
- Pascarella L, Schonbein GW, Bergan JJ. Microcirculation and venous ulcers: a review. Ann Vasc Surg. 2005;19:921-927.
- Hepburn MJ, Dooley DP, Ellis MW. Alternative diagnoses that often mimic cellulitis. Am Fam Physician. 2003;67:2471.
- David CV, Chira S, Eells SJ, et al. Diagnostic accuracy in patients admitted to hospitals with cellulitis. Dermatol Online J. 2011;17:1.
- Hay RJ, Adriaans BM. Bacterial infections. In: Thong BY, Tan TC. Epidemiology and risk factors for drug allergy. 8th ed. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;71:684-700.
- Hay RJ, Adriaans BM. Bacterial infections. In: Burns T, Breathnach S, Cox N, et al. Rook’s Textbook of Dermatology. 8th ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, Inc; 2004:1345-1426.
- Wolff K, Goldsmith LA, Katz SI, et al. Fitzpatrick’s Dermatology In General Medicine. 7th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003.
- Sommer LL, Reboli AC, Heymann WR. Bacterial infections. In: Bolognia J, Schaffer J, Cerroni L, et al. Dermatology. Vol 4. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier Saunders; 2012:1462-1502.
- Cox NH. Management of lower leg cellulitis. Clin Med. 2002;2:23-27.
- Strazzula L, Cotliar J, Fox LP, et al. Inpatient dermatology consultation aids diagnosis of cellulitis among hospitalized patients: a multi-institutional analysis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2015;73:70-75.
- Pinder R, Sallis A, Berry D, et al. Behaviour change and antibiotic prescribing in healthcare settings: literature review and behavioural analysis. London, UK: Public Health England; February 2015. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/
uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/405031
/Behaviour_Change_for_Antibiotic_Prescribing_-_FINAL.pdf. Accessed May 7, 2018. - Smith R, Coast J. The true cost of antimicrobial resistance. BMJ. 2013;346:f1493.
Cellulitis is defined as an acute or subacute, bacterial-induced inflammation of subcutaneous tissue that can extend superficially. The inciting incident often is assumed to be invasion of bacteria through loose connective tissue.1 Although cellulitis is bacterial in origin, it often is difficult to culture the offending microorganism from biopsy sites, swabs, or blood. Erythema, fever, induration, and tenderness are largely seen as clinical manifestations. Moderate and severe cases may be accompanied by fever, malaise, and leukocytosis. The lower extremity is the most common location of involvement (Figure 1), and usually a wound, ulcer, or interdigital superficial infection can be identified and implicated as the source of entry.
Effective treatment of cellulitis is necessary because complications such as abscesses, underlying fascia or muscle involvement, and septicemia can develop, leading to poor outcomes. Antibiotics should be administered intravenously in patients with suspected fascial involvement, septicemia, or dermal necrosis, or in those with an immunological comorbidity.2
The differential diagnosis of lower extremity cellulitis is wide due to the existence of several mimicking dermatologic conditions. These so-called pseudocellulitis conditions include stasis dermatitis, venous ulceration, acute lipodermatosclerosis, pigmented purpura, vasculopathy, contact dermatitis, adverse medication reaction, and arthropod bite. Stasis dermatitis and lipodermatosclerosis, both arising from venous insufficiency, are by far 2 of the most common skin conditions that imitate cellulitis.
Stasis dermatitis is a common condition in the United States and Europe, usually manifesting as a pigmented purpuric dermatosis on anterior tibial surfaces, around the ankle, or overlying dependent varicosities. Skin changes can include hyperpigmentation, edema, mild scaling, eczematous patches, and even ulceration.3
Lipodermatosclerosis is a disorder of progressive fibrosis of subcutaneous fat. It is more common in middle-aged women who have a high body mass index and a venous abnormality.4 This form of panniculitis typically affects the lower extremities bilaterally, manifesting as erythematous and indurated skin changes, sometimes described as inverted champagne bottles (Figure 2). At times, there can be accompanying painful ulceration on the erythematous areas, features that closely resemble cellulitis.5,6 Lipodermatosclerosis is commonly misdiagnosed as cellulitis, leading to inappropriate prescription of antibiotics.7
Distinguishing cellulitis from noncellulitic conditions of the lower extremity is paramount to effective patient management in the emergent setting. With a reported incidence of 24.6 per 100 person-years, cellulitis constitutes 1% to 14% of emergency department visits and 4% to 7% of hospital admissions.Therefore, prompt appropriate diagnosis and treatment can avoid life-threatening complications associated with infection such as sepsis, abscess, lymphangitis, and necrotizing fasciitis.8-11
It is estimated that 10% to 20% of patients who have been given a diagnosis of cellulitis do not actually have the disease.2,12 This discrepancy consumes a remarkable amount of hospital resources and can lead to inappropriate or excessive use of antibiotics.13 Although the true incidence of adverse antibiotic reactions is unknown, it is estimated that they are the cause of 3% to 6% of acute hospital admissions and occur in 10% to 15% of inpatients admitted for other primary reasons.14 These findings illustrate the potential for an increased risk for morbidity and increased length of stay for patients beginning an antibiotic regimen, especially when the agents are administered unnecessarily. In addition, inappropriate antibiotic use contributes to antibiotic resistance, which continues to be a major problem, especially in hospitalized patients.
There is a lack of consensus in the literature about methods to risk stratify patients who present with acute dermatologic conditions that include and resemble cellulitis. We sought to identify clinical features based on available clinical literature-derived variables. We tested our scheme in a series of patients with a known diagnosis of cellulitis or other dermatologic pathology of the lower extremity to assess the validity of the following 7 clinical criteria: acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis.
Materials and Methods
This retrospective chart review was approved by the Yale University (New Haven, Connecticut) institutional review board (HIC#1409014533). Final diagnosis, demographic data, clinical manifestations, and relevant diagnostic laboratory values of 57 patients were obtained from a database in the dermatology department’s consultation log and electronic medical record database (December 2011 to December 2014). The presence of each clinical symptom—acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis—was assigned a score equal to 1; values were tallied to achieve a final score for each patient (Table 1). Patients who were seen initially as a consultation for possible cellulitis but given a final diagnosis of stasis dermatitis or lipodermatosclerosis were included (Table 2).
Clinical Criteria
The clinical criteria were developed based largely on clinical experience and relevant secondary literature.15-17 At the patient encounter, presence of each of the variables (Table 1) was assessed according to the following definitions:
- acute onset: within the prior 72 hours and more indicative of an acute infective process than a gradual and chronic consequence of venous stasis
- erythema: a subjective clinical marker for inflammation that can be associated with cellulitis, though darker, erythematous-appearing discolorations also can be seen in patients with chronic venous hypertension or valvular incompetence4,15
- pyrexia: body temperature greater than 100.4°F
- history of associated trauma: encompassing mechanical wounds, surgical incisions, burns, and insect bites that correlate closely to the time course of symptomatic development
- tenderness: tenderness to light touch, which may be more common in patients afflicted with cellulitis than in those with venous insufficiency
- unilaterality: a helpful distinguishing feature that points the diagnosis away from a dermatitislike clinical picture, especially because bilateral cellulitis is rare and regarded as a diagnostic pitfall18
- leukocytosis: white blood cell count greater than 10.0×109/L and is reasonably considered a cardinal metric of inflammatory processes, though it can be confounded by immunocompromise (low count) or steroid use (high count)
Statistical Analysis
Odds ratios (ORs) were calculated and χ2 analysis was performed for each presenting symptom using JMP 10.0 analytical software (SAS Institute Inc). Each patient was rated separately by means of the clinical feature–based scoring system for the calculation of a total score. After application of the score to the patient population, receiver operating characteristic curves were constructed to identify the optimal score threshold for discriminating cellulitis from dermatitis in this group. For each clinical feature, P<.05 was considered significant.
Results
Our cohort included 32 male and 25 female patients with a mean age of 63 and 61 years, respectively. The final clinical diagnosis of cellulitis was made in 20 patients (35%). An established diagnosis of cellulitis was assigned based on a dermatology evaluation located within our electronic medical record database (Table 2).
Each clinical parameter was evaluated separately for each patient; combined results are summarized in Table 3. Acute onset (≤3 days) was a clinical characteristic seen in 80% (16/20) of cellulitis cases and 22% (8/37) of noncellulitis cases (OR, 14.5; P<.001). Erythema had similar significance (OR, 10.3; prevalence, 95% [19/20] vs 65% [24/37]; P=.012). Pyrexia possessed an OR of 99.2 for cellulitis and was seen in 85% (17/20) of cellulitis cases and only 5% (2/37) of noncellulitis cases (P<.001).
A history of associated trauma had an OR of 36.0 for cellulitis, with 50% (10/20) and 3% (1/37) prevalence in cellulitis cases and noncellulitis cases, respectively (P<.001). Tenderness, documented in 90% (18/20) of cellulitis cases and 43% (16/37) of noncellulitis cases, had an OR of 11.8 (P<.001).
Unilaterality had 100% (20/20) prevalence in our cellulitis cohort and was the only characteristic within the algorithm that yielded an incalculable OR. Noncellulitis or stasis dermatitis of the lower extremity exhibited a unilateral lesion in 11 cases (30%), of which 1 case resulted from a unilateral tibial fracture. Leukocytosis was seen in 65% (13/20) of cellulitis cases and 8% (3/37) of noncellulitis cases, with an OR for cellulitis of 21.0 (P<.001).
All parameters were significant by χ2 analysis (Table 3).
Comment
We found that testing positive for 4 of 7 clinical criteria for assessing cellulitis was highly specific (95%) and sensitive (100%) for a diagnosis of cellulitis among its range of mimics (Figure 3). These cellulitis criteria can be remembered, with some modification, using NEW HAvUN as a mnemonic device (New onset,
Consistent with the literature, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, and unilaterality also were predictors of cellulitis diagnosis. Unilaterality often is used as a diagnostic tool by dermatologist consultants when a patient lacks other criteria for cellulitis, so these findings are intuitive and consistent with our institutional experience. Interestingly, leukocytosis was seen in only 65% of cellulitis cases and 8% of noncellulitis cases and therefore might not serve as a sensitive independent predictor of a diagnosis of cellulitis, emphasizing the importance of the multifactorial scoring system we have put forward. Additionally, acuity of onset, erythema, and tenderness are not independently associated with cellulitis when assessing a patient because several of those findings are present in other dermatologic conditions of the lower extremity; when combined with the other criteria, however, these 3 findings can play a role in diagnosis.
Effective cellulitis diagnosis provides well-recognized challenges in the acute medical setting because many clinical mimics exist. The estimated rate of misdiagnosed cellulitis is certainly well-established: 30% to 75% in independent and multi-institutional studies. These studies also revealed that patients admitted for bilateral “cellulitis” overwhelmingly tended to be stasis clinical pictures.13,19
Cost implications from inappropriate diagnosis largely regard inappropriate antibiotic use and the potential for microbial resistance, with associated costs estimated to be more than $50 billion (2004 dollars).20,21 The true cost burden is extremely difficult to model or predict due to remarkable variations in the institutional misdiagnosis rate, prescribing pattern, and antibiotic cost and could represent avenues of further study. Misappropriation of antibiotics includes not only a monetary cost that encompasses all aspects of acute treatment and hospitalization but also an unquantifiable cost: human lives associated with the consequences of antibiotic resistance.
Conclusion
There is a lack of consensus or criteria for differentiating cellulitis from its most common clinical counterparts. Here, we propose a convenient clinical correlation system that we hope will lead to more efficient allocation of clinical resources, including antibiotics and hospital admissions, while lowering the incidence of adverse events and leading to better patient outcomes. We recognize that the small sample size of our study may limit broad application of these criteria, though we anticipate that further prospective studies can improve the diagnostic relevance and risk-assessment power of the NEW HAvUN criteria put forth here for assessing cellulitis in the acute medical setting.
Acknowledgement—Author H.H.E. recognizes the loving memory of Nadia Ezaldein for her profound influence on and motivation behind this research.
Cellulitis is defined as an acute or subacute, bacterial-induced inflammation of subcutaneous tissue that can extend superficially. The inciting incident often is assumed to be invasion of bacteria through loose connective tissue.1 Although cellulitis is bacterial in origin, it often is difficult to culture the offending microorganism from biopsy sites, swabs, or blood. Erythema, fever, induration, and tenderness are largely seen as clinical manifestations. Moderate and severe cases may be accompanied by fever, malaise, and leukocytosis. The lower extremity is the most common location of involvement (Figure 1), and usually a wound, ulcer, or interdigital superficial infection can be identified and implicated as the source of entry.
Effective treatment of cellulitis is necessary because complications such as abscesses, underlying fascia or muscle involvement, and septicemia can develop, leading to poor outcomes. Antibiotics should be administered intravenously in patients with suspected fascial involvement, septicemia, or dermal necrosis, or in those with an immunological comorbidity.2
The differential diagnosis of lower extremity cellulitis is wide due to the existence of several mimicking dermatologic conditions. These so-called pseudocellulitis conditions include stasis dermatitis, venous ulceration, acute lipodermatosclerosis, pigmented purpura, vasculopathy, contact dermatitis, adverse medication reaction, and arthropod bite. Stasis dermatitis and lipodermatosclerosis, both arising from venous insufficiency, are by far 2 of the most common skin conditions that imitate cellulitis.
Stasis dermatitis is a common condition in the United States and Europe, usually manifesting as a pigmented purpuric dermatosis on anterior tibial surfaces, around the ankle, or overlying dependent varicosities. Skin changes can include hyperpigmentation, edema, mild scaling, eczematous patches, and even ulceration.3
Lipodermatosclerosis is a disorder of progressive fibrosis of subcutaneous fat. It is more common in middle-aged women who have a high body mass index and a venous abnormality.4 This form of panniculitis typically affects the lower extremities bilaterally, manifesting as erythematous and indurated skin changes, sometimes described as inverted champagne bottles (Figure 2). At times, there can be accompanying painful ulceration on the erythematous areas, features that closely resemble cellulitis.5,6 Lipodermatosclerosis is commonly misdiagnosed as cellulitis, leading to inappropriate prescription of antibiotics.7
Distinguishing cellulitis from noncellulitic conditions of the lower extremity is paramount to effective patient management in the emergent setting. With a reported incidence of 24.6 per 100 person-years, cellulitis constitutes 1% to 14% of emergency department visits and 4% to 7% of hospital admissions.Therefore, prompt appropriate diagnosis and treatment can avoid life-threatening complications associated with infection such as sepsis, abscess, lymphangitis, and necrotizing fasciitis.8-11
It is estimated that 10% to 20% of patients who have been given a diagnosis of cellulitis do not actually have the disease.2,12 This discrepancy consumes a remarkable amount of hospital resources and can lead to inappropriate or excessive use of antibiotics.13 Although the true incidence of adverse antibiotic reactions is unknown, it is estimated that they are the cause of 3% to 6% of acute hospital admissions and occur in 10% to 15% of inpatients admitted for other primary reasons.14 These findings illustrate the potential for an increased risk for morbidity and increased length of stay for patients beginning an antibiotic regimen, especially when the agents are administered unnecessarily. In addition, inappropriate antibiotic use contributes to antibiotic resistance, which continues to be a major problem, especially in hospitalized patients.
There is a lack of consensus in the literature about methods to risk stratify patients who present with acute dermatologic conditions that include and resemble cellulitis. We sought to identify clinical features based on available clinical literature-derived variables. We tested our scheme in a series of patients with a known diagnosis of cellulitis or other dermatologic pathology of the lower extremity to assess the validity of the following 7 clinical criteria: acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis.
Materials and Methods
This retrospective chart review was approved by the Yale University (New Haven, Connecticut) institutional review board (HIC#1409014533). Final diagnosis, demographic data, clinical manifestations, and relevant diagnostic laboratory values of 57 patients were obtained from a database in the dermatology department’s consultation log and electronic medical record database (December 2011 to December 2014). The presence of each clinical symptom—acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis—was assigned a score equal to 1; values were tallied to achieve a final score for each patient (Table 1). Patients who were seen initially as a consultation for possible cellulitis but given a final diagnosis of stasis dermatitis or lipodermatosclerosis were included (Table 2).
Clinical Criteria
The clinical criteria were developed based largely on clinical experience and relevant secondary literature.15-17 At the patient encounter, presence of each of the variables (Table 1) was assessed according to the following definitions:
- acute onset: within the prior 72 hours and more indicative of an acute infective process than a gradual and chronic consequence of venous stasis
- erythema: a subjective clinical marker for inflammation that can be associated with cellulitis, though darker, erythematous-appearing discolorations also can be seen in patients with chronic venous hypertension or valvular incompetence4,15
- pyrexia: body temperature greater than 100.4°F
- history of associated trauma: encompassing mechanical wounds, surgical incisions, burns, and insect bites that correlate closely to the time course of symptomatic development
- tenderness: tenderness to light touch, which may be more common in patients afflicted with cellulitis than in those with venous insufficiency
- unilaterality: a helpful distinguishing feature that points the diagnosis away from a dermatitislike clinical picture, especially because bilateral cellulitis is rare and regarded as a diagnostic pitfall18
- leukocytosis: white blood cell count greater than 10.0×109/L and is reasonably considered a cardinal metric of inflammatory processes, though it can be confounded by immunocompromise (low count) or steroid use (high count)
Statistical Analysis
Odds ratios (ORs) were calculated and χ2 analysis was performed for each presenting symptom using JMP 10.0 analytical software (SAS Institute Inc). Each patient was rated separately by means of the clinical feature–based scoring system for the calculation of a total score. After application of the score to the patient population, receiver operating characteristic curves were constructed to identify the optimal score threshold for discriminating cellulitis from dermatitis in this group. For each clinical feature, P<.05 was considered significant.
Results
Our cohort included 32 male and 25 female patients with a mean age of 63 and 61 years, respectively. The final clinical diagnosis of cellulitis was made in 20 patients (35%). An established diagnosis of cellulitis was assigned based on a dermatology evaluation located within our electronic medical record database (Table 2).
Each clinical parameter was evaluated separately for each patient; combined results are summarized in Table 3. Acute onset (≤3 days) was a clinical characteristic seen in 80% (16/20) of cellulitis cases and 22% (8/37) of noncellulitis cases (OR, 14.5; P<.001). Erythema had similar significance (OR, 10.3; prevalence, 95% [19/20] vs 65% [24/37]; P=.012). Pyrexia possessed an OR of 99.2 for cellulitis and was seen in 85% (17/20) of cellulitis cases and only 5% (2/37) of noncellulitis cases (P<.001).
A history of associated trauma had an OR of 36.0 for cellulitis, with 50% (10/20) and 3% (1/37) prevalence in cellulitis cases and noncellulitis cases, respectively (P<.001). Tenderness, documented in 90% (18/20) of cellulitis cases and 43% (16/37) of noncellulitis cases, had an OR of 11.8 (P<.001).
Unilaterality had 100% (20/20) prevalence in our cellulitis cohort and was the only characteristic within the algorithm that yielded an incalculable OR. Noncellulitis or stasis dermatitis of the lower extremity exhibited a unilateral lesion in 11 cases (30%), of which 1 case resulted from a unilateral tibial fracture. Leukocytosis was seen in 65% (13/20) of cellulitis cases and 8% (3/37) of noncellulitis cases, with an OR for cellulitis of 21.0 (P<.001).
All parameters were significant by χ2 analysis (Table 3).
Comment
We found that testing positive for 4 of 7 clinical criteria for assessing cellulitis was highly specific (95%) and sensitive (100%) for a diagnosis of cellulitis among its range of mimics (Figure 3). These cellulitis criteria can be remembered, with some modification, using NEW HAvUN as a mnemonic device (New onset,
Consistent with the literature, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, and unilaterality also were predictors of cellulitis diagnosis. Unilaterality often is used as a diagnostic tool by dermatologist consultants when a patient lacks other criteria for cellulitis, so these findings are intuitive and consistent with our institutional experience. Interestingly, leukocytosis was seen in only 65% of cellulitis cases and 8% of noncellulitis cases and therefore might not serve as a sensitive independent predictor of a diagnosis of cellulitis, emphasizing the importance of the multifactorial scoring system we have put forward. Additionally, acuity of onset, erythema, and tenderness are not independently associated with cellulitis when assessing a patient because several of those findings are present in other dermatologic conditions of the lower extremity; when combined with the other criteria, however, these 3 findings can play a role in diagnosis.
Effective cellulitis diagnosis provides well-recognized challenges in the acute medical setting because many clinical mimics exist. The estimated rate of misdiagnosed cellulitis is certainly well-established: 30% to 75% in independent and multi-institutional studies. These studies also revealed that patients admitted for bilateral “cellulitis” overwhelmingly tended to be stasis clinical pictures.13,19
Cost implications from inappropriate diagnosis largely regard inappropriate antibiotic use and the potential for microbial resistance, with associated costs estimated to be more than $50 billion (2004 dollars).20,21 The true cost burden is extremely difficult to model or predict due to remarkable variations in the institutional misdiagnosis rate, prescribing pattern, and antibiotic cost and could represent avenues of further study. Misappropriation of antibiotics includes not only a monetary cost that encompasses all aspects of acute treatment and hospitalization but also an unquantifiable cost: human lives associated with the consequences of antibiotic resistance.
Conclusion
There is a lack of consensus or criteria for differentiating cellulitis from its most common clinical counterparts. Here, we propose a convenient clinical correlation system that we hope will lead to more efficient allocation of clinical resources, including antibiotics and hospital admissions, while lowering the incidence of adverse events and leading to better patient outcomes. We recognize that the small sample size of our study may limit broad application of these criteria, though we anticipate that further prospective studies can improve the diagnostic relevance and risk-assessment power of the NEW HAvUN criteria put forth here for assessing cellulitis in the acute medical setting.
Acknowledgement—Author H.H.E. recognizes the loving memory of Nadia Ezaldein for her profound influence on and motivation behind this research.
- Lep
pard BJ, Seal DV, Colman G, et al. The value of bacteriology and serology in the diagnosis of cellulitis and erysipelas. Br J Dermatol. 1985;112:559-567. - Hep
burn MJ, Dooley DP, Skidmore PJ, et al. Comparison of short-course (5 days) and standard (10 days) treatment for uncomplicated cellulitis. Arch Int Med. 2004;164:1669-1674. - Bergan JJ, Schmid-Schönbein GW, Smith PD, et al. Chronic venous disease. N Engl J Med. 2006;355:488-498.
- Bruc
e AJ, Bennett DD, Lohse CM, et al. Lipodermatosclerosis: review of cases evaluated at Mayo Clinic. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;46:187-192. - Heym
ann WR. Lipodermatosclerosis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2009;60:1022-1023. - Vesi
ć S, Vuković J, Medenica LJ, et al. Acute lipodermatosclerosis: an open clinical trial of stanozolol in patients unable to sustain compression therapy. Dermatol Online J. 2008;14:1. - Keller
EC, Tomecki KJ, Alraies MC. Distinguishing cellulitis from its mimics. Cleve Clin J Med. 2012;79:547-552. - Dong SL, Kelly KD, Oland RC, et al. ED management of cellulitis: a review of five urban centers. Am J Emerg Med. 2001;19:535-540.
- Ellis Simonsen SM, van Orman ER, Hatch BE, et al. Cellulitis incidence in a defined population. Epidemiol Infect. 2006;134:293-299.
- Manfredi R, Calza L, Chiodo F. Epidemiology and microbiology of cellulitis and bacterial soft tissue infection during HIV disease: a 10-year survey. J Cutan Pathol. 2002;29:168-172.
- Pascarella L, Schonbein GW, Bergan JJ. Microcirculation and venous ulcers: a review. Ann Vasc Surg. 2005;19:921-927.
- Hepburn MJ, Dooley DP, Ellis MW. Alternative diagnoses that often mimic cellulitis. Am Fam Physician. 2003;67:2471.
- David CV, Chira S, Eells SJ, et al. Diagnostic accuracy in patients admitted to hospitals with cellulitis. Dermatol Online J. 2011;17:1.
- Hay RJ, Adriaans BM. Bacterial infections. In: Thong BY, Tan TC. Epidemiology and risk factors for drug allergy. 8th ed. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;71:684-700.
- Hay RJ, Adriaans BM. Bacterial infections. In: Burns T, Breathnach S, Cox N, et al. Rook’s Textbook of Dermatology. 8th ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, Inc; 2004:1345-1426.
- Wolff K, Goldsmith LA, Katz SI, et al. Fitzpatrick’s Dermatology In General Medicine. 7th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003.
- Sommer LL, Reboli AC, Heymann WR. Bacterial infections. In: Bolognia J, Schaffer J, Cerroni L, et al. Dermatology. Vol 4. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier Saunders; 2012:1462-1502.
- Cox NH. Management of lower leg cellulitis. Clin Med. 2002;2:23-27.
- Strazzula L, Cotliar J, Fox LP, et al. Inpatient dermatology consultation aids diagnosis of cellulitis among hospitalized patients: a multi-institutional analysis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2015;73:70-75.
- Pinder R, Sallis A, Berry D, et al. Behaviour change and antibiotic prescribing in healthcare settings: literature review and behavioural analysis. London, UK: Public Health England; February 2015. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/
uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/405031
/Behaviour_Change_for_Antibiotic_Prescribing_-_FINAL.pdf. Accessed May 7, 2018. - Smith R, Coast J. The true cost of antimicrobial resistance. BMJ. 2013;346:f1493.
- Lep
pard BJ, Seal DV, Colman G, et al. The value of bacteriology and serology in the diagnosis of cellulitis and erysipelas. Br J Dermatol. 1985;112:559-567. - Hep
burn MJ, Dooley DP, Skidmore PJ, et al. Comparison of short-course (5 days) and standard (10 days) treatment for uncomplicated cellulitis. Arch Int Med. 2004;164:1669-1674. - Bergan JJ, Schmid-Schönbein GW, Smith PD, et al. Chronic venous disease. N Engl J Med. 2006;355:488-498.
- Bruc
e AJ, Bennett DD, Lohse CM, et al. Lipodermatosclerosis: review of cases evaluated at Mayo Clinic. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;46:187-192. - Heym
ann WR. Lipodermatosclerosis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2009;60:1022-1023. - Vesi
ć S, Vuković J, Medenica LJ, et al. Acute lipodermatosclerosis: an open clinical trial of stanozolol in patients unable to sustain compression therapy. Dermatol Online J. 2008;14:1. - Keller
EC, Tomecki KJ, Alraies MC. Distinguishing cellulitis from its mimics. Cleve Clin J Med. 2012;79:547-552. - Dong SL, Kelly KD, Oland RC, et al. ED management of cellulitis: a review of five urban centers. Am J Emerg Med. 2001;19:535-540.
- Ellis Simonsen SM, van Orman ER, Hatch BE, et al. Cellulitis incidence in a defined population. Epidemiol Infect. 2006;134:293-299.
- Manfredi R, Calza L, Chiodo F. Epidemiology and microbiology of cellulitis and bacterial soft tissue infection during HIV disease: a 10-year survey. J Cutan Pathol. 2002;29:168-172.
- Pascarella L, Schonbein GW, Bergan JJ. Microcirculation and venous ulcers: a review. Ann Vasc Surg. 2005;19:921-927.
- Hepburn MJ, Dooley DP, Ellis MW. Alternative diagnoses that often mimic cellulitis. Am Fam Physician. 2003;67:2471.
- David CV, Chira S, Eells SJ, et al. Diagnostic accuracy in patients admitted to hospitals with cellulitis. Dermatol Online J. 2011;17:1.
- Hay RJ, Adriaans BM. Bacterial infections. In: Thong BY, Tan TC. Epidemiology and risk factors for drug allergy. 8th ed. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;71:684-700.
- Hay RJ, Adriaans BM. Bacterial infections. In: Burns T, Breathnach S, Cox N, et al. Rook’s Textbook of Dermatology. 8th ed. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, Inc; 2004:1345-1426.
- Wolff K, Goldsmith LA, Katz SI, et al. Fitzpatrick’s Dermatology In General Medicine. 7th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003.
- Sommer LL, Reboli AC, Heymann WR. Bacterial infections. In: Bolognia J, Schaffer J, Cerroni L, et al. Dermatology. Vol 4. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier Saunders; 2012:1462-1502.
- Cox NH. Management of lower leg cellulitis. Clin Med. 2002;2:23-27.
- Strazzula L, Cotliar J, Fox LP, et al. Inpatient dermatology consultation aids diagnosis of cellulitis among hospitalized patients: a multi-institutional analysis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2015;73:70-75.
- Pinder R, Sallis A, Berry D, et al. Behaviour change and antibiotic prescribing in healthcare settings: literature review and behavioural analysis. London, UK: Public Health England; February 2015. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/
uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/405031
/Behaviour_Change_for_Antibiotic_Prescribing_-_FINAL.pdf. Accessed May 7, 2018. - Smith R, Coast J. The true cost of antimicrobial resistance. BMJ. 2013;346:f1493.
Practice Points
- Distinguishing cellulitis from noncellulitic conditions of the lower extremity is paramount to effective patient management in the emergent setting, given that misdiagnosis consumes hospital resources and can lead to inappropriate or excessive use of antibiotics.
- We evaluated the specificity and sensitivity of the following 7 clinical criteria: acute onset, erythema, pyrexia, history of associated trauma, tenderness, unilaterality, and leukocytosis.
Real-World Evidence for Safety and Effectiveness of Repeated Courses of Hyaluronic Acid Injections on the Time to Knee Replacement Surgery
ABSTRACT
Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee is a top cause of disability among the elderly. Total knee replacement (TKR) has been available as an effective and definite surgical method to treat severe OA of the knee. However, TKR is a significant procedure with potential risk for serious complications and high costs. Alternative lower risk therapies that can delay or obviate TKR are valuable to those who are poor candidates for surgery or wish to avoid TKR as long as possible. Given the chondroprotective effects of hyaluronic acid (HA) injections, they are a safe and effective treatment to improve pain, function, and longevity of the knee. Thus, HA features the potential to delay or obviate TKR.
We aim to study the safety and effectiveness of repeated courses of HA on the time to TKR over a 3-year period using data from a large US health plan administrative claims database.
Retrospective analyses were conducted by identifying knee OA patients during the selection period (2007-2010). The follow-up period was 36 months, post-index date of initial HA injection. Procedural outcomes and adverse events of interest were tabulated and analyzed. A Cox proportional hazards model was used to model the risk of TKR.
A total of 50,389 patients who received HA for treatment of knee OA and met the study inclusion criteria were analyzed. Successive courses of HA showed a good safety profile and led to high proportions of patients without TKR 3 years after treatment initiation. Multivariate statistical modeling showed that multiple courses of HA injections significantly decreased the rates of TKR (95.0% without TKR for ≥5 courses vs 71.6% without TKR for 1 course; hazard ratio, 0.138; P < .0001).
Repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years. Additional research is needed to evaluate the effect of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year time horizon.
Continue to: Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee...
Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee has emerged as one of the main causes of disability in the United States. Although no currently known cure of OA can reverse the progression of the disease, total knee replacement (TKR) is an effective and definitive treatment. However, TKR is an invasive procedure with potential risk for serious complications, and it has imposed high costs on the US healthcare system, with expenses accounting for hospital expenditures of TKR estimated at $28.5 billion in 2009.1Alternative low-risk therapies that can delay or obviate TKR are valuable to a number of patients, especially the poor candidates for surgery or those who wish to avoid TKR.
Intra-articular (IA) hyaluronic acid (HA) injections have been available as a safe and effective treatment option to alleviate pain and to improve joint functions.2 Results of randomized double-blind controlled clinical trials have demonstrated the pain-relieving effect of IA HA injections.3-5 Furthermore, a recent network meta-analysis comparing various pharmacologic interventions for knee OA has confirmed the efficacy of IA HA injections, which outperformed other interventions when compared with oral placebos.6,7 IA therapies are more effective than oral therapies for knee OA pain, with IA HA injections demonstrating the most pain reduction, potentially due to the benefit associated with needle injection and aspiration. Recent experimental studies have also suggested that IA HA may provide cartilage protection, reduce inflammation, and boost the viscosity of synovial fluid;8 IA HA may also exert therapeutic effects by inhibiting bone formation in OA patients.9,10 HA possesses the potential to delay or obviate TKR. Previous research with a case series review of patients in an orthopedic specialty practice reported that the use of IA HA injections in patients with grade IV OA delayed TKR substantially.11 One study analyzed retrospective medical claims data from a single private insurer and discovered potential evidence for the modest benefit of IA HA injections in delaying TKR.12
More detailed research work on a large sample of patients with knee OA and the requirement of TKR as a condition for inclusion using US administrative claims data has demonstrated the TKR-delaying effects of IA HA injections in comparison with a control group without claims for IA HA injections.13,14 This study also uses real-world US administrative data but utilizes a different approach by starting with a sample of patients with knee OA and evidence of IA HA injections and then assessing the effect of repeated courses of HA treatment on the delay of TKR, without TKR as a mandatory condition for inclusion. All patients with knee OA within the time window were included, regardless of the need for TKR compared with previous studies which only considered patients who ultimately received TKR. Safety information and effectiveness information were examined to achieve a balanced risk-benefit assessment. We also analyzed how multiple courses of HA treatment and other potentially relevant covariates at baseline affected the risk of receiving TKR in a multivariate survival model. We aimed to achieve a realistic assessment of the clinical utility of HA injections in delaying TKR in a real-world setting using both safety and effectiveness data.
METHODS
DATA SOURCE
A retrospective cohort observational study using IMS Health’s PharMetrics Plus Health Plan Claims Database was conducted by identifying knee OA patients with claims indicating initiation of HA injection at an index date during the selection period (July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2010). All common HA agents in the US market during this period (Euflexxa, Hyalgan, Orthovisc, Supartz, and Synvisc) were selected via the corresponding J-codes and pooled for investigation of HA class effects. The follow-up period was 36 months, post-index date of the initial HA injection. Outcomes were measured, and adverse events were identified during this period. The time window for identification of adverse events was within 2 weeks from any injection during the course of therapy (evidence of an emergency room visit and/or physician office visit with requisite code). The data during the 12-month pre-index baseline period from the claims database was used to obtain information about baseline patient characteristics, such as age, gender, type of coverage, physician specialty, Charlson Comorbidity Index (CCI), major comorbidities, and major medications of interest commonly used among patients with knee OA.
STUDY SAMPLE SELECTION
The eligible patients required an outpatient claim indicating the initiation of HA injection. The date of the first claim for the patient within the selection window was defined as their index date. Patients had to be ≥18 years of age in the year of their index date. They had to present at least 1 clinical knee OA diagnosis at any point in the 12-month pre-index period (including the index date), and only patients who were continuously enrolled from 12 months pre-index to 36 months post-index date were evaluated. Among these patients (approximately 1.4 million), the following were excluded to minimize complications in data analysis and interpretation: patients with evidence of any HA use in the pre-index period; patients with evidence of a different kind of HA index medication in the post-index period; patients with evidence of TKR within 30 days of the index event during the post-index period; patients with evidence of 2 different kinds of HA index medications on the index date; and patients with evidence of diagnosis of hip OA, fibromyalgia, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, or gout during the pre-index period.
Five patient cohorts were defined according to the number of courses of IA HA injections over the entire post-index period.
Continue to: Statistical analysis...
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
All statistical analyses were performed using SAS version 9.2 (SAS Institute Inc.). Descriptive statistics such as means, standard deviations, medians, and 25% and 75% percentiles (Q1 and Q3, respectively) were provided for the continuous variables. Numbers and percentages were provided for the categorical variables. For statistical testing, Student’s t-tests were applied for the continuous variables and chi-square tests for the categorical variables. All the statistical tests were two-tailed. The sample sizes in this database study are remarkably large, such that differences that are not clinically important could still be statistically significant at the conventional alpha level of 0.05. Thus, we applied a more stringent requirement of the alpha level of 0.0001 to identify highly statistically significant results. The number and percentage of patients within each cohort with at least 1 instance of an adverse event of interest (those adverse events commonly expected for patients who receive IA injections for knee OA) were assessed. Times to TKR during the 36-month post-index period were analyzed and compared among different cohorts. Any patients who had not undergone TKR by the end of the post-index period were considered censored at 36 months. The Kaplan-Meier method was employed to model survival curves with time to TKR data, and log-rank tests were used to compare survival curves among different cohorts. A Cox proportional hazards model (PHM) was used to model the risk of TKR with a pre-specified set of covariates adjusted for baseline attributes, such as age, gender, comorbidities, and pre-index healthcare costs. Hazard ratios with 95% confidence intervals were used to examine the measures of event risk.
RESULTS
PATIENT CHARACTERISTICS
Applying study selection criteria to the claims database yielded 50,389 patients (Figure 1), providing an ample sample size for the statistical analysis. Only patients with evidence of knee OA and use of HA injections (the index medication of interest) were selected, regardless of whether they received TKR during the post-index period. The requirement for a knee OA diagnosis during the 12-month pre-index period resulted in the significant attrition of patients, with 584,956 patients being excluded. Among the 50,389 patients who received HA for treatment of knee OA, 36,260 (72.0%) received a single course of treatment, 8709 (17.3%) received 2 courses, 3179 (6.3%) received 3 courses, 1354 (2.7%) received 4 courses, and 887 (1.8%) received ≥5 courses of treatment.
Comparison of baseline characteristics among the 5 IA HA cohorts showed the fairly similar baseline characteristics of all cohorts (Table 1). Geographic region, physician specialty, and opioid use showed differences among the cohorts. Cohorts with ≥5 HA courses presented lower proportions of patients from Southern US states, patients seeing orthopedic surgeons, and patients using opioids than cohorts with fewer HA courses.
PROCEDURES OF INTEREST
An analysis of the procedures patients received after HA treatment initiation showed that higher numbers of HA treatment courses resulted in lower proportions of patients receiving TKR within 3 years after HA treatment initiation (Table 2). With an increasing number of HA treatment courses, the proportion of patients with TKR within 3 years post-index consistently decreased from 28.4% (for 1 HA course) to 5.0% (for ≥5 HA courses), with all differences being highly statistically significant (P < .0001). Similarly, partial knee replacement exhibited a similar trend, with the proportion of patients decreasing from 3.3% (for 1 HA course) to 0.8% (for ≥5 HA courses; P < .0001). Among the patients with TKR within 3 years post-index, increasing numbers of treatment courses correlated with increasing time to TKR, with a mean of 375.6 days (for 1 HA course) rising to a mean of 971.5 days (for ≥5 HA courses; P < .0001). On the other hand, patients with multiple courses of HA treatment were more likely to undergo radiologic examinations of the knee, arthrocenteses, and image-guided injections than patients with only a single course of HA treatment (P < .0001).
ADVERSE EVENTS
Arthralgia and joint pain in the knee were the most commonly recorded adverse events (Table 3). More courses of HA treatment were associated with higher rates of adverse events. Overall, the reported adverse events profile of repeated courses of HA treatment consisted of mostly common and mild adverse events and displayed no safety concern for patients with knee OA that was followed-up for 3 years. The causality of these adverse events directly related to HA injections vs a specific disease state cannot be determined from an administrative claims data set.
TIME TO TKR
Successive courses of HA led to high proportions of patients without TKR 3 years after HA treatment initiation. This result is evident in the Kaplan-Meier survival curves of time to TKR for different HA cohorts (Figure 2), with log-rank tests of multiple courses vs a single course of HA (P < .0001) showing highly statistically significance. Tabulation of proportions of patients without TKR by various time points showed that increasing numbers of HA treatment courses correlated with higher proportions of patients without TKR at almost all time points (Table 4); within 3 years post-index, 71.6% of patients in the 1 HA course cohort exhibited no TKR, whereas 95.0% of patients in ≥5 HA courses cohort presented no TKR. We also performed a multivariate Cox PHM (Table 5) to account for baseline characteristics of different HA cohorts with covariates when estimating the risks of receiving TKR. The results of the Cox PHM showed that multiple courses of HA treatment significantly decreased the risk of TKR (hazard ratio, 0.138 for ≥5 HA courses vs 1 HA course; P < .0001). Inspection of other highly significant covariates showed that being older, living in the Midwest region of the US (vs the Northeast), receiving pre-index corticosteroids, having an orthopedic surgeon as a treating physician (vs a general practitioner, a rheumatologist, or a physical medicine and rehabilitation specialist), experiencing hypertension or hyperlipidemia, and higher pre-index total healthcare costs were associated with an increased risk of TKR (all P < .0001). Vascular disease and high CCI scores were associated with a decreased risk of TKR (P < .0001).


Continue to: Discussion...
DISCUSSION
This study demonstrated that multiple courses of HA treatment can delay the need for surgery for up to 3 years, with risk for both TKR and partial knee replacement decreasing in a dose-dependent manner. The potentially confounding effect of differences in baseline characteristics that could influence patients’ propensity to receive TKR in a database study was controlled by performing a multivariate analysis with covariate adjustment. The TKR-delaying effect of HA injection was more prominent in cohorts with a high number of HA treatment courses: 19 out of 20 patients in the cohort of ≥5 HA courses were free of TKR at the end of the 3-year post-index period. Such a high proportion of patients avoiding TKR with repeated courses of HA suggests that some patients may be able to successfully delay TKR well beyond the 3-year time span. This finding is counter-evidence to the frequently made assumption15 that all patients with knee OA will eventually progress to a state of disability, making TKR inevitable. The patients with end-stage radiographic knee OA can also benefit from IA HA injections for an extended period of time;16 the latest evidence indicates that nonoperative management can improve symptoms irrespective of radiographic disease severity, implying that TKR needs not to be the only therapeutic option for patients with end-stage radiographic knee OA.17 This finding suggests that HA treatment should be considered an important clinical treatment option for patients with knee OA.
Although the incidence rates of certain adverse events, such as arthralgia/joint pain, are sizable, these temporary adverse events commonly occur among patients who receive IA injections for knee OA; most of these events may simply include symptoms of the remaining underlying knee OA. These results are consistent with those of previous literature reporting the safety of repeated treatment with IA HA injections in a prospective clinical trial18 and demonstrating that repeated courses of HA treatment pose no greater safety risk than a single course of HA treatment.
Multivariate modeling outcomes of factors influencing risk of receiving TKR are broadly consistent with the generally accepted notions that different levels of disease severity and patients’ willingness to consider TKR at baseline influence the likelihood and timing of receiving TKR.19,20 Age and obesity are common risk factors for progression of OA. Orthopedic surgeons are more likely to recommend surgery than non-surgeons. The pre-index use of corticosteroids and high pre-index healthcare costs could be associated with more severe symptoms at baseline. Patients with vascular disease or severe comorbidities, as evidenced by high CCI scores, make poor candidates for major elective surgeries such as TKR. These results are intuitive and validate the clinical insights of this study. Moreover, inclusion of these covariates in the analysis model allows for indirect adjustment of the most important prognostic factors for TKR at baseline, permitting proper statistical comparison of the results for different cohort groups.
Recently, the efficacy of HA injections for OA patients has become the subject of debate when the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) revised its clinical practice guideline, recommending against the use of HA.21 The AAOS’ findings differ from those of other clinical societies, such as the American College of Rheumatology22 and the European League Against Rheumatism,23 which provide no strong recommendation against the use of HA injections. The announcement of the new guideline by AAOS caused concern among clinicians and payers who had valued IA HA injections as a means to control knee OA pain before patients progress to TKR;24 on the other hand, the demand for nonoperative treatment of knee OA remains high. Utilization rates of TKR have increased dramatically, and surgeries are now performed on younger patients with increasing burden on the healthcare system,25,26 in spite of the fact that as high as a third of TKR surgeries may have been performed in inappropriate patients.27 Part of the confusion surrounding clinical utility of HA stems from the fact that up until recently, relatively little research looked into the practical benefits of HA in actual clinical practice. Analyses of databases such as registries are now gaining attention to overcome that problem. Examination of large administrative databases maintained by commercial payers offers the benefit of probing realistically the safety and efficacy of treatments in actual clinical environments in a very large number of patients with heterogeneous backgrounds. Recently, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality’s Technology Assessment Program in the US called for such studies to determine whether HA injections can delay progression to TKR.28 The results of this study and several others11,13,14,16 suggest that use of HA to treat OA of the knee is associated with the delay of TKR, supporting the utility of HA in clinical practice and the healthcare system. Potential clinical benefits of delaying TKR may include the reduced risk of aseptic loosening if younger patients can wait for TKR or more time to allow the modification of risk factors in patients who will ultimately undergo TKR.
LIMITATIONS
Follow-up period was limited to 3 years post-index date because longer follow-up data were not available at the time of the study design. If an incorrect adverse event or OA diagnosis was listed in the medical record, or if the medical record was incomplete, then patients might have been misclassified, resulting in selection bias. The claims dataset includes no uninsured and Medicare patients, as the population in the database consisted primarily of commercially-insured patients in the US. Therefore, the results are most generalizable to other commercially-insured patients in the US. Generalizability to other populations may not be assured if they differ in their accessibility to physician services or prescriptions from the patients in this study. Other treatments such as the nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs used by patients were not included within the pre-specified statistical model because their potential effects were assumed to be short-lived and much less than those of corticosteroid. Including these treatments would overload the statistical model with too many covariates, leading to potential computational instability. The database used provides no information on systemic factors, including plan limits on medication use, that could affect care. Given the large and diverse nature of the healthcare plans in the database. However, these factors should not have materially affected our study results. The claims database also lacks direct indicators of OA disease severity, such as Kellgren-Lawrence scores or patient-reported outcomes, including pain and function questionnaire scores. Our multivariate analysis indirectly makes up for this deficiency by considering other baseline characteristics or clinical indicators that may be correlated with information unavailable in a claims database. Patients who opt to undergo repeated courses of HA treatment may be more inclined to avoid surgery or may naturally experience OA disease progression more slowly, making them potentially different from patients who select to undergo surgery earlier without repeated courses of HA treatment. This condition may introduce a bias that causes difficulty in proving the causality between repeated HA use and delay of TKR.
CONCLUSION
Analysis of the knee OA patient data from a real-world database showed that repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years. Additional research is needed to evaluate the effects of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year period.
- Murphy L, Helmick CG. The impact of osteoarthritis in the United States: a population-health perspective. Am J Nurs. 2012;112(3 Suppl 1):S13-S19.
- Arnold W, Fullerton DS, Holder S, May CS. Viscosupplementation: managed care issues for osteoarthritis of the knee. J Manag Care Pharm. 2007;13(4 Suppl):S3-S19.
- Strand V, Conaghan PG, Lohmander LS, et al. An integrated analysis of five double-blind, randomized controlled trials evaluating the safety and efficacy of a hyaluronan product for intra-articular injection in osteoarthritis of the knee. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2006;14(9):859-866.
- Strand V, Baraf HS, Lavin PT, Lim S, Hosokawa H. A multicenter, randomized controlled trial comparing a single intra-articular injection of Gel-200, a new cross-linked formulation of hyaluronic acid, to phosphate buffered saline for treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2012;20(5):350-356.
- Strand V, McIntyre LF, Beach WR, Miller LE, Block JE. Safety and efficacy of US-approved viscosupplements for knee osteoarthritis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, saline-controlled trials. J Pain Res. 2015;8:217-228.
- Bannuru RR, Schmid CH, Kent DM, Vaysbrott EE, Wong JB, McAlindon TE. Comparative effectiveness of pharmacologic interventions for knee osteoarthritis: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(1):46-54.
- Mandl LA, Losina E. Relative efficacy of knee osteoarthritis treatments: are all placebos created equal? Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(1):71-72.
- Kusayama Y, Akamatsu Y, Kumagai K, Kobayashi H, Aratake M, Saito T. Changes in synovial fluid biomarkers and clinical efficacy of intra-articular injections of hyaluronic acid for patients with knee osteoarthritis. J Exp Orthop. 2014;1(1):16. doi:10.1186/s40634-014-0016-7.
- Kaneko K, Higuchi C, Kunugiza Y, et al. Hyaluronan inhibits BMP-induced osteoblast differentiation. FEBS Lett. 2015;589(4):447-454. doi:10.1016/j.febslet.2014.
- Altman RD, Manjoo A, Fierlinger A, Niazi F, Nicholls M. The mechanism of action for hyaluronic acid treatment in the osteoarthritic knee: a systematic review. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2015;16:321. doi:10.1186/s12891-015-0775-z.
- Waddell DD, Bricker DC. Total knee replacement delayed with hylan G-F 20 use in patients with grade IV osteoarthritis. J Manag Care Pharm. 2007;13(2):113-121.
- Khan T, Nanchanatt G, Farber K, Jan S. Analysis of the effectiveness of hyaluronic acid in prevention of total knee replacement in osteoarthritis patients. J Manag Care Pharm. 2014;20:S49.
- Abbott T, Altman RD, Dimeff R, et al. Do hyaluronic acid injections delay total knee replacement surgery? Arthritis Rheum. 2013;65(Suppl 10):2139.
- Altman R, Lim S, Steen R, Dasa V. Intra-articular hyaluronic acid delays total knee replacement in patients with knee osteoarthritis: evidence from a large U.S. health claims database. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2015;23(Suppl 2):A403-A404.
- Mather RC 3rd, Hug KT, Orlando LA, et al. Economic evaluation of access to musculoskeletal care: the case of waiting for total knee arthroplasty. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2014;15:22. doi:10.1186/1471-2474-15-22.
- Waddell DD, Joseph B. Delayed total knee replacement with Hylan G-F 20. J Knee Surg. 2016;29(2):159-168. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1395281.
- Atukorala I, Makovey J, Williams M, Ochoa Albiztegui E, Eyles JP, Hunter DJ. If you have end-stage radiographic knee osteoarthritis can you respond to non-surgical management? Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2015;23(Suppl 2):A329.
- Strand V, Baraf HS, Lavin PT, Lim S, Hosokawa H. Effectiveness and safety of a multicenter extension and retreatment trial of Gel-200 in patients with knee osteoarthritis. Cartilage. 2012;3(4):297-304. doi:10.1177/1947603512451024.
- Riddle DL, Kong X, Jiranek WA. Two-year incidence and predictors of future knee arthroplasty in persons with symptomatic knee osteoarthritis: preliminary analysis of longitudinal data from the osteoarthritis initiative. Knee. 2009;16(6):494-500.
- Hawker GA, Guan J, Croxford R, et al. A prospective population-based study of the predictors of undergoing total joint arthroplasty. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54(10):3212-3220.
- Jevsevar DS. Treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee: evidence-based guideline, 2nd edition. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2013;21(9):571-576. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-21-09-571.
- Hochberg MC, Altman RD, April KT, et al. American College of Rheumatology 2012 recommendations for the use of nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapies in osteoarthritis of the hand, hip, and knee. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2012;64(4):465-474.
- Jordan KM, Arden NK, Doherty M, et al. EULAR Recommendations 2003: an evidence based approach to the management of knee osteoarthritis: report of a task force of the standing committee for international clinical studies including therapeutic trials (ESCISIT). Ann Rheum Dis. 2003;62(12):1145-1155.
- Bannuru RR, Vaysbrot EE, McIntyre LF. Did the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons osteoarthritis guidelines miss the mark? Arthroscopy. 2014;30(1):86-89. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.10.007.
- Losina E, Thornhill TS, Rome BN, Wright J, Katz JN. The dramatic increase in total knee replacement utilization rates in the United States cannot be fully explained by growth in population size and the obesity epidemic. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(3):201-207. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01958.
- Weinstein AM, Rome BN, Reichmann WM, et al. Estimating the burden of total knee replacement in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(5):385-392. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00206.
- Riddle DL, Jiranek WA, Hayes CW. Use of a validated algorithm to judge the appropriateness of total knee arthroplasty in the United States: a multicenter longitudinal cohort study. Arthritis Rheumatol. 2014;66(8):2134-2143. doi:10.1002/art.38685.
- NewBerry SJ, Fitzgerald JD, Maglione MA, et al. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality Web site. Systematic Review for Effectiveness of Hyaluronic Acid in the Treatment of Severe Degenerative Joint Disease (DJD) of the Knee: Technology Assessment Report. http://www.ahrq.gov/research/findings/ta/call-for-public-review.html. Published July 23, 2015. Accessed December 22, 2014.
ABSTRACT
Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee is a top cause of disability among the elderly. Total knee replacement (TKR) has been available as an effective and definite surgical method to treat severe OA of the knee. However, TKR is a significant procedure with potential risk for serious complications and high costs. Alternative lower risk therapies that can delay or obviate TKR are valuable to those who are poor candidates for surgery or wish to avoid TKR as long as possible. Given the chondroprotective effects of hyaluronic acid (HA) injections, they are a safe and effective treatment to improve pain, function, and longevity of the knee. Thus, HA features the potential to delay or obviate TKR.
We aim to study the safety and effectiveness of repeated courses of HA on the time to TKR over a 3-year period using data from a large US health plan administrative claims database.
Retrospective analyses were conducted by identifying knee OA patients during the selection period (2007-2010). The follow-up period was 36 months, post-index date of initial HA injection. Procedural outcomes and adverse events of interest were tabulated and analyzed. A Cox proportional hazards model was used to model the risk of TKR.
A total of 50,389 patients who received HA for treatment of knee OA and met the study inclusion criteria were analyzed. Successive courses of HA showed a good safety profile and led to high proportions of patients without TKR 3 years after treatment initiation. Multivariate statistical modeling showed that multiple courses of HA injections significantly decreased the rates of TKR (95.0% without TKR for ≥5 courses vs 71.6% without TKR for 1 course; hazard ratio, 0.138; P < .0001).
Repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years. Additional research is needed to evaluate the effect of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year time horizon.
Continue to: Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee...
Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee has emerged as one of the main causes of disability in the United States. Although no currently known cure of OA can reverse the progression of the disease, total knee replacement (TKR) is an effective and definitive treatment. However, TKR is an invasive procedure with potential risk for serious complications, and it has imposed high costs on the US healthcare system, with expenses accounting for hospital expenditures of TKR estimated at $28.5 billion in 2009.1Alternative low-risk therapies that can delay or obviate TKR are valuable to a number of patients, especially the poor candidates for surgery or those who wish to avoid TKR.
Intra-articular (IA) hyaluronic acid (HA) injections have been available as a safe and effective treatment option to alleviate pain and to improve joint functions.2 Results of randomized double-blind controlled clinical trials have demonstrated the pain-relieving effect of IA HA injections.3-5 Furthermore, a recent network meta-analysis comparing various pharmacologic interventions for knee OA has confirmed the efficacy of IA HA injections, which outperformed other interventions when compared with oral placebos.6,7 IA therapies are more effective than oral therapies for knee OA pain, with IA HA injections demonstrating the most pain reduction, potentially due to the benefit associated with needle injection and aspiration. Recent experimental studies have also suggested that IA HA may provide cartilage protection, reduce inflammation, and boost the viscosity of synovial fluid;8 IA HA may also exert therapeutic effects by inhibiting bone formation in OA patients.9,10 HA possesses the potential to delay or obviate TKR. Previous research with a case series review of patients in an orthopedic specialty practice reported that the use of IA HA injections in patients with grade IV OA delayed TKR substantially.11 One study analyzed retrospective medical claims data from a single private insurer and discovered potential evidence for the modest benefit of IA HA injections in delaying TKR.12
More detailed research work on a large sample of patients with knee OA and the requirement of TKR as a condition for inclusion using US administrative claims data has demonstrated the TKR-delaying effects of IA HA injections in comparison with a control group without claims for IA HA injections.13,14 This study also uses real-world US administrative data but utilizes a different approach by starting with a sample of patients with knee OA and evidence of IA HA injections and then assessing the effect of repeated courses of HA treatment on the delay of TKR, without TKR as a mandatory condition for inclusion. All patients with knee OA within the time window were included, regardless of the need for TKR compared with previous studies which only considered patients who ultimately received TKR. Safety information and effectiveness information were examined to achieve a balanced risk-benefit assessment. We also analyzed how multiple courses of HA treatment and other potentially relevant covariates at baseline affected the risk of receiving TKR in a multivariate survival model. We aimed to achieve a realistic assessment of the clinical utility of HA injections in delaying TKR in a real-world setting using both safety and effectiveness data.
METHODS
DATA SOURCE
A retrospective cohort observational study using IMS Health’s PharMetrics Plus Health Plan Claims Database was conducted by identifying knee OA patients with claims indicating initiation of HA injection at an index date during the selection period (July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2010). All common HA agents in the US market during this period (Euflexxa, Hyalgan, Orthovisc, Supartz, and Synvisc) were selected via the corresponding J-codes and pooled for investigation of HA class effects. The follow-up period was 36 months, post-index date of the initial HA injection. Outcomes were measured, and adverse events were identified during this period. The time window for identification of adverse events was within 2 weeks from any injection during the course of therapy (evidence of an emergency room visit and/or physician office visit with requisite code). The data during the 12-month pre-index baseline period from the claims database was used to obtain information about baseline patient characteristics, such as age, gender, type of coverage, physician specialty, Charlson Comorbidity Index (CCI), major comorbidities, and major medications of interest commonly used among patients with knee OA.
STUDY SAMPLE SELECTION
The eligible patients required an outpatient claim indicating the initiation of HA injection. The date of the first claim for the patient within the selection window was defined as their index date. Patients had to be ≥18 years of age in the year of their index date. They had to present at least 1 clinical knee OA diagnosis at any point in the 12-month pre-index period (including the index date), and only patients who were continuously enrolled from 12 months pre-index to 36 months post-index date were evaluated. Among these patients (approximately 1.4 million), the following were excluded to minimize complications in data analysis and interpretation: patients with evidence of any HA use in the pre-index period; patients with evidence of a different kind of HA index medication in the post-index period; patients with evidence of TKR within 30 days of the index event during the post-index period; patients with evidence of 2 different kinds of HA index medications on the index date; and patients with evidence of diagnosis of hip OA, fibromyalgia, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, or gout during the pre-index period.
Five patient cohorts were defined according to the number of courses of IA HA injections over the entire post-index period.
Continue to: Statistical analysis...
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
All statistical analyses were performed using SAS version 9.2 (SAS Institute Inc.). Descriptive statistics such as means, standard deviations, medians, and 25% and 75% percentiles (Q1 and Q3, respectively) were provided for the continuous variables. Numbers and percentages were provided for the categorical variables. For statistical testing, Student’s t-tests were applied for the continuous variables and chi-square tests for the categorical variables. All the statistical tests were two-tailed. The sample sizes in this database study are remarkably large, such that differences that are not clinically important could still be statistically significant at the conventional alpha level of 0.05. Thus, we applied a more stringent requirement of the alpha level of 0.0001 to identify highly statistically significant results. The number and percentage of patients within each cohort with at least 1 instance of an adverse event of interest (those adverse events commonly expected for patients who receive IA injections for knee OA) were assessed. Times to TKR during the 36-month post-index period were analyzed and compared among different cohorts. Any patients who had not undergone TKR by the end of the post-index period were considered censored at 36 months. The Kaplan-Meier method was employed to model survival curves with time to TKR data, and log-rank tests were used to compare survival curves among different cohorts. A Cox proportional hazards model (PHM) was used to model the risk of TKR with a pre-specified set of covariates adjusted for baseline attributes, such as age, gender, comorbidities, and pre-index healthcare costs. Hazard ratios with 95% confidence intervals were used to examine the measures of event risk.
RESULTS
PATIENT CHARACTERISTICS
Applying study selection criteria to the claims database yielded 50,389 patients (Figure 1), providing an ample sample size for the statistical analysis. Only patients with evidence of knee OA and use of HA injections (the index medication of interest) were selected, regardless of whether they received TKR during the post-index period. The requirement for a knee OA diagnosis during the 12-month pre-index period resulted in the significant attrition of patients, with 584,956 patients being excluded. Among the 50,389 patients who received HA for treatment of knee OA, 36,260 (72.0%) received a single course of treatment, 8709 (17.3%) received 2 courses, 3179 (6.3%) received 3 courses, 1354 (2.7%) received 4 courses, and 887 (1.8%) received ≥5 courses of treatment.
Comparison of baseline characteristics among the 5 IA HA cohorts showed the fairly similar baseline characteristics of all cohorts (Table 1). Geographic region, physician specialty, and opioid use showed differences among the cohorts. Cohorts with ≥5 HA courses presented lower proportions of patients from Southern US states, patients seeing orthopedic surgeons, and patients using opioids than cohorts with fewer HA courses.
PROCEDURES OF INTEREST
An analysis of the procedures patients received after HA treatment initiation showed that higher numbers of HA treatment courses resulted in lower proportions of patients receiving TKR within 3 years after HA treatment initiation (Table 2). With an increasing number of HA treatment courses, the proportion of patients with TKR within 3 years post-index consistently decreased from 28.4% (for 1 HA course) to 5.0% (for ≥5 HA courses), with all differences being highly statistically significant (P < .0001). Similarly, partial knee replacement exhibited a similar trend, with the proportion of patients decreasing from 3.3% (for 1 HA course) to 0.8% (for ≥5 HA courses; P < .0001). Among the patients with TKR within 3 years post-index, increasing numbers of treatment courses correlated with increasing time to TKR, with a mean of 375.6 days (for 1 HA course) rising to a mean of 971.5 days (for ≥5 HA courses; P < .0001). On the other hand, patients with multiple courses of HA treatment were more likely to undergo radiologic examinations of the knee, arthrocenteses, and image-guided injections than patients with only a single course of HA treatment (P < .0001).
ADVERSE EVENTS
Arthralgia and joint pain in the knee were the most commonly recorded adverse events (Table 3). More courses of HA treatment were associated with higher rates of adverse events. Overall, the reported adverse events profile of repeated courses of HA treatment consisted of mostly common and mild adverse events and displayed no safety concern for patients with knee OA that was followed-up for 3 years. The causality of these adverse events directly related to HA injections vs a specific disease state cannot be determined from an administrative claims data set.
TIME TO TKR
Successive courses of HA led to high proportions of patients without TKR 3 years after HA treatment initiation. This result is evident in the Kaplan-Meier survival curves of time to TKR for different HA cohorts (Figure 2), with log-rank tests of multiple courses vs a single course of HA (P < .0001) showing highly statistically significance. Tabulation of proportions of patients without TKR by various time points showed that increasing numbers of HA treatment courses correlated with higher proportions of patients without TKR at almost all time points (Table 4); within 3 years post-index, 71.6% of patients in the 1 HA course cohort exhibited no TKR, whereas 95.0% of patients in ≥5 HA courses cohort presented no TKR. We also performed a multivariate Cox PHM (Table 5) to account for baseline characteristics of different HA cohorts with covariates when estimating the risks of receiving TKR. The results of the Cox PHM showed that multiple courses of HA treatment significantly decreased the risk of TKR (hazard ratio, 0.138 for ≥5 HA courses vs 1 HA course; P < .0001). Inspection of other highly significant covariates showed that being older, living in the Midwest region of the US (vs the Northeast), receiving pre-index corticosteroids, having an orthopedic surgeon as a treating physician (vs a general practitioner, a rheumatologist, or a physical medicine and rehabilitation specialist), experiencing hypertension or hyperlipidemia, and higher pre-index total healthcare costs were associated with an increased risk of TKR (all P < .0001). Vascular disease and high CCI scores were associated with a decreased risk of TKR (P < .0001).


Continue to: Discussion...
DISCUSSION
This study demonstrated that multiple courses of HA treatment can delay the need for surgery for up to 3 years, with risk for both TKR and partial knee replacement decreasing in a dose-dependent manner. The potentially confounding effect of differences in baseline characteristics that could influence patients’ propensity to receive TKR in a database study was controlled by performing a multivariate analysis with covariate adjustment. The TKR-delaying effect of HA injection was more prominent in cohorts with a high number of HA treatment courses: 19 out of 20 patients in the cohort of ≥5 HA courses were free of TKR at the end of the 3-year post-index period. Such a high proportion of patients avoiding TKR with repeated courses of HA suggests that some patients may be able to successfully delay TKR well beyond the 3-year time span. This finding is counter-evidence to the frequently made assumption15 that all patients with knee OA will eventually progress to a state of disability, making TKR inevitable. The patients with end-stage radiographic knee OA can also benefit from IA HA injections for an extended period of time;16 the latest evidence indicates that nonoperative management can improve symptoms irrespective of radiographic disease severity, implying that TKR needs not to be the only therapeutic option for patients with end-stage radiographic knee OA.17 This finding suggests that HA treatment should be considered an important clinical treatment option for patients with knee OA.
Although the incidence rates of certain adverse events, such as arthralgia/joint pain, are sizable, these temporary adverse events commonly occur among patients who receive IA injections for knee OA; most of these events may simply include symptoms of the remaining underlying knee OA. These results are consistent with those of previous literature reporting the safety of repeated treatment with IA HA injections in a prospective clinical trial18 and demonstrating that repeated courses of HA treatment pose no greater safety risk than a single course of HA treatment.
Multivariate modeling outcomes of factors influencing risk of receiving TKR are broadly consistent with the generally accepted notions that different levels of disease severity and patients’ willingness to consider TKR at baseline influence the likelihood and timing of receiving TKR.19,20 Age and obesity are common risk factors for progression of OA. Orthopedic surgeons are more likely to recommend surgery than non-surgeons. The pre-index use of corticosteroids and high pre-index healthcare costs could be associated with more severe symptoms at baseline. Patients with vascular disease or severe comorbidities, as evidenced by high CCI scores, make poor candidates for major elective surgeries such as TKR. These results are intuitive and validate the clinical insights of this study. Moreover, inclusion of these covariates in the analysis model allows for indirect adjustment of the most important prognostic factors for TKR at baseline, permitting proper statistical comparison of the results for different cohort groups.
Recently, the efficacy of HA injections for OA patients has become the subject of debate when the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) revised its clinical practice guideline, recommending against the use of HA.21 The AAOS’ findings differ from those of other clinical societies, such as the American College of Rheumatology22 and the European League Against Rheumatism,23 which provide no strong recommendation against the use of HA injections. The announcement of the new guideline by AAOS caused concern among clinicians and payers who had valued IA HA injections as a means to control knee OA pain before patients progress to TKR;24 on the other hand, the demand for nonoperative treatment of knee OA remains high. Utilization rates of TKR have increased dramatically, and surgeries are now performed on younger patients with increasing burden on the healthcare system,25,26 in spite of the fact that as high as a third of TKR surgeries may have been performed in inappropriate patients.27 Part of the confusion surrounding clinical utility of HA stems from the fact that up until recently, relatively little research looked into the practical benefits of HA in actual clinical practice. Analyses of databases such as registries are now gaining attention to overcome that problem. Examination of large administrative databases maintained by commercial payers offers the benefit of probing realistically the safety and efficacy of treatments in actual clinical environments in a very large number of patients with heterogeneous backgrounds. Recently, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality’s Technology Assessment Program in the US called for such studies to determine whether HA injections can delay progression to TKR.28 The results of this study and several others11,13,14,16 suggest that use of HA to treat OA of the knee is associated with the delay of TKR, supporting the utility of HA in clinical practice and the healthcare system. Potential clinical benefits of delaying TKR may include the reduced risk of aseptic loosening if younger patients can wait for TKR or more time to allow the modification of risk factors in patients who will ultimately undergo TKR.
LIMITATIONS
Follow-up period was limited to 3 years post-index date because longer follow-up data were not available at the time of the study design. If an incorrect adverse event or OA diagnosis was listed in the medical record, or if the medical record was incomplete, then patients might have been misclassified, resulting in selection bias. The claims dataset includes no uninsured and Medicare patients, as the population in the database consisted primarily of commercially-insured patients in the US. Therefore, the results are most generalizable to other commercially-insured patients in the US. Generalizability to other populations may not be assured if they differ in their accessibility to physician services or prescriptions from the patients in this study. Other treatments such as the nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs used by patients were not included within the pre-specified statistical model because their potential effects were assumed to be short-lived and much less than those of corticosteroid. Including these treatments would overload the statistical model with too many covariates, leading to potential computational instability. The database used provides no information on systemic factors, including plan limits on medication use, that could affect care. Given the large and diverse nature of the healthcare plans in the database. However, these factors should not have materially affected our study results. The claims database also lacks direct indicators of OA disease severity, such as Kellgren-Lawrence scores or patient-reported outcomes, including pain and function questionnaire scores. Our multivariate analysis indirectly makes up for this deficiency by considering other baseline characteristics or clinical indicators that may be correlated with information unavailable in a claims database. Patients who opt to undergo repeated courses of HA treatment may be more inclined to avoid surgery or may naturally experience OA disease progression more slowly, making them potentially different from patients who select to undergo surgery earlier without repeated courses of HA treatment. This condition may introduce a bias that causes difficulty in proving the causality between repeated HA use and delay of TKR.
CONCLUSION
Analysis of the knee OA patient data from a real-world database showed that repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years. Additional research is needed to evaluate the effects of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year period.
ABSTRACT
Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee is a top cause of disability among the elderly. Total knee replacement (TKR) has been available as an effective and definite surgical method to treat severe OA of the knee. However, TKR is a significant procedure with potential risk for serious complications and high costs. Alternative lower risk therapies that can delay or obviate TKR are valuable to those who are poor candidates for surgery or wish to avoid TKR as long as possible. Given the chondroprotective effects of hyaluronic acid (HA) injections, they are a safe and effective treatment to improve pain, function, and longevity of the knee. Thus, HA features the potential to delay or obviate TKR.
We aim to study the safety and effectiveness of repeated courses of HA on the time to TKR over a 3-year period using data from a large US health plan administrative claims database.
Retrospective analyses were conducted by identifying knee OA patients during the selection period (2007-2010). The follow-up period was 36 months, post-index date of initial HA injection. Procedural outcomes and adverse events of interest were tabulated and analyzed. A Cox proportional hazards model was used to model the risk of TKR.
A total of 50,389 patients who received HA for treatment of knee OA and met the study inclusion criteria were analyzed. Successive courses of HA showed a good safety profile and led to high proportions of patients without TKR 3 years after treatment initiation. Multivariate statistical modeling showed that multiple courses of HA injections significantly decreased the rates of TKR (95.0% without TKR for ≥5 courses vs 71.6% without TKR for 1 course; hazard ratio, 0.138; P < .0001).
Repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years. Additional research is needed to evaluate the effect of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year time horizon.
Continue to: Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee...
Osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee has emerged as one of the main causes of disability in the United States. Although no currently known cure of OA can reverse the progression of the disease, total knee replacement (TKR) is an effective and definitive treatment. However, TKR is an invasive procedure with potential risk for serious complications, and it has imposed high costs on the US healthcare system, with expenses accounting for hospital expenditures of TKR estimated at $28.5 billion in 2009.1Alternative low-risk therapies that can delay or obviate TKR are valuable to a number of patients, especially the poor candidates for surgery or those who wish to avoid TKR.
Intra-articular (IA) hyaluronic acid (HA) injections have been available as a safe and effective treatment option to alleviate pain and to improve joint functions.2 Results of randomized double-blind controlled clinical trials have demonstrated the pain-relieving effect of IA HA injections.3-5 Furthermore, a recent network meta-analysis comparing various pharmacologic interventions for knee OA has confirmed the efficacy of IA HA injections, which outperformed other interventions when compared with oral placebos.6,7 IA therapies are more effective than oral therapies for knee OA pain, with IA HA injections demonstrating the most pain reduction, potentially due to the benefit associated with needle injection and aspiration. Recent experimental studies have also suggested that IA HA may provide cartilage protection, reduce inflammation, and boost the viscosity of synovial fluid;8 IA HA may also exert therapeutic effects by inhibiting bone formation in OA patients.9,10 HA possesses the potential to delay or obviate TKR. Previous research with a case series review of patients in an orthopedic specialty practice reported that the use of IA HA injections in patients with grade IV OA delayed TKR substantially.11 One study analyzed retrospective medical claims data from a single private insurer and discovered potential evidence for the modest benefit of IA HA injections in delaying TKR.12
More detailed research work on a large sample of patients with knee OA and the requirement of TKR as a condition for inclusion using US administrative claims data has demonstrated the TKR-delaying effects of IA HA injections in comparison with a control group without claims for IA HA injections.13,14 This study also uses real-world US administrative data but utilizes a different approach by starting with a sample of patients with knee OA and evidence of IA HA injections and then assessing the effect of repeated courses of HA treatment on the delay of TKR, without TKR as a mandatory condition for inclusion. All patients with knee OA within the time window were included, regardless of the need for TKR compared with previous studies which only considered patients who ultimately received TKR. Safety information and effectiveness information were examined to achieve a balanced risk-benefit assessment. We also analyzed how multiple courses of HA treatment and other potentially relevant covariates at baseline affected the risk of receiving TKR in a multivariate survival model. We aimed to achieve a realistic assessment of the clinical utility of HA injections in delaying TKR in a real-world setting using both safety and effectiveness data.
METHODS
DATA SOURCE
A retrospective cohort observational study using IMS Health’s PharMetrics Plus Health Plan Claims Database was conducted by identifying knee OA patients with claims indicating initiation of HA injection at an index date during the selection period (July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2010). All common HA agents in the US market during this period (Euflexxa, Hyalgan, Orthovisc, Supartz, and Synvisc) were selected via the corresponding J-codes and pooled for investigation of HA class effects. The follow-up period was 36 months, post-index date of the initial HA injection. Outcomes were measured, and adverse events were identified during this period. The time window for identification of adverse events was within 2 weeks from any injection during the course of therapy (evidence of an emergency room visit and/or physician office visit with requisite code). The data during the 12-month pre-index baseline period from the claims database was used to obtain information about baseline patient characteristics, such as age, gender, type of coverage, physician specialty, Charlson Comorbidity Index (CCI), major comorbidities, and major medications of interest commonly used among patients with knee OA.
STUDY SAMPLE SELECTION
The eligible patients required an outpatient claim indicating the initiation of HA injection. The date of the first claim for the patient within the selection window was defined as their index date. Patients had to be ≥18 years of age in the year of their index date. They had to present at least 1 clinical knee OA diagnosis at any point in the 12-month pre-index period (including the index date), and only patients who were continuously enrolled from 12 months pre-index to 36 months post-index date were evaluated. Among these patients (approximately 1.4 million), the following were excluded to minimize complications in data analysis and interpretation: patients with evidence of any HA use in the pre-index period; patients with evidence of a different kind of HA index medication in the post-index period; patients with evidence of TKR within 30 days of the index event during the post-index period; patients with evidence of 2 different kinds of HA index medications on the index date; and patients with evidence of diagnosis of hip OA, fibromyalgia, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, or gout during the pre-index period.
Five patient cohorts were defined according to the number of courses of IA HA injections over the entire post-index period.
Continue to: Statistical analysis...
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
All statistical analyses were performed using SAS version 9.2 (SAS Institute Inc.). Descriptive statistics such as means, standard deviations, medians, and 25% and 75% percentiles (Q1 and Q3, respectively) were provided for the continuous variables. Numbers and percentages were provided for the categorical variables. For statistical testing, Student’s t-tests were applied for the continuous variables and chi-square tests for the categorical variables. All the statistical tests were two-tailed. The sample sizes in this database study are remarkably large, such that differences that are not clinically important could still be statistically significant at the conventional alpha level of 0.05. Thus, we applied a more stringent requirement of the alpha level of 0.0001 to identify highly statistically significant results. The number and percentage of patients within each cohort with at least 1 instance of an adverse event of interest (those adverse events commonly expected for patients who receive IA injections for knee OA) were assessed. Times to TKR during the 36-month post-index period were analyzed and compared among different cohorts. Any patients who had not undergone TKR by the end of the post-index period were considered censored at 36 months. The Kaplan-Meier method was employed to model survival curves with time to TKR data, and log-rank tests were used to compare survival curves among different cohorts. A Cox proportional hazards model (PHM) was used to model the risk of TKR with a pre-specified set of covariates adjusted for baseline attributes, such as age, gender, comorbidities, and pre-index healthcare costs. Hazard ratios with 95% confidence intervals were used to examine the measures of event risk.
RESULTS
PATIENT CHARACTERISTICS
Applying study selection criteria to the claims database yielded 50,389 patients (Figure 1), providing an ample sample size for the statistical analysis. Only patients with evidence of knee OA and use of HA injections (the index medication of interest) were selected, regardless of whether they received TKR during the post-index period. The requirement for a knee OA diagnosis during the 12-month pre-index period resulted in the significant attrition of patients, with 584,956 patients being excluded. Among the 50,389 patients who received HA for treatment of knee OA, 36,260 (72.0%) received a single course of treatment, 8709 (17.3%) received 2 courses, 3179 (6.3%) received 3 courses, 1354 (2.7%) received 4 courses, and 887 (1.8%) received ≥5 courses of treatment.
Comparison of baseline characteristics among the 5 IA HA cohorts showed the fairly similar baseline characteristics of all cohorts (Table 1). Geographic region, physician specialty, and opioid use showed differences among the cohorts. Cohorts with ≥5 HA courses presented lower proportions of patients from Southern US states, patients seeing orthopedic surgeons, and patients using opioids than cohorts with fewer HA courses.
PROCEDURES OF INTEREST
An analysis of the procedures patients received after HA treatment initiation showed that higher numbers of HA treatment courses resulted in lower proportions of patients receiving TKR within 3 years after HA treatment initiation (Table 2). With an increasing number of HA treatment courses, the proportion of patients with TKR within 3 years post-index consistently decreased from 28.4% (for 1 HA course) to 5.0% (for ≥5 HA courses), with all differences being highly statistically significant (P < .0001). Similarly, partial knee replacement exhibited a similar trend, with the proportion of patients decreasing from 3.3% (for 1 HA course) to 0.8% (for ≥5 HA courses; P < .0001). Among the patients with TKR within 3 years post-index, increasing numbers of treatment courses correlated with increasing time to TKR, with a mean of 375.6 days (for 1 HA course) rising to a mean of 971.5 days (for ≥5 HA courses; P < .0001). On the other hand, patients with multiple courses of HA treatment were more likely to undergo radiologic examinations of the knee, arthrocenteses, and image-guided injections than patients with only a single course of HA treatment (P < .0001).
ADVERSE EVENTS
Arthralgia and joint pain in the knee were the most commonly recorded adverse events (Table 3). More courses of HA treatment were associated with higher rates of adverse events. Overall, the reported adverse events profile of repeated courses of HA treatment consisted of mostly common and mild adverse events and displayed no safety concern for patients with knee OA that was followed-up for 3 years. The causality of these adverse events directly related to HA injections vs a specific disease state cannot be determined from an administrative claims data set.
TIME TO TKR
Successive courses of HA led to high proportions of patients without TKR 3 years after HA treatment initiation. This result is evident in the Kaplan-Meier survival curves of time to TKR for different HA cohorts (Figure 2), with log-rank tests of multiple courses vs a single course of HA (P < .0001) showing highly statistically significance. Tabulation of proportions of patients without TKR by various time points showed that increasing numbers of HA treatment courses correlated with higher proportions of patients without TKR at almost all time points (Table 4); within 3 years post-index, 71.6% of patients in the 1 HA course cohort exhibited no TKR, whereas 95.0% of patients in ≥5 HA courses cohort presented no TKR. We also performed a multivariate Cox PHM (Table 5) to account for baseline characteristics of different HA cohorts with covariates when estimating the risks of receiving TKR. The results of the Cox PHM showed that multiple courses of HA treatment significantly decreased the risk of TKR (hazard ratio, 0.138 for ≥5 HA courses vs 1 HA course; P < .0001). Inspection of other highly significant covariates showed that being older, living in the Midwest region of the US (vs the Northeast), receiving pre-index corticosteroids, having an orthopedic surgeon as a treating physician (vs a general practitioner, a rheumatologist, or a physical medicine and rehabilitation specialist), experiencing hypertension or hyperlipidemia, and higher pre-index total healthcare costs were associated with an increased risk of TKR (all P < .0001). Vascular disease and high CCI scores were associated with a decreased risk of TKR (P < .0001).


Continue to: Discussion...
DISCUSSION
This study demonstrated that multiple courses of HA treatment can delay the need for surgery for up to 3 years, with risk for both TKR and partial knee replacement decreasing in a dose-dependent manner. The potentially confounding effect of differences in baseline characteristics that could influence patients’ propensity to receive TKR in a database study was controlled by performing a multivariate analysis with covariate adjustment. The TKR-delaying effect of HA injection was more prominent in cohorts with a high number of HA treatment courses: 19 out of 20 patients in the cohort of ≥5 HA courses were free of TKR at the end of the 3-year post-index period. Such a high proportion of patients avoiding TKR with repeated courses of HA suggests that some patients may be able to successfully delay TKR well beyond the 3-year time span. This finding is counter-evidence to the frequently made assumption15 that all patients with knee OA will eventually progress to a state of disability, making TKR inevitable. The patients with end-stage radiographic knee OA can also benefit from IA HA injections for an extended period of time;16 the latest evidence indicates that nonoperative management can improve symptoms irrespective of radiographic disease severity, implying that TKR needs not to be the only therapeutic option for patients with end-stage radiographic knee OA.17 This finding suggests that HA treatment should be considered an important clinical treatment option for patients with knee OA.
Although the incidence rates of certain adverse events, such as arthralgia/joint pain, are sizable, these temporary adverse events commonly occur among patients who receive IA injections for knee OA; most of these events may simply include symptoms of the remaining underlying knee OA. These results are consistent with those of previous literature reporting the safety of repeated treatment with IA HA injections in a prospective clinical trial18 and demonstrating that repeated courses of HA treatment pose no greater safety risk than a single course of HA treatment.
Multivariate modeling outcomes of factors influencing risk of receiving TKR are broadly consistent with the generally accepted notions that different levels of disease severity and patients’ willingness to consider TKR at baseline influence the likelihood and timing of receiving TKR.19,20 Age and obesity are common risk factors for progression of OA. Orthopedic surgeons are more likely to recommend surgery than non-surgeons. The pre-index use of corticosteroids and high pre-index healthcare costs could be associated with more severe symptoms at baseline. Patients with vascular disease or severe comorbidities, as evidenced by high CCI scores, make poor candidates for major elective surgeries such as TKR. These results are intuitive and validate the clinical insights of this study. Moreover, inclusion of these covariates in the analysis model allows for indirect adjustment of the most important prognostic factors for TKR at baseline, permitting proper statistical comparison of the results for different cohort groups.
Recently, the efficacy of HA injections for OA patients has become the subject of debate when the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) revised its clinical practice guideline, recommending against the use of HA.21 The AAOS’ findings differ from those of other clinical societies, such as the American College of Rheumatology22 and the European League Against Rheumatism,23 which provide no strong recommendation against the use of HA injections. The announcement of the new guideline by AAOS caused concern among clinicians and payers who had valued IA HA injections as a means to control knee OA pain before patients progress to TKR;24 on the other hand, the demand for nonoperative treatment of knee OA remains high. Utilization rates of TKR have increased dramatically, and surgeries are now performed on younger patients with increasing burden on the healthcare system,25,26 in spite of the fact that as high as a third of TKR surgeries may have been performed in inappropriate patients.27 Part of the confusion surrounding clinical utility of HA stems from the fact that up until recently, relatively little research looked into the practical benefits of HA in actual clinical practice. Analyses of databases such as registries are now gaining attention to overcome that problem. Examination of large administrative databases maintained by commercial payers offers the benefit of probing realistically the safety and efficacy of treatments in actual clinical environments in a very large number of patients with heterogeneous backgrounds. Recently, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality’s Technology Assessment Program in the US called for such studies to determine whether HA injections can delay progression to TKR.28 The results of this study and several others11,13,14,16 suggest that use of HA to treat OA of the knee is associated with the delay of TKR, supporting the utility of HA in clinical practice and the healthcare system. Potential clinical benefits of delaying TKR may include the reduced risk of aseptic loosening if younger patients can wait for TKR or more time to allow the modification of risk factors in patients who will ultimately undergo TKR.
LIMITATIONS
Follow-up period was limited to 3 years post-index date because longer follow-up data were not available at the time of the study design. If an incorrect adverse event or OA diagnosis was listed in the medical record, or if the medical record was incomplete, then patients might have been misclassified, resulting in selection bias. The claims dataset includes no uninsured and Medicare patients, as the population in the database consisted primarily of commercially-insured patients in the US. Therefore, the results are most generalizable to other commercially-insured patients in the US. Generalizability to other populations may not be assured if they differ in their accessibility to physician services or prescriptions from the patients in this study. Other treatments such as the nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs used by patients were not included within the pre-specified statistical model because their potential effects were assumed to be short-lived and much less than those of corticosteroid. Including these treatments would overload the statistical model with too many covariates, leading to potential computational instability. The database used provides no information on systemic factors, including plan limits on medication use, that could affect care. Given the large and diverse nature of the healthcare plans in the database. However, these factors should not have materially affected our study results. The claims database also lacks direct indicators of OA disease severity, such as Kellgren-Lawrence scores or patient-reported outcomes, including pain and function questionnaire scores. Our multivariate analysis indirectly makes up for this deficiency by considering other baseline characteristics or clinical indicators that may be correlated with information unavailable in a claims database. Patients who opt to undergo repeated courses of HA treatment may be more inclined to avoid surgery or may naturally experience OA disease progression more slowly, making them potentially different from patients who select to undergo surgery earlier without repeated courses of HA treatment. This condition may introduce a bias that causes difficulty in proving the causality between repeated HA use and delay of TKR.
CONCLUSION
Analysis of the knee OA patient data from a real-world database showed that repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years. Additional research is needed to evaluate the effects of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year period.
- Murphy L, Helmick CG. The impact of osteoarthritis in the United States: a population-health perspective. Am J Nurs. 2012;112(3 Suppl 1):S13-S19.
- Arnold W, Fullerton DS, Holder S, May CS. Viscosupplementation: managed care issues for osteoarthritis of the knee. J Manag Care Pharm. 2007;13(4 Suppl):S3-S19.
- Strand V, Conaghan PG, Lohmander LS, et al. An integrated analysis of five double-blind, randomized controlled trials evaluating the safety and efficacy of a hyaluronan product for intra-articular injection in osteoarthritis of the knee. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2006;14(9):859-866.
- Strand V, Baraf HS, Lavin PT, Lim S, Hosokawa H. A multicenter, randomized controlled trial comparing a single intra-articular injection of Gel-200, a new cross-linked formulation of hyaluronic acid, to phosphate buffered saline for treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2012;20(5):350-356.
- Strand V, McIntyre LF, Beach WR, Miller LE, Block JE. Safety and efficacy of US-approved viscosupplements for knee osteoarthritis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, saline-controlled trials. J Pain Res. 2015;8:217-228.
- Bannuru RR, Schmid CH, Kent DM, Vaysbrott EE, Wong JB, McAlindon TE. Comparative effectiveness of pharmacologic interventions for knee osteoarthritis: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(1):46-54.
- Mandl LA, Losina E. Relative efficacy of knee osteoarthritis treatments: are all placebos created equal? Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(1):71-72.
- Kusayama Y, Akamatsu Y, Kumagai K, Kobayashi H, Aratake M, Saito T. Changes in synovial fluid biomarkers and clinical efficacy of intra-articular injections of hyaluronic acid for patients with knee osteoarthritis. J Exp Orthop. 2014;1(1):16. doi:10.1186/s40634-014-0016-7.
- Kaneko K, Higuchi C, Kunugiza Y, et al. Hyaluronan inhibits BMP-induced osteoblast differentiation. FEBS Lett. 2015;589(4):447-454. doi:10.1016/j.febslet.2014.
- Altman RD, Manjoo A, Fierlinger A, Niazi F, Nicholls M. The mechanism of action for hyaluronic acid treatment in the osteoarthritic knee: a systematic review. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2015;16:321. doi:10.1186/s12891-015-0775-z.
- Waddell DD, Bricker DC. Total knee replacement delayed with hylan G-F 20 use in patients with grade IV osteoarthritis. J Manag Care Pharm. 2007;13(2):113-121.
- Khan T, Nanchanatt G, Farber K, Jan S. Analysis of the effectiveness of hyaluronic acid in prevention of total knee replacement in osteoarthritis patients. J Manag Care Pharm. 2014;20:S49.
- Abbott T, Altman RD, Dimeff R, et al. Do hyaluronic acid injections delay total knee replacement surgery? Arthritis Rheum. 2013;65(Suppl 10):2139.
- Altman R, Lim S, Steen R, Dasa V. Intra-articular hyaluronic acid delays total knee replacement in patients with knee osteoarthritis: evidence from a large U.S. health claims database. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2015;23(Suppl 2):A403-A404.
- Mather RC 3rd, Hug KT, Orlando LA, et al. Economic evaluation of access to musculoskeletal care: the case of waiting for total knee arthroplasty. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2014;15:22. doi:10.1186/1471-2474-15-22.
- Waddell DD, Joseph B. Delayed total knee replacement with Hylan G-F 20. J Knee Surg. 2016;29(2):159-168. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1395281.
- Atukorala I, Makovey J, Williams M, Ochoa Albiztegui E, Eyles JP, Hunter DJ. If you have end-stage radiographic knee osteoarthritis can you respond to non-surgical management? Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2015;23(Suppl 2):A329.
- Strand V, Baraf HS, Lavin PT, Lim S, Hosokawa H. Effectiveness and safety of a multicenter extension and retreatment trial of Gel-200 in patients with knee osteoarthritis. Cartilage. 2012;3(4):297-304. doi:10.1177/1947603512451024.
- Riddle DL, Kong X, Jiranek WA. Two-year incidence and predictors of future knee arthroplasty in persons with symptomatic knee osteoarthritis: preliminary analysis of longitudinal data from the osteoarthritis initiative. Knee. 2009;16(6):494-500.
- Hawker GA, Guan J, Croxford R, et al. A prospective population-based study of the predictors of undergoing total joint arthroplasty. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54(10):3212-3220.
- Jevsevar DS. Treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee: evidence-based guideline, 2nd edition. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2013;21(9):571-576. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-21-09-571.
- Hochberg MC, Altman RD, April KT, et al. American College of Rheumatology 2012 recommendations for the use of nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapies in osteoarthritis of the hand, hip, and knee. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2012;64(4):465-474.
- Jordan KM, Arden NK, Doherty M, et al. EULAR Recommendations 2003: an evidence based approach to the management of knee osteoarthritis: report of a task force of the standing committee for international clinical studies including therapeutic trials (ESCISIT). Ann Rheum Dis. 2003;62(12):1145-1155.
- Bannuru RR, Vaysbrot EE, McIntyre LF. Did the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons osteoarthritis guidelines miss the mark? Arthroscopy. 2014;30(1):86-89. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.10.007.
- Losina E, Thornhill TS, Rome BN, Wright J, Katz JN. The dramatic increase in total knee replacement utilization rates in the United States cannot be fully explained by growth in population size and the obesity epidemic. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(3):201-207. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01958.
- Weinstein AM, Rome BN, Reichmann WM, et al. Estimating the burden of total knee replacement in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(5):385-392. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00206.
- Riddle DL, Jiranek WA, Hayes CW. Use of a validated algorithm to judge the appropriateness of total knee arthroplasty in the United States: a multicenter longitudinal cohort study. Arthritis Rheumatol. 2014;66(8):2134-2143. doi:10.1002/art.38685.
- NewBerry SJ, Fitzgerald JD, Maglione MA, et al. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality Web site. Systematic Review for Effectiveness of Hyaluronic Acid in the Treatment of Severe Degenerative Joint Disease (DJD) of the Knee: Technology Assessment Report. http://www.ahrq.gov/research/findings/ta/call-for-public-review.html. Published July 23, 2015. Accessed December 22, 2014.
- Murphy L, Helmick CG. The impact of osteoarthritis in the United States: a population-health perspective. Am J Nurs. 2012;112(3 Suppl 1):S13-S19.
- Arnold W, Fullerton DS, Holder S, May CS. Viscosupplementation: managed care issues for osteoarthritis of the knee. J Manag Care Pharm. 2007;13(4 Suppl):S3-S19.
- Strand V, Conaghan PG, Lohmander LS, et al. An integrated analysis of five double-blind, randomized controlled trials evaluating the safety and efficacy of a hyaluronan product for intra-articular injection in osteoarthritis of the knee. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2006;14(9):859-866.
- Strand V, Baraf HS, Lavin PT, Lim S, Hosokawa H. A multicenter, randomized controlled trial comparing a single intra-articular injection of Gel-200, a new cross-linked formulation of hyaluronic acid, to phosphate buffered saline for treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2012;20(5):350-356.
- Strand V, McIntyre LF, Beach WR, Miller LE, Block JE. Safety and efficacy of US-approved viscosupplements for knee osteoarthritis: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, saline-controlled trials. J Pain Res. 2015;8:217-228.
- Bannuru RR, Schmid CH, Kent DM, Vaysbrott EE, Wong JB, McAlindon TE. Comparative effectiveness of pharmacologic interventions for knee osteoarthritis: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(1):46-54.
- Mandl LA, Losina E. Relative efficacy of knee osteoarthritis treatments: are all placebos created equal? Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(1):71-72.
- Kusayama Y, Akamatsu Y, Kumagai K, Kobayashi H, Aratake M, Saito T. Changes in synovial fluid biomarkers and clinical efficacy of intra-articular injections of hyaluronic acid for patients with knee osteoarthritis. J Exp Orthop. 2014;1(1):16. doi:10.1186/s40634-014-0016-7.
- Kaneko K, Higuchi C, Kunugiza Y, et al. Hyaluronan inhibits BMP-induced osteoblast differentiation. FEBS Lett. 2015;589(4):447-454. doi:10.1016/j.febslet.2014.
- Altman RD, Manjoo A, Fierlinger A, Niazi F, Nicholls M. The mechanism of action for hyaluronic acid treatment in the osteoarthritic knee: a systematic review. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2015;16:321. doi:10.1186/s12891-015-0775-z.
- Waddell DD, Bricker DC. Total knee replacement delayed with hylan G-F 20 use in patients with grade IV osteoarthritis. J Manag Care Pharm. 2007;13(2):113-121.
- Khan T, Nanchanatt G, Farber K, Jan S. Analysis of the effectiveness of hyaluronic acid in prevention of total knee replacement in osteoarthritis patients. J Manag Care Pharm. 2014;20:S49.
- Abbott T, Altman RD, Dimeff R, et al. Do hyaluronic acid injections delay total knee replacement surgery? Arthritis Rheum. 2013;65(Suppl 10):2139.
- Altman R, Lim S, Steen R, Dasa V. Intra-articular hyaluronic acid delays total knee replacement in patients with knee osteoarthritis: evidence from a large U.S. health claims database. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2015;23(Suppl 2):A403-A404.
- Mather RC 3rd, Hug KT, Orlando LA, et al. Economic evaluation of access to musculoskeletal care: the case of waiting for total knee arthroplasty. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2014;15:22. doi:10.1186/1471-2474-15-22.
- Waddell DD, Joseph B. Delayed total knee replacement with Hylan G-F 20. J Knee Surg. 2016;29(2):159-168. doi:10.1055/s-0034-1395281.
- Atukorala I, Makovey J, Williams M, Ochoa Albiztegui E, Eyles JP, Hunter DJ. If you have end-stage radiographic knee osteoarthritis can you respond to non-surgical management? Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2015;23(Suppl 2):A329.
- Strand V, Baraf HS, Lavin PT, Lim S, Hosokawa H. Effectiveness and safety of a multicenter extension and retreatment trial of Gel-200 in patients with knee osteoarthritis. Cartilage. 2012;3(4):297-304. doi:10.1177/1947603512451024.
- Riddle DL, Kong X, Jiranek WA. Two-year incidence and predictors of future knee arthroplasty in persons with symptomatic knee osteoarthritis: preliminary analysis of longitudinal data from the osteoarthritis initiative. Knee. 2009;16(6):494-500.
- Hawker GA, Guan J, Croxford R, et al. A prospective population-based study of the predictors of undergoing total joint arthroplasty. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54(10):3212-3220.
- Jevsevar DS. Treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee: evidence-based guideline, 2nd edition. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2013;21(9):571-576. doi:10.5435/JAAOS-21-09-571.
- Hochberg MC, Altman RD, April KT, et al. American College of Rheumatology 2012 recommendations for the use of nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapies in osteoarthritis of the hand, hip, and knee. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2012;64(4):465-474.
- Jordan KM, Arden NK, Doherty M, et al. EULAR Recommendations 2003: an evidence based approach to the management of knee osteoarthritis: report of a task force of the standing committee for international clinical studies including therapeutic trials (ESCISIT). Ann Rheum Dis. 2003;62(12):1145-1155.
- Bannuru RR, Vaysbrot EE, McIntyre LF. Did the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons osteoarthritis guidelines miss the mark? Arthroscopy. 2014;30(1):86-89. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.10.007.
- Losina E, Thornhill TS, Rome BN, Wright J, Katz JN. The dramatic increase in total knee replacement utilization rates in the United States cannot be fully explained by growth in population size and the obesity epidemic. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(3):201-207. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01958.
- Weinstein AM, Rome BN, Reichmann WM, et al. Estimating the burden of total knee replacement in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(5):385-392. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00206.
- Riddle DL, Jiranek WA, Hayes CW. Use of a validated algorithm to judge the appropriateness of total knee arthroplasty in the United States: a multicenter longitudinal cohort study. Arthritis Rheumatol. 2014;66(8):2134-2143. doi:10.1002/art.38685.
- NewBerry SJ, Fitzgerald JD, Maglione MA, et al. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality Web site. Systematic Review for Effectiveness of Hyaluronic Acid in the Treatment of Severe Degenerative Joint Disease (DJD) of the Knee: Technology Assessment Report. http://www.ahrq.gov/research/findings/ta/call-for-public-review.html. Published July 23, 2015. Accessed December 22, 2014.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe and are associated with the delay of TKR for up to 3 years.
- HA treatment should be considered an important clinical treatment option for patients with knee OA.
- Repeated courses of treatment with HA are safe.
- Repeated courses of HA treatment pose no greater safety risk than a single course of HA treatment.
- Additional research is needed to evaluate the effects of repeated HA courses on delaying TKR beyond a 3-year period.
Treatment of Grade III Acromioclavicular Separations in Professional Baseball Pitchers: A Survey of Major League Baseball Team Physicians
ABSTRACT
Despite advancements in surgical technique and understanding of throwing mechanics, controversy persists regarding the treatment of grade III acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations, particularly in throwing athletes. Twenty-eight major league baseball (MLB) orthopedic team physicians were surveyed to determine their definitive management of a grade III AC separation in the dominant arm of a professional baseball pitcher and their experience treating AC joint separations in starting pitchers and position players. Return-to-play outcomes were also evaluated. Twenty (71.4%) team physicians recommended nonoperative intervention compared to 8 (28.6%) who would have operated acutely. Eighteen (64.3%) team physicians had treated at least 1 professional pitcher with a grade III AC separation; 51 (77.3%) pitchers had been treated nonoperatively compared to 15 (22.7%) operatively. No difference was observed in the proportion of pitchers who returned to the same level of play (P = .54), had full, unrestricted range of motion (P = .23), or had full pain relief (P = .19) between the operatively and nonoperatively treated MLB pitchers. The majority (53.6%) of physicians would not include an injection if the injury was treated nonoperatively. Open coracoclavicular reconstruction (65.2%) was preferred for operative cases; 66.7% of surgeons would also include distal clavicle excision as an adjunct procedure. About 90% of physicians would return pitchers to throwing >12 weeks after surgery compared to after 4 to 6 weeks in nonoperatively treated cases. In conclusion, MLB team physicians preferred nonoperative management for an acute grade III AC joint separation in professional pitchers. If operative intervention is required, ligament reconstruction with adjunct distal clavicle excision were the most commonly performed procedures.
Continue to: Despite advancements in surgucal technique...
Despite advancements in surgical technique and improved understanding of the physiology of throwing mechanics, controversy persists regarding the preferred treatment for grade III acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations.1-6 Nonsurgical management has demonstrated return to prior function with fewer complications.7 However, there is a growing body of evidence demonstrating that surgical intervention is associated with more favorable outcomes8 and should be considered in patients who place high functional demands on their shoulders.9
The reported results on professional athletes in the literature remain ambivalent. Multiple small case reports/series have reported successful nonoperative treatment of elite athletes.10-12 Not surprisingly, McFarland and colleagues13 reported in 1997 that 69% of major league baseball (MLB) team physicians preferred nonoperative treatment for a theoretical starting pitcher sustaining a grade III AC separation 1 week prior to the start of the season. In contrast, reports of an inability to throw at a pre-injury level are equally commonplace.14,15 Nevertheless, all of these studies were limited to small cohorts, as the incidence of grade III AC separations in elite throwing athletes is relatively uncommon.13,16
In this study, we re-evaluated the study performed by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997 by surveying all active MLB team orthopedic surgeons. We asked them how they would treat a grade III AC separation in a starting professional baseball pitcher. The physicians were also asked about their personal experience evaluating outcomes in these elite athletes. Given our improved understanding of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and surgical techniques for treating grade III AC separations, we hypothesize that more MLB team physicians would favor operative intervention treatment in professional baseball pitchers, as their vocation places higher demands on their shoulders.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A questionnaire (Appendix A) was distributed to the team physicians of all 30 MLB teams. In addition to surgeon demographics, including age, years in practice, and years of taking care of an MLB team, the initial section of the questionnaire asked orthopedic surgeons how they would treat a theoretical starting pitcher who sustained a grade III AC joint separation of the dominant throwing arm 1 week prior to the start of the season. Physicians who preferred nonoperative treatment were asked whether they would use an injection (and what type), as well as when they would allow the pitcher to start a progressive interval throwing program. Physicians who preferred operative treatment were asked to rank their indications for operating, what procedure they would use (eg, open vs arthroscopic or coracoclavicular ligament repair vs reconstruction), and whether the surgical intervention would include distal clavicle excision. Both groups of physicians were also asked if their preferred treatment would change if the injury were to occur at the end of the season.
The second portion of the questionnaire asked surgeons about their experience treating AC joint separations in both starting pitchers and position players, as well as to describe the long-term outcomes of their preferred treatment, including time to return to full clearance for pitching, whether their patients returned to their prior level of play, and whether these patients had full pain relief. Finally, physicians were asked if any of the nonoperatively treated players ultimately crossed over and required operative intervention.
Continue to: Statistics...
STATISTICS
Descriptive statistics were used for continuous variables, and frequencies were used for categorical variables. Linear regression was performed to determine the correlation between the physician’s training or experience in treating AC joint separations and their recommended treatment. Fischer’s exact test/chi-square analysis was used to compare categorical variables. All tests were conducted using 2-sided hypothesis testing with statistical significance set at P < .05. All statistical analyses were conducted with SPSS 21.0 software (IBM Corporation).
RESULTS
A total of 28 MLB team physicians completed the questionnaires from 18 of the 30 MLB teams. The average age of the responders was 50.5 years (range, 34-60 years), with an average of 18.2 years in practice (range, 2-30 years) and 10.8 years (range, 1-24 years) taking care of their current professional baseball team. About 82% of the team physicians completed a sports medicine fellowship. On average, physicians saw 16.6 (range, 5-50) grade III or higher AC joint separations per year, and operated on 4.6 (range, 0-10) per year.
Nonoperative treatment was the preferred treatment for a grade III AC joint separation in a starting professional baseball pitcher for the majority of team physicians (20/28). No correlation was observed between the physician’s age (P = .881), years in practice (P = .915), years taking care of their professional team (P = .989), percentage of practice focused on shoulders (P = .986), number of AC joint injuries seen (P = .325), or number of surgeries performed per year (P = .807) with the team physician’s preferred treatment. Compared to the proportion reported originally by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997 (69%), there was no difference in the proportion of team physicians that recommended nonoperative treatment (P = 1).
If treating this injury nonoperatively, 46.4% of physicians would also use an injection, with orthobiologics (eg, platelet-rich plasma) as the most popular choice (Table 1). No consensus was provided on the timeframe to return pitchers back to a progressive interval throwing program; however, 46.67% of physicians would return pitchers 4 to 6 weeks after a nonoperatively treated injury, while 35.7% would return pitchers 7 to 12 weeks after the initial injury.
Table 1. Treatment Preferences of Grade III AC Separation by MLB Team Physicians
Nonoperativea | |
Yes injection | 13 (46.4%) |
Cortisone | 3 (23.1%) |
Orthobiologic | 10 (76.9%) |
Local anesthetic (eg, lidocaine) | 1 (7.7%) |
Intramuscular toradol | 3 (23.1%) |
No injection | 15 (53.6%) |
Operativea | |
Open coracoclavicular ligament repair | 3 (13.0%) |
Open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction | 15 (65.2%) |
Arthroscopic reconstruction with graft | 6 (26.1%) |
Arthroscopic repair with implant (ie, tight-rope) | 2 (8.7%) |
Distal clavicle excisionb | 16 (66.7%) |
Would not intervene operatively | 5 (17.9%) |
|
|
aRespondents were allowed to choose more than 1 treatment in each category. bChosen as an adjunct treatment.
Abbreviations: AC, acromioclavicular; MLB, major league baseball.
Most physicians (64.3%) cited functional limitations as the most important reason for indicating operative treatment, followed by pain (21.4%), and a deformity (14.3%). About 65% preferred open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. No physician recommended the Weaver-Dunn procedure or use of hardware (eg, hook plate). Of those who preferred an operative intervention, 66.7% would also include a distal clavicle excision, which is significantly higher than the proportion reported by McFarland and colleagues13 (23%, P = .0170). About 90% of physicians would return pitchers to play >12 weeks after operative treatment.
Continue to: If the injury occurred at the end ...
If the injury occurred at the end of the season, 7 of the 20 orthopedists (35%) who recommended nonoperative treatment said they would change to an operative intervention. Eighteen of 28 responders would have the same algorithm for MLB position players. Team physicians were less likely to recommend operative intervention in position players due to less demand on the arm and increased ability to accommodate the injury by altering their throwing mechanics.
Eighteen (64%) of the team physicians had treated at least 1 professional pitcher with a grade III AC separation in his dominant arm, and 11 (39.3%) had treated >1. Collectively, team physicians had treated 15 professional pitchers operatively, and 51 nonoperatively; only 3 patients converted to operative intervention after a failed nonoperative treatment.
Of the pitchers treated operatively, 93.3% (14) of pitchers returned to their prior level of pitching. The 1 patient who failed to return to the same level of pitching retired instead of returning to play. About 80% (12) of the pitchers had full pain relief, and 93.3% (14) had full range of motion (ROM). The pitcher who failed to regain full ROM also had a concomitant rotator cuff repair. The only complication reported from an operative intervention was a pitcher who sustained a coracoid fracture 10 months postoperatively while throwing 100 mph. Of the pitchers treated nonoperatively, 96% returned to their prior level of pitching, 92.2% (47) had full complete pain relief when throwing, and 100% had full ROM. No differences were observed between the proportion of pitchers who returned to their prior level of pitching, regained full ROM, or had full pain relief in the operative and nonoperative groups (Table 2).
Table 2. Outcomes of Treatment of Grade III AC Separation in 58 Professional Baseball Players
| Operative | Nonoperative | P-value |
Return to same level of play | 14/15 (93.3%) | 49/51 (96%) | 0.54 |
Full pain relief | 12/15 (80%) | 47/51 (92.2%) | 0.19 |
Full ROM | 14/15 (93.3%) | 51/51 (100%) | 0.23 |
Abbreviations: AC, acromioclavicular; ROM, range of motion.
DISCUSSION
Controversy persists regarding the optimal management of acute grade III AC separations, with the current available evidence potentially suggesting better cosmetic and radiological results but no definite differences in clinical results.1-6,17,18 In the absence of formal clinical practice guidelines, surgeons rely on their own experience or defer to the anecdotal experience of experts in the field. Our initial hypothesis was false in this survey of MLB team physicians taking care of overhead throwing athletes at the highest level. Our results demonstrate that despite improved techniques and an increased understanding of the pathophysiology of AC joint separations, conservative management is still the preferred treatment for acute grade III AC joint separations in professional baseball pitchers. The proportion of team physicians recommending nonoperative treatment in our series was essentially equivalent to the results reported by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997, suggesting that the pendulum continues to favor conservative management initially. This status quo likely reflects both the dearth of literature suggesting a substantial benefit of acute operative repair, as well as the ability to accommodate with conservative measures after most grade III AC injuries, even at the highest level of athletic competition.
These results are also consistent with trends from the last few decades. In the 1970s, the overwhelming preference for treating an acute complete AC joint separation was surgical repair, with Powers and Bach10 reporting in a 1974 survey of 163 chairmen of orthopedic programs around the country that 91.5% advocated surgical treatment. However, surgical preference had reversed by the 1990s. Of the 187 chairmen and 59 team physicians surveyed by Cox19 in 1992, 72% and 86% respectively preferred nonoperative treatment in a theoretical 21-year-old athlete with a grade III AC separation. Nissen and Chatterjee20 reported in 2007 on a survey of all American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine surgeons (N = 577) and Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education orthopedic program residency directors (N = 87) that >80% of responders preferred conservative measures for this acute injury. The reversal of trends has also been corroborated by recent multicenter trials demonstrating no difference in clinical outcomes between operative and nonoperative treatment of high grade AC joint dislocations, albeit these patients were not all high level overhead throwing athletes.17,18
Continue to: The trends in surgical interventions are notable...
The trends in surgical interventions are notable within the smaller subset of patients who are indicated for operative repair. Use of hardware and primary ligament repair, while popular in the surveys conducted in the 1970s10 and 1990s13 and even present in Nissen and Chatterjee’s20 2007 survey, were noticeably absent from our survey results, with the majority of respondents preferring open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. The role of distal clavicle excision has also expanded, from 23% of team physicians recommending it in 199713 to 57% to 59% in Nissen and Chatterjee’s20 2007 survey, to 66.7% in our series. This trend is not surprising as several recent cadaveric biomechanical studies have demonstrated that not only do peak graft forces not increase significantly,21 the anterior-posterior and superior-inferior motion at the AC joint following ligament reconstruction is maintained despite resection of the lateral clavicle.22 Additionally, primary distal clavicle excision may prevent the development of post-traumatic arthritis at the AC joint and osteolysis of the distal clavicle as a possible pain generator in the future.23 However, some respondents cautioned against performing a concomitant distal clavicle excision, as some biomechanical data demonstrate that resecting the distal clavicle may lead to increased horizontal translation at the AC joint despite intact superior and posterior AC capsules.24 Professional baseball pitchers may also be more lax and thus prone to more instability. Primary repair or reconstruction may not always lead to complete pre-injury stability in these individuals. This subtle unrecognized instability is hard to diagnosis and may be a persistent source of pain; thus, adding a distal clavicle excision may actually exacerbate the instability.
The nuanced indications for operative intervention, such as the presence of associated lesions were not captured by our survey.25 While most team physicians cited functional limitations as their most common reason for offering surgery, several MLB orthopedic surgeons also commented on evaluating the stability of the AC joint after a grade III injury, akin to the consensus statement from the International Society of Arthroscopy, Knee Surgery and Orthopaedic Sports Medicine (ISAKOS) Upper Extremity Committee26 in 2014 that diversified the Rockwood Grade III AC joint separation into its IIIA and IIIB classifications. The ISAKOS recommendations include initial conservative management and a second evaluation (both clinical and radiographic) for grade III lesions 3 to 6 weeks after the injury. However, as professional baseball is an incredibly profitable sport with an annual revenue approaching $9.5 billion27 and pitching salaries up to $32.5 million in 2015, serious financial considerations must be given to players who wish to avoid undergoing delayed surgery.
This study has shortcomings typical of expert opinion papers. The retrospective nature of this study places the data at risk of recall bias. Objective data (eg, terminal ROM, pain relief, and return to play) were obtained from a retrospective chart review; however, no standard documentation or collection method was used given the number of surgeons involved and, thus, conclusions based on treatment outcomes are imperfect. Another major weakness of this survey is the relatively small number of patients and respondents. An a priori power analysis was not available, as this was a retrospective review. A comparative trial will be necessary to definitively support one treatment over another. Assuming a 95% return to play in the nonoperatively treated group, approximately 300 patients would be needed in a prospective 2-armed study with 80% power to detect a 10% reduction in the incidence of return to play using an alpha level of 0.05 and assuming no loss to follow-up. This sample size would be difficult to achieve in this patient population.
However, compared to past series,13 the number of professional baseball players treated by the collective experience of these MLB team physicians is the largest reported to date. As suggested above, the rarity of this condition in elite athletes precludes the ability to have matched controls to definitively determine the optimal treatment, which may explain the lack of difference in the return to play, ROM, and pain relief outcomes. Instead, we can only extrapolate based on the collective anecdotal experience of the MLB team physicians.
CONCLUSION
Despite advances in surgical technique and understanding of throwing mechanics, the majority of MLB team physicians preferred nonoperative management for an acute grade III AC joint separation in a professional baseball pitcher. Open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction was preferred for those who preferred operative intervention. An increasing number of orthopedic surgeons now consider a distal clavicle excision as an adjunct procedure.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Spencer EE Jr. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular joint injuries: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;455:38-44. doi:10.1097/BLO.0b013e318030df83.
- Ceccarelli E, Bondì R, Alviti F, Garofalo R, Miulli F, Padua R. Treatment of acute grade III acromioclavicular dislocation: A lack of evidence. J Orthop Traumatol. 2008;9(2):105-108. doi:10.1007/s10195-008-0013-7.
- Smith TO, Chester R, Pearse EO, Hing CB. Operative versus non-operative management following rockwood grade III acromioclavicular separation: a meta-analysis of the current evidence base. J Orthop Traumatol. 2011;12(1):19-27. doi:10.1007/s10195-011-0127-1.
- Beitzel K, Cote MP, Apostolakos J, et al. Current concepts in the treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(2):387-397. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2012.11.023.
- Korsten K, Gunning AC, Leenen LP. Operative or conservative treatment in patients with rockwood type III acromioclavicular dislocation: a systematic review and update of current literature. Int Orthop. 2014;38(4):831-838. doi:10.1007/s00264-013-2143-7.
- Modi CS, Beazley J, Zywiel MG, Lawrence TM, Veillette CJ. Controversies relating to the management of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Bone Joint J. 2013;95-B(12):1595-1602. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.95B12.31802.
- Reid D, Polson K, Johnson L. Acromioclavicular joint separations grades I-III: a review of the literature and development of best practice guidelines. Sports Med. 2012;42(8):681-696. doi:10.2165/11633460-000000000-00000.
- Farber AJ, Cascio BM, Wilckens JH. Type III acromioclavicular separation: rationale for anatomical reconstruction. Am J Orthop. 2008;37(7):349-355.
- Li X, Ma R, Bedi A, Dines DM, Altchek DW, Dines JS. Management of acromioclavicular joint injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(1):73-84. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00734.
- Powers JA, Bach PJ. Acromioclavicular separations. Closed or open treatment? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1974;104(104):213-223. doi:10.1097/00003086-197410000-00024.
- Glick JM, Milburn LJ, Haggerty JF, Nishimoto D. Dislocated acromioclavicular joint: follow-up study of 35 unreduced acromioclavicular dislocations. Am J Sports Med. 1977;5(6):264-270. doi:10.1177/036354657700500614.
- Watson ST, Wyland DJ. Return to play after nonoperative management for a severe type III acromioclavicular separation in the throwing shoulder of a collegiate pitcher. Phys Sportsmed. 2015;43(1):99-103. doi:10.1080/00913847.2015.1001937.
- McFarland EG, Blivin SJ, Doehring CB, Curl LA, Silberstein C. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular separations in professional throwing athletes: results of a survey. Am J Orthop. 1997;26(11):771-774.
- Wojtys EM, Nelson G. Conservative treatment of grade III acromioclavicular dislocations. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1991;268(268):112-119.
- Galpin RD, Hawkins RJ, Grainger RW. A comparative analysis of operative versus nonoperative treatment of grade III acromioclavicular separations. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1985;193(193):150-155. doi:10.1097/00003086-198503000-00020.
- Pallis M, Cameron KL, Svoboda SJ, Owens BD. Epidemiology of acromioclavicular joint injury in young athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(9):2072-2077. doi:10.1177/0363546512450162.
- Canadian Orthopaedic Trauma Society. Multicenter randomized clinical trial of nonoperative versus operative treatment of acute acromio-clavicular joint dislocation. J Orthop Trauma. 2015;29(11):479-487. doi:10.1097/BOT.0000000000000437.
- Joukainen A, Kröger H, Niemitukia L, Mäkelä EA, Väätäinen U. Results of operative and nonoperative treatment of rockwood types III and V acromioclavicular joint dislocation: a prospective, randomized trial with an 18- to 20-year follow-up. Orthop J Sports Med. 2014;2(12):2325967114560130. doi:10.1177/2325967114560130.
- Cox JS. Current method of treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Orthopedics. 1992;15(9):1041-1044.
- Nissen CW, Chatterjee A. Type III acromioclavicular separation: results of a recent survey on its management. Am J Orthop. 2007;36(2):89-93.
- Kowalsky MS, Kremenic IJ, Orishimo KF, McHugh MP, Nicholas SJ, Lee SJ. The effect of distal clavicle excision on in situ graft forces in coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(11):2313-2319. doi:10.1177/0363546510374447.
- Beaver AB, Parks BG, Hinton RY. Biomechanical analysis of distal clavicle excision with acromioclavicular joint reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(7):1684-1688. doi:10.1177/0363546513488750.
- Mumford EB. Acromioclavicular dislocation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1941;23:799-802.
- Beitzel K, Sablan N, Chowaniec DM, et al. Sequential resection of the distal clavicle and its effects on horizontal acromioclavicular joint translation. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):681-685. doi:10.1177/0363546511428880.
- Arrigoni P, Brady PC, Zottarelli L, et al. Associated lesions requiring additional surgical treatment in grade 3 acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(1):6-10. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.10.006.
- Beitzel K, Mazzocca AD, Bak K, et al. ISAKOS upper extremity committee consensus statement on the need for diversification of the rockwood classification for acromioclavicular joint injuries. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(2):271-278. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.11.005.
- Brown M. MLB sees record revenues for 2015, up $500 million and approaching $9.5 billion. Forbes Web site. http://www.forbes.com/sites/maurybrown/2015/12/04/mlb-sees-record-revenu.... Published December 4, 2015. Accessed February 4, 2016.
ABSTRACT
Despite advancements in surgical technique and understanding of throwing mechanics, controversy persists regarding the treatment of grade III acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations, particularly in throwing athletes. Twenty-eight major league baseball (MLB) orthopedic team physicians were surveyed to determine their definitive management of a grade III AC separation in the dominant arm of a professional baseball pitcher and their experience treating AC joint separations in starting pitchers and position players. Return-to-play outcomes were also evaluated. Twenty (71.4%) team physicians recommended nonoperative intervention compared to 8 (28.6%) who would have operated acutely. Eighteen (64.3%) team physicians had treated at least 1 professional pitcher with a grade III AC separation; 51 (77.3%) pitchers had been treated nonoperatively compared to 15 (22.7%) operatively. No difference was observed in the proportion of pitchers who returned to the same level of play (P = .54), had full, unrestricted range of motion (P = .23), or had full pain relief (P = .19) between the operatively and nonoperatively treated MLB pitchers. The majority (53.6%) of physicians would not include an injection if the injury was treated nonoperatively. Open coracoclavicular reconstruction (65.2%) was preferred for operative cases; 66.7% of surgeons would also include distal clavicle excision as an adjunct procedure. About 90% of physicians would return pitchers to throwing >12 weeks after surgery compared to after 4 to 6 weeks in nonoperatively treated cases. In conclusion, MLB team physicians preferred nonoperative management for an acute grade III AC joint separation in professional pitchers. If operative intervention is required, ligament reconstruction with adjunct distal clavicle excision were the most commonly performed procedures.
Continue to: Despite advancements in surgucal technique...
Despite advancements in surgical technique and improved understanding of the physiology of throwing mechanics, controversy persists regarding the preferred treatment for grade III acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations.1-6 Nonsurgical management has demonstrated return to prior function with fewer complications.7 However, there is a growing body of evidence demonstrating that surgical intervention is associated with more favorable outcomes8 and should be considered in patients who place high functional demands on their shoulders.9
The reported results on professional athletes in the literature remain ambivalent. Multiple small case reports/series have reported successful nonoperative treatment of elite athletes.10-12 Not surprisingly, McFarland and colleagues13 reported in 1997 that 69% of major league baseball (MLB) team physicians preferred nonoperative treatment for a theoretical starting pitcher sustaining a grade III AC separation 1 week prior to the start of the season. In contrast, reports of an inability to throw at a pre-injury level are equally commonplace.14,15 Nevertheless, all of these studies were limited to small cohorts, as the incidence of grade III AC separations in elite throwing athletes is relatively uncommon.13,16
In this study, we re-evaluated the study performed by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997 by surveying all active MLB team orthopedic surgeons. We asked them how they would treat a grade III AC separation in a starting professional baseball pitcher. The physicians were also asked about their personal experience evaluating outcomes in these elite athletes. Given our improved understanding of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and surgical techniques for treating grade III AC separations, we hypothesize that more MLB team physicians would favor operative intervention treatment in professional baseball pitchers, as their vocation places higher demands on their shoulders.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A questionnaire (Appendix A) was distributed to the team physicians of all 30 MLB teams. In addition to surgeon demographics, including age, years in practice, and years of taking care of an MLB team, the initial section of the questionnaire asked orthopedic surgeons how they would treat a theoretical starting pitcher who sustained a grade III AC joint separation of the dominant throwing arm 1 week prior to the start of the season. Physicians who preferred nonoperative treatment were asked whether they would use an injection (and what type), as well as when they would allow the pitcher to start a progressive interval throwing program. Physicians who preferred operative treatment were asked to rank their indications for operating, what procedure they would use (eg, open vs arthroscopic or coracoclavicular ligament repair vs reconstruction), and whether the surgical intervention would include distal clavicle excision. Both groups of physicians were also asked if their preferred treatment would change if the injury were to occur at the end of the season.
The second portion of the questionnaire asked surgeons about their experience treating AC joint separations in both starting pitchers and position players, as well as to describe the long-term outcomes of their preferred treatment, including time to return to full clearance for pitching, whether their patients returned to their prior level of play, and whether these patients had full pain relief. Finally, physicians were asked if any of the nonoperatively treated players ultimately crossed over and required operative intervention.
Continue to: Statistics...
STATISTICS
Descriptive statistics were used for continuous variables, and frequencies were used for categorical variables. Linear regression was performed to determine the correlation between the physician’s training or experience in treating AC joint separations and their recommended treatment. Fischer’s exact test/chi-square analysis was used to compare categorical variables. All tests were conducted using 2-sided hypothesis testing with statistical significance set at P < .05. All statistical analyses were conducted with SPSS 21.0 software (IBM Corporation).
RESULTS
A total of 28 MLB team physicians completed the questionnaires from 18 of the 30 MLB teams. The average age of the responders was 50.5 years (range, 34-60 years), with an average of 18.2 years in practice (range, 2-30 years) and 10.8 years (range, 1-24 years) taking care of their current professional baseball team. About 82% of the team physicians completed a sports medicine fellowship. On average, physicians saw 16.6 (range, 5-50) grade III or higher AC joint separations per year, and operated on 4.6 (range, 0-10) per year.
Nonoperative treatment was the preferred treatment for a grade III AC joint separation in a starting professional baseball pitcher for the majority of team physicians (20/28). No correlation was observed between the physician’s age (P = .881), years in practice (P = .915), years taking care of their professional team (P = .989), percentage of practice focused on shoulders (P = .986), number of AC joint injuries seen (P = .325), or number of surgeries performed per year (P = .807) with the team physician’s preferred treatment. Compared to the proportion reported originally by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997 (69%), there was no difference in the proportion of team physicians that recommended nonoperative treatment (P = 1).
If treating this injury nonoperatively, 46.4% of physicians would also use an injection, with orthobiologics (eg, platelet-rich plasma) as the most popular choice (Table 1). No consensus was provided on the timeframe to return pitchers back to a progressive interval throwing program; however, 46.67% of physicians would return pitchers 4 to 6 weeks after a nonoperatively treated injury, while 35.7% would return pitchers 7 to 12 weeks after the initial injury.
Table 1. Treatment Preferences of Grade III AC Separation by MLB Team Physicians
Nonoperativea | |
Yes injection | 13 (46.4%) |
Cortisone | 3 (23.1%) |
Orthobiologic | 10 (76.9%) |
Local anesthetic (eg, lidocaine) | 1 (7.7%) |
Intramuscular toradol | 3 (23.1%) |
No injection | 15 (53.6%) |
Operativea | |
Open coracoclavicular ligament repair | 3 (13.0%) |
Open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction | 15 (65.2%) |
Arthroscopic reconstruction with graft | 6 (26.1%) |
Arthroscopic repair with implant (ie, tight-rope) | 2 (8.7%) |
Distal clavicle excisionb | 16 (66.7%) |
Would not intervene operatively | 5 (17.9%) |
|
|
aRespondents were allowed to choose more than 1 treatment in each category. bChosen as an adjunct treatment.
Abbreviations: AC, acromioclavicular; MLB, major league baseball.
Most physicians (64.3%) cited functional limitations as the most important reason for indicating operative treatment, followed by pain (21.4%), and a deformity (14.3%). About 65% preferred open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. No physician recommended the Weaver-Dunn procedure or use of hardware (eg, hook plate). Of those who preferred an operative intervention, 66.7% would also include a distal clavicle excision, which is significantly higher than the proportion reported by McFarland and colleagues13 (23%, P = .0170). About 90% of physicians would return pitchers to play >12 weeks after operative treatment.
Continue to: If the injury occurred at the end ...
If the injury occurred at the end of the season, 7 of the 20 orthopedists (35%) who recommended nonoperative treatment said they would change to an operative intervention. Eighteen of 28 responders would have the same algorithm for MLB position players. Team physicians were less likely to recommend operative intervention in position players due to less demand on the arm and increased ability to accommodate the injury by altering their throwing mechanics.
Eighteen (64%) of the team physicians had treated at least 1 professional pitcher with a grade III AC separation in his dominant arm, and 11 (39.3%) had treated >1. Collectively, team physicians had treated 15 professional pitchers operatively, and 51 nonoperatively; only 3 patients converted to operative intervention after a failed nonoperative treatment.
Of the pitchers treated operatively, 93.3% (14) of pitchers returned to their prior level of pitching. The 1 patient who failed to return to the same level of pitching retired instead of returning to play. About 80% (12) of the pitchers had full pain relief, and 93.3% (14) had full range of motion (ROM). The pitcher who failed to regain full ROM also had a concomitant rotator cuff repair. The only complication reported from an operative intervention was a pitcher who sustained a coracoid fracture 10 months postoperatively while throwing 100 mph. Of the pitchers treated nonoperatively, 96% returned to their prior level of pitching, 92.2% (47) had full complete pain relief when throwing, and 100% had full ROM. No differences were observed between the proportion of pitchers who returned to their prior level of pitching, regained full ROM, or had full pain relief in the operative and nonoperative groups (Table 2).
Table 2. Outcomes of Treatment of Grade III AC Separation in 58 Professional Baseball Players
| Operative | Nonoperative | P-value |
Return to same level of play | 14/15 (93.3%) | 49/51 (96%) | 0.54 |
Full pain relief | 12/15 (80%) | 47/51 (92.2%) | 0.19 |
Full ROM | 14/15 (93.3%) | 51/51 (100%) | 0.23 |
Abbreviations: AC, acromioclavicular; ROM, range of motion.
DISCUSSION
Controversy persists regarding the optimal management of acute grade III AC separations, with the current available evidence potentially suggesting better cosmetic and radiological results but no definite differences in clinical results.1-6,17,18 In the absence of formal clinical practice guidelines, surgeons rely on their own experience or defer to the anecdotal experience of experts in the field. Our initial hypothesis was false in this survey of MLB team physicians taking care of overhead throwing athletes at the highest level. Our results demonstrate that despite improved techniques and an increased understanding of the pathophysiology of AC joint separations, conservative management is still the preferred treatment for acute grade III AC joint separations in professional baseball pitchers. The proportion of team physicians recommending nonoperative treatment in our series was essentially equivalent to the results reported by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997, suggesting that the pendulum continues to favor conservative management initially. This status quo likely reflects both the dearth of literature suggesting a substantial benefit of acute operative repair, as well as the ability to accommodate with conservative measures after most grade III AC injuries, even at the highest level of athletic competition.
These results are also consistent with trends from the last few decades. In the 1970s, the overwhelming preference for treating an acute complete AC joint separation was surgical repair, with Powers and Bach10 reporting in a 1974 survey of 163 chairmen of orthopedic programs around the country that 91.5% advocated surgical treatment. However, surgical preference had reversed by the 1990s. Of the 187 chairmen and 59 team physicians surveyed by Cox19 in 1992, 72% and 86% respectively preferred nonoperative treatment in a theoretical 21-year-old athlete with a grade III AC separation. Nissen and Chatterjee20 reported in 2007 on a survey of all American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine surgeons (N = 577) and Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education orthopedic program residency directors (N = 87) that >80% of responders preferred conservative measures for this acute injury. The reversal of trends has also been corroborated by recent multicenter trials demonstrating no difference in clinical outcomes between operative and nonoperative treatment of high grade AC joint dislocations, albeit these patients were not all high level overhead throwing athletes.17,18
Continue to: The trends in surgical interventions are notable...
The trends in surgical interventions are notable within the smaller subset of patients who are indicated for operative repair. Use of hardware and primary ligament repair, while popular in the surveys conducted in the 1970s10 and 1990s13 and even present in Nissen and Chatterjee’s20 2007 survey, were noticeably absent from our survey results, with the majority of respondents preferring open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. The role of distal clavicle excision has also expanded, from 23% of team physicians recommending it in 199713 to 57% to 59% in Nissen and Chatterjee’s20 2007 survey, to 66.7% in our series. This trend is not surprising as several recent cadaveric biomechanical studies have demonstrated that not only do peak graft forces not increase significantly,21 the anterior-posterior and superior-inferior motion at the AC joint following ligament reconstruction is maintained despite resection of the lateral clavicle.22 Additionally, primary distal clavicle excision may prevent the development of post-traumatic arthritis at the AC joint and osteolysis of the distal clavicle as a possible pain generator in the future.23 However, some respondents cautioned against performing a concomitant distal clavicle excision, as some biomechanical data demonstrate that resecting the distal clavicle may lead to increased horizontal translation at the AC joint despite intact superior and posterior AC capsules.24 Professional baseball pitchers may also be more lax and thus prone to more instability. Primary repair or reconstruction may not always lead to complete pre-injury stability in these individuals. This subtle unrecognized instability is hard to diagnosis and may be a persistent source of pain; thus, adding a distal clavicle excision may actually exacerbate the instability.
The nuanced indications for operative intervention, such as the presence of associated lesions were not captured by our survey.25 While most team physicians cited functional limitations as their most common reason for offering surgery, several MLB orthopedic surgeons also commented on evaluating the stability of the AC joint after a grade III injury, akin to the consensus statement from the International Society of Arthroscopy, Knee Surgery and Orthopaedic Sports Medicine (ISAKOS) Upper Extremity Committee26 in 2014 that diversified the Rockwood Grade III AC joint separation into its IIIA and IIIB classifications. The ISAKOS recommendations include initial conservative management and a second evaluation (both clinical and radiographic) for grade III lesions 3 to 6 weeks after the injury. However, as professional baseball is an incredibly profitable sport with an annual revenue approaching $9.5 billion27 and pitching salaries up to $32.5 million in 2015, serious financial considerations must be given to players who wish to avoid undergoing delayed surgery.
This study has shortcomings typical of expert opinion papers. The retrospective nature of this study places the data at risk of recall bias. Objective data (eg, terminal ROM, pain relief, and return to play) were obtained from a retrospective chart review; however, no standard documentation or collection method was used given the number of surgeons involved and, thus, conclusions based on treatment outcomes are imperfect. Another major weakness of this survey is the relatively small number of patients and respondents. An a priori power analysis was not available, as this was a retrospective review. A comparative trial will be necessary to definitively support one treatment over another. Assuming a 95% return to play in the nonoperatively treated group, approximately 300 patients would be needed in a prospective 2-armed study with 80% power to detect a 10% reduction in the incidence of return to play using an alpha level of 0.05 and assuming no loss to follow-up. This sample size would be difficult to achieve in this patient population.
However, compared to past series,13 the number of professional baseball players treated by the collective experience of these MLB team physicians is the largest reported to date. As suggested above, the rarity of this condition in elite athletes precludes the ability to have matched controls to definitively determine the optimal treatment, which may explain the lack of difference in the return to play, ROM, and pain relief outcomes. Instead, we can only extrapolate based on the collective anecdotal experience of the MLB team physicians.
CONCLUSION
Despite advances in surgical technique and understanding of throwing mechanics, the majority of MLB team physicians preferred nonoperative management for an acute grade III AC joint separation in a professional baseball pitcher. Open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction was preferred for those who preferred operative intervention. An increasing number of orthopedic surgeons now consider a distal clavicle excision as an adjunct procedure.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
ABSTRACT
Despite advancements in surgical technique and understanding of throwing mechanics, controversy persists regarding the treatment of grade III acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations, particularly in throwing athletes. Twenty-eight major league baseball (MLB) orthopedic team physicians were surveyed to determine their definitive management of a grade III AC separation in the dominant arm of a professional baseball pitcher and their experience treating AC joint separations in starting pitchers and position players. Return-to-play outcomes were also evaluated. Twenty (71.4%) team physicians recommended nonoperative intervention compared to 8 (28.6%) who would have operated acutely. Eighteen (64.3%) team physicians had treated at least 1 professional pitcher with a grade III AC separation; 51 (77.3%) pitchers had been treated nonoperatively compared to 15 (22.7%) operatively. No difference was observed in the proportion of pitchers who returned to the same level of play (P = .54), had full, unrestricted range of motion (P = .23), or had full pain relief (P = .19) between the operatively and nonoperatively treated MLB pitchers. The majority (53.6%) of physicians would not include an injection if the injury was treated nonoperatively. Open coracoclavicular reconstruction (65.2%) was preferred for operative cases; 66.7% of surgeons would also include distal clavicle excision as an adjunct procedure. About 90% of physicians would return pitchers to throwing >12 weeks after surgery compared to after 4 to 6 weeks in nonoperatively treated cases. In conclusion, MLB team physicians preferred nonoperative management for an acute grade III AC joint separation in professional pitchers. If operative intervention is required, ligament reconstruction with adjunct distal clavicle excision were the most commonly performed procedures.
Continue to: Despite advancements in surgucal technique...
Despite advancements in surgical technique and improved understanding of the physiology of throwing mechanics, controversy persists regarding the preferred treatment for grade III acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations.1-6 Nonsurgical management has demonstrated return to prior function with fewer complications.7 However, there is a growing body of evidence demonstrating that surgical intervention is associated with more favorable outcomes8 and should be considered in patients who place high functional demands on their shoulders.9
The reported results on professional athletes in the literature remain ambivalent. Multiple small case reports/series have reported successful nonoperative treatment of elite athletes.10-12 Not surprisingly, McFarland and colleagues13 reported in 1997 that 69% of major league baseball (MLB) team physicians preferred nonoperative treatment for a theoretical starting pitcher sustaining a grade III AC separation 1 week prior to the start of the season. In contrast, reports of an inability to throw at a pre-injury level are equally commonplace.14,15 Nevertheless, all of these studies were limited to small cohorts, as the incidence of grade III AC separations in elite throwing athletes is relatively uncommon.13,16
In this study, we re-evaluated the study performed by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997 by surveying all active MLB team orthopedic surgeons. We asked them how they would treat a grade III AC separation in a starting professional baseball pitcher. The physicians were also asked about their personal experience evaluating outcomes in these elite athletes. Given our improved understanding of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and surgical techniques for treating grade III AC separations, we hypothesize that more MLB team physicians would favor operative intervention treatment in professional baseball pitchers, as their vocation places higher demands on their shoulders.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
A questionnaire (Appendix A) was distributed to the team physicians of all 30 MLB teams. In addition to surgeon demographics, including age, years in practice, and years of taking care of an MLB team, the initial section of the questionnaire asked orthopedic surgeons how they would treat a theoretical starting pitcher who sustained a grade III AC joint separation of the dominant throwing arm 1 week prior to the start of the season. Physicians who preferred nonoperative treatment were asked whether they would use an injection (and what type), as well as when they would allow the pitcher to start a progressive interval throwing program. Physicians who preferred operative treatment were asked to rank their indications for operating, what procedure they would use (eg, open vs arthroscopic or coracoclavicular ligament repair vs reconstruction), and whether the surgical intervention would include distal clavicle excision. Both groups of physicians were also asked if their preferred treatment would change if the injury were to occur at the end of the season.
The second portion of the questionnaire asked surgeons about their experience treating AC joint separations in both starting pitchers and position players, as well as to describe the long-term outcomes of their preferred treatment, including time to return to full clearance for pitching, whether their patients returned to their prior level of play, and whether these patients had full pain relief. Finally, physicians were asked if any of the nonoperatively treated players ultimately crossed over and required operative intervention.
Continue to: Statistics...
STATISTICS
Descriptive statistics were used for continuous variables, and frequencies were used for categorical variables. Linear regression was performed to determine the correlation between the physician’s training or experience in treating AC joint separations and their recommended treatment. Fischer’s exact test/chi-square analysis was used to compare categorical variables. All tests were conducted using 2-sided hypothesis testing with statistical significance set at P < .05. All statistical analyses were conducted with SPSS 21.0 software (IBM Corporation).
RESULTS
A total of 28 MLB team physicians completed the questionnaires from 18 of the 30 MLB teams. The average age of the responders was 50.5 years (range, 34-60 years), with an average of 18.2 years in practice (range, 2-30 years) and 10.8 years (range, 1-24 years) taking care of their current professional baseball team. About 82% of the team physicians completed a sports medicine fellowship. On average, physicians saw 16.6 (range, 5-50) grade III or higher AC joint separations per year, and operated on 4.6 (range, 0-10) per year.
Nonoperative treatment was the preferred treatment for a grade III AC joint separation in a starting professional baseball pitcher for the majority of team physicians (20/28). No correlation was observed between the physician’s age (P = .881), years in practice (P = .915), years taking care of their professional team (P = .989), percentage of practice focused on shoulders (P = .986), number of AC joint injuries seen (P = .325), or number of surgeries performed per year (P = .807) with the team physician’s preferred treatment. Compared to the proportion reported originally by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997 (69%), there was no difference in the proportion of team physicians that recommended nonoperative treatment (P = 1).
If treating this injury nonoperatively, 46.4% of physicians would also use an injection, with orthobiologics (eg, platelet-rich plasma) as the most popular choice (Table 1). No consensus was provided on the timeframe to return pitchers back to a progressive interval throwing program; however, 46.67% of physicians would return pitchers 4 to 6 weeks after a nonoperatively treated injury, while 35.7% would return pitchers 7 to 12 weeks after the initial injury.
Table 1. Treatment Preferences of Grade III AC Separation by MLB Team Physicians
Nonoperativea | |
Yes injection | 13 (46.4%) |
Cortisone | 3 (23.1%) |
Orthobiologic | 10 (76.9%) |
Local anesthetic (eg, lidocaine) | 1 (7.7%) |
Intramuscular toradol | 3 (23.1%) |
No injection | 15 (53.6%) |
Operativea | |
Open coracoclavicular ligament repair | 3 (13.0%) |
Open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction | 15 (65.2%) |
Arthroscopic reconstruction with graft | 6 (26.1%) |
Arthroscopic repair with implant (ie, tight-rope) | 2 (8.7%) |
Distal clavicle excisionb | 16 (66.7%) |
Would not intervene operatively | 5 (17.9%) |
|
|
aRespondents were allowed to choose more than 1 treatment in each category. bChosen as an adjunct treatment.
Abbreviations: AC, acromioclavicular; MLB, major league baseball.
Most physicians (64.3%) cited functional limitations as the most important reason for indicating operative treatment, followed by pain (21.4%), and a deformity (14.3%). About 65% preferred open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. No physician recommended the Weaver-Dunn procedure or use of hardware (eg, hook plate). Of those who preferred an operative intervention, 66.7% would also include a distal clavicle excision, which is significantly higher than the proportion reported by McFarland and colleagues13 (23%, P = .0170). About 90% of physicians would return pitchers to play >12 weeks after operative treatment.
Continue to: If the injury occurred at the end ...
If the injury occurred at the end of the season, 7 of the 20 orthopedists (35%) who recommended nonoperative treatment said they would change to an operative intervention. Eighteen of 28 responders would have the same algorithm for MLB position players. Team physicians were less likely to recommend operative intervention in position players due to less demand on the arm and increased ability to accommodate the injury by altering their throwing mechanics.
Eighteen (64%) of the team physicians had treated at least 1 professional pitcher with a grade III AC separation in his dominant arm, and 11 (39.3%) had treated >1. Collectively, team physicians had treated 15 professional pitchers operatively, and 51 nonoperatively; only 3 patients converted to operative intervention after a failed nonoperative treatment.
Of the pitchers treated operatively, 93.3% (14) of pitchers returned to their prior level of pitching. The 1 patient who failed to return to the same level of pitching retired instead of returning to play. About 80% (12) of the pitchers had full pain relief, and 93.3% (14) had full range of motion (ROM). The pitcher who failed to regain full ROM also had a concomitant rotator cuff repair. The only complication reported from an operative intervention was a pitcher who sustained a coracoid fracture 10 months postoperatively while throwing 100 mph. Of the pitchers treated nonoperatively, 96% returned to their prior level of pitching, 92.2% (47) had full complete pain relief when throwing, and 100% had full ROM. No differences were observed between the proportion of pitchers who returned to their prior level of pitching, regained full ROM, or had full pain relief in the operative and nonoperative groups (Table 2).
Table 2. Outcomes of Treatment of Grade III AC Separation in 58 Professional Baseball Players
| Operative | Nonoperative | P-value |
Return to same level of play | 14/15 (93.3%) | 49/51 (96%) | 0.54 |
Full pain relief | 12/15 (80%) | 47/51 (92.2%) | 0.19 |
Full ROM | 14/15 (93.3%) | 51/51 (100%) | 0.23 |
Abbreviations: AC, acromioclavicular; ROM, range of motion.
DISCUSSION
Controversy persists regarding the optimal management of acute grade III AC separations, with the current available evidence potentially suggesting better cosmetic and radiological results but no definite differences in clinical results.1-6,17,18 In the absence of formal clinical practice guidelines, surgeons rely on their own experience or defer to the anecdotal experience of experts in the field. Our initial hypothesis was false in this survey of MLB team physicians taking care of overhead throwing athletes at the highest level. Our results demonstrate that despite improved techniques and an increased understanding of the pathophysiology of AC joint separations, conservative management is still the preferred treatment for acute grade III AC joint separations in professional baseball pitchers. The proportion of team physicians recommending nonoperative treatment in our series was essentially equivalent to the results reported by McFarland and colleagues13 in 1997, suggesting that the pendulum continues to favor conservative management initially. This status quo likely reflects both the dearth of literature suggesting a substantial benefit of acute operative repair, as well as the ability to accommodate with conservative measures after most grade III AC injuries, even at the highest level of athletic competition.
These results are also consistent with trends from the last few decades. In the 1970s, the overwhelming preference for treating an acute complete AC joint separation was surgical repair, with Powers and Bach10 reporting in a 1974 survey of 163 chairmen of orthopedic programs around the country that 91.5% advocated surgical treatment. However, surgical preference had reversed by the 1990s. Of the 187 chairmen and 59 team physicians surveyed by Cox19 in 1992, 72% and 86% respectively preferred nonoperative treatment in a theoretical 21-year-old athlete with a grade III AC separation. Nissen and Chatterjee20 reported in 2007 on a survey of all American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine surgeons (N = 577) and Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education orthopedic program residency directors (N = 87) that >80% of responders preferred conservative measures for this acute injury. The reversal of trends has also been corroborated by recent multicenter trials demonstrating no difference in clinical outcomes between operative and nonoperative treatment of high grade AC joint dislocations, albeit these patients were not all high level overhead throwing athletes.17,18
Continue to: The trends in surgical interventions are notable...
The trends in surgical interventions are notable within the smaller subset of patients who are indicated for operative repair. Use of hardware and primary ligament repair, while popular in the surveys conducted in the 1970s10 and 1990s13 and even present in Nissen and Chatterjee’s20 2007 survey, were noticeably absent from our survey results, with the majority of respondents preferring open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. The role of distal clavicle excision has also expanded, from 23% of team physicians recommending it in 199713 to 57% to 59% in Nissen and Chatterjee’s20 2007 survey, to 66.7% in our series. This trend is not surprising as several recent cadaveric biomechanical studies have demonstrated that not only do peak graft forces not increase significantly,21 the anterior-posterior and superior-inferior motion at the AC joint following ligament reconstruction is maintained despite resection of the lateral clavicle.22 Additionally, primary distal clavicle excision may prevent the development of post-traumatic arthritis at the AC joint and osteolysis of the distal clavicle as a possible pain generator in the future.23 However, some respondents cautioned against performing a concomitant distal clavicle excision, as some biomechanical data demonstrate that resecting the distal clavicle may lead to increased horizontal translation at the AC joint despite intact superior and posterior AC capsules.24 Professional baseball pitchers may also be more lax and thus prone to more instability. Primary repair or reconstruction may not always lead to complete pre-injury stability in these individuals. This subtle unrecognized instability is hard to diagnosis and may be a persistent source of pain; thus, adding a distal clavicle excision may actually exacerbate the instability.
The nuanced indications for operative intervention, such as the presence of associated lesions were not captured by our survey.25 While most team physicians cited functional limitations as their most common reason for offering surgery, several MLB orthopedic surgeons also commented on evaluating the stability of the AC joint after a grade III injury, akin to the consensus statement from the International Society of Arthroscopy, Knee Surgery and Orthopaedic Sports Medicine (ISAKOS) Upper Extremity Committee26 in 2014 that diversified the Rockwood Grade III AC joint separation into its IIIA and IIIB classifications. The ISAKOS recommendations include initial conservative management and a second evaluation (both clinical and radiographic) for grade III lesions 3 to 6 weeks after the injury. However, as professional baseball is an incredibly profitable sport with an annual revenue approaching $9.5 billion27 and pitching salaries up to $32.5 million in 2015, serious financial considerations must be given to players who wish to avoid undergoing delayed surgery.
This study has shortcomings typical of expert opinion papers. The retrospective nature of this study places the data at risk of recall bias. Objective data (eg, terminal ROM, pain relief, and return to play) were obtained from a retrospective chart review; however, no standard documentation or collection method was used given the number of surgeons involved and, thus, conclusions based on treatment outcomes are imperfect. Another major weakness of this survey is the relatively small number of patients and respondents. An a priori power analysis was not available, as this was a retrospective review. A comparative trial will be necessary to definitively support one treatment over another. Assuming a 95% return to play in the nonoperatively treated group, approximately 300 patients would be needed in a prospective 2-armed study with 80% power to detect a 10% reduction in the incidence of return to play using an alpha level of 0.05 and assuming no loss to follow-up. This sample size would be difficult to achieve in this patient population.
However, compared to past series,13 the number of professional baseball players treated by the collective experience of these MLB team physicians is the largest reported to date. As suggested above, the rarity of this condition in elite athletes precludes the ability to have matched controls to definitively determine the optimal treatment, which may explain the lack of difference in the return to play, ROM, and pain relief outcomes. Instead, we can only extrapolate based on the collective anecdotal experience of the MLB team physicians.
CONCLUSION
Despite advances in surgical technique and understanding of throwing mechanics, the majority of MLB team physicians preferred nonoperative management for an acute grade III AC joint separation in a professional baseball pitcher. Open coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction was preferred for those who preferred operative intervention. An increasing number of orthopedic surgeons now consider a distal clavicle excision as an adjunct procedure.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Spencer EE Jr. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular joint injuries: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;455:38-44. doi:10.1097/BLO.0b013e318030df83.
- Ceccarelli E, Bondì R, Alviti F, Garofalo R, Miulli F, Padua R. Treatment of acute grade III acromioclavicular dislocation: A lack of evidence. J Orthop Traumatol. 2008;9(2):105-108. doi:10.1007/s10195-008-0013-7.
- Smith TO, Chester R, Pearse EO, Hing CB. Operative versus non-operative management following rockwood grade III acromioclavicular separation: a meta-analysis of the current evidence base. J Orthop Traumatol. 2011;12(1):19-27. doi:10.1007/s10195-011-0127-1.
- Beitzel K, Cote MP, Apostolakos J, et al. Current concepts in the treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(2):387-397. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2012.11.023.
- Korsten K, Gunning AC, Leenen LP. Operative or conservative treatment in patients with rockwood type III acromioclavicular dislocation: a systematic review and update of current literature. Int Orthop. 2014;38(4):831-838. doi:10.1007/s00264-013-2143-7.
- Modi CS, Beazley J, Zywiel MG, Lawrence TM, Veillette CJ. Controversies relating to the management of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Bone Joint J. 2013;95-B(12):1595-1602. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.95B12.31802.
- Reid D, Polson K, Johnson L. Acromioclavicular joint separations grades I-III: a review of the literature and development of best practice guidelines. Sports Med. 2012;42(8):681-696. doi:10.2165/11633460-000000000-00000.
- Farber AJ, Cascio BM, Wilckens JH. Type III acromioclavicular separation: rationale for anatomical reconstruction. Am J Orthop. 2008;37(7):349-355.
- Li X, Ma R, Bedi A, Dines DM, Altchek DW, Dines JS. Management of acromioclavicular joint injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(1):73-84. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00734.
- Powers JA, Bach PJ. Acromioclavicular separations. Closed or open treatment? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1974;104(104):213-223. doi:10.1097/00003086-197410000-00024.
- Glick JM, Milburn LJ, Haggerty JF, Nishimoto D. Dislocated acromioclavicular joint: follow-up study of 35 unreduced acromioclavicular dislocations. Am J Sports Med. 1977;5(6):264-270. doi:10.1177/036354657700500614.
- Watson ST, Wyland DJ. Return to play after nonoperative management for a severe type III acromioclavicular separation in the throwing shoulder of a collegiate pitcher. Phys Sportsmed. 2015;43(1):99-103. doi:10.1080/00913847.2015.1001937.
- McFarland EG, Blivin SJ, Doehring CB, Curl LA, Silberstein C. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular separations in professional throwing athletes: results of a survey. Am J Orthop. 1997;26(11):771-774.
- Wojtys EM, Nelson G. Conservative treatment of grade III acromioclavicular dislocations. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1991;268(268):112-119.
- Galpin RD, Hawkins RJ, Grainger RW. A comparative analysis of operative versus nonoperative treatment of grade III acromioclavicular separations. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1985;193(193):150-155. doi:10.1097/00003086-198503000-00020.
- Pallis M, Cameron KL, Svoboda SJ, Owens BD. Epidemiology of acromioclavicular joint injury in young athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(9):2072-2077. doi:10.1177/0363546512450162.
- Canadian Orthopaedic Trauma Society. Multicenter randomized clinical trial of nonoperative versus operative treatment of acute acromio-clavicular joint dislocation. J Orthop Trauma. 2015;29(11):479-487. doi:10.1097/BOT.0000000000000437.
- Joukainen A, Kröger H, Niemitukia L, Mäkelä EA, Väätäinen U. Results of operative and nonoperative treatment of rockwood types III and V acromioclavicular joint dislocation: a prospective, randomized trial with an 18- to 20-year follow-up. Orthop J Sports Med. 2014;2(12):2325967114560130. doi:10.1177/2325967114560130.
- Cox JS. Current method of treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Orthopedics. 1992;15(9):1041-1044.
- Nissen CW, Chatterjee A. Type III acromioclavicular separation: results of a recent survey on its management. Am J Orthop. 2007;36(2):89-93.
- Kowalsky MS, Kremenic IJ, Orishimo KF, McHugh MP, Nicholas SJ, Lee SJ. The effect of distal clavicle excision on in situ graft forces in coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(11):2313-2319. doi:10.1177/0363546510374447.
- Beaver AB, Parks BG, Hinton RY. Biomechanical analysis of distal clavicle excision with acromioclavicular joint reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(7):1684-1688. doi:10.1177/0363546513488750.
- Mumford EB. Acromioclavicular dislocation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1941;23:799-802.
- Beitzel K, Sablan N, Chowaniec DM, et al. Sequential resection of the distal clavicle and its effects on horizontal acromioclavicular joint translation. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):681-685. doi:10.1177/0363546511428880.
- Arrigoni P, Brady PC, Zottarelli L, et al. Associated lesions requiring additional surgical treatment in grade 3 acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(1):6-10. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.10.006.
- Beitzel K, Mazzocca AD, Bak K, et al. ISAKOS upper extremity committee consensus statement on the need for diversification of the rockwood classification for acromioclavicular joint injuries. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(2):271-278. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.11.005.
- Brown M. MLB sees record revenues for 2015, up $500 million and approaching $9.5 billion. Forbes Web site. http://www.forbes.com/sites/maurybrown/2015/12/04/mlb-sees-record-revenu.... Published December 4, 2015. Accessed February 4, 2016.
- Spencer EE Jr. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular joint injuries: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2007;455:38-44. doi:10.1097/BLO.0b013e318030df83.
- Ceccarelli E, Bondì R, Alviti F, Garofalo R, Miulli F, Padua R. Treatment of acute grade III acromioclavicular dislocation: A lack of evidence. J Orthop Traumatol. 2008;9(2):105-108. doi:10.1007/s10195-008-0013-7.
- Smith TO, Chester R, Pearse EO, Hing CB. Operative versus non-operative management following rockwood grade III acromioclavicular separation: a meta-analysis of the current evidence base. J Orthop Traumatol. 2011;12(1):19-27. doi:10.1007/s10195-011-0127-1.
- Beitzel K, Cote MP, Apostolakos J, et al. Current concepts in the treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(2):387-397. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2012.11.023.
- Korsten K, Gunning AC, Leenen LP. Operative or conservative treatment in patients with rockwood type III acromioclavicular dislocation: a systematic review and update of current literature. Int Orthop. 2014;38(4):831-838. doi:10.1007/s00264-013-2143-7.
- Modi CS, Beazley J, Zywiel MG, Lawrence TM, Veillette CJ. Controversies relating to the management of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Bone Joint J. 2013;95-B(12):1595-1602. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.95B12.31802.
- Reid D, Polson K, Johnson L. Acromioclavicular joint separations grades I-III: a review of the literature and development of best practice guidelines. Sports Med. 2012;42(8):681-696. doi:10.2165/11633460-000000000-00000.
- Farber AJ, Cascio BM, Wilckens JH. Type III acromioclavicular separation: rationale for anatomical reconstruction. Am J Orthop. 2008;37(7):349-355.
- Li X, Ma R, Bedi A, Dines DM, Altchek DW, Dines JS. Management of acromioclavicular joint injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(1):73-84. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00734.
- Powers JA, Bach PJ. Acromioclavicular separations. Closed or open treatment? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1974;104(104):213-223. doi:10.1097/00003086-197410000-00024.
- Glick JM, Milburn LJ, Haggerty JF, Nishimoto D. Dislocated acromioclavicular joint: follow-up study of 35 unreduced acromioclavicular dislocations. Am J Sports Med. 1977;5(6):264-270. doi:10.1177/036354657700500614.
- Watson ST, Wyland DJ. Return to play after nonoperative management for a severe type III acromioclavicular separation in the throwing shoulder of a collegiate pitcher. Phys Sportsmed. 2015;43(1):99-103. doi:10.1080/00913847.2015.1001937.
- McFarland EG, Blivin SJ, Doehring CB, Curl LA, Silberstein C. Treatment of grade III acromioclavicular separations in professional throwing athletes: results of a survey. Am J Orthop. 1997;26(11):771-774.
- Wojtys EM, Nelson G. Conservative treatment of grade III acromioclavicular dislocations. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1991;268(268):112-119.
- Galpin RD, Hawkins RJ, Grainger RW. A comparative analysis of operative versus nonoperative treatment of grade III acromioclavicular separations. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1985;193(193):150-155. doi:10.1097/00003086-198503000-00020.
- Pallis M, Cameron KL, Svoboda SJ, Owens BD. Epidemiology of acromioclavicular joint injury in young athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(9):2072-2077. doi:10.1177/0363546512450162.
- Canadian Orthopaedic Trauma Society. Multicenter randomized clinical trial of nonoperative versus operative treatment of acute acromio-clavicular joint dislocation. J Orthop Trauma. 2015;29(11):479-487. doi:10.1097/BOT.0000000000000437.
- Joukainen A, Kröger H, Niemitukia L, Mäkelä EA, Väätäinen U. Results of operative and nonoperative treatment of rockwood types III and V acromioclavicular joint dislocation: a prospective, randomized trial with an 18- to 20-year follow-up. Orthop J Sports Med. 2014;2(12):2325967114560130. doi:10.1177/2325967114560130.
- Cox JS. Current method of treatment of acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Orthopedics. 1992;15(9):1041-1044.
- Nissen CW, Chatterjee A. Type III acromioclavicular separation: results of a recent survey on its management. Am J Orthop. 2007;36(2):89-93.
- Kowalsky MS, Kremenic IJ, Orishimo KF, McHugh MP, Nicholas SJ, Lee SJ. The effect of distal clavicle excision on in situ graft forces in coracoclavicular ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(11):2313-2319. doi:10.1177/0363546510374447.
- Beaver AB, Parks BG, Hinton RY. Biomechanical analysis of distal clavicle excision with acromioclavicular joint reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(7):1684-1688. doi:10.1177/0363546513488750.
- Mumford EB. Acromioclavicular dislocation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1941;23:799-802.
- Beitzel K, Sablan N, Chowaniec DM, et al. Sequential resection of the distal clavicle and its effects on horizontal acromioclavicular joint translation. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):681-685. doi:10.1177/0363546511428880.
- Arrigoni P, Brady PC, Zottarelli L, et al. Associated lesions requiring additional surgical treatment in grade 3 acromioclavicular joint dislocations. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(1):6-10. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.10.006.
- Beitzel K, Mazzocca AD, Bak K, et al. ISAKOS upper extremity committee consensus statement on the need for diversification of the rockwood classification for acromioclavicular joint injuries. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(2):271-278. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2013.11.005.
- Brown M. MLB sees record revenues for 2015, up $500 million and approaching $9.5 billion. Forbes Web site. http://www.forbes.com/sites/maurybrown/2015/12/04/mlb-sees-record-revenu.... Published December 4, 2015. Accessed February 4, 2016.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- There was no difference in return to previous level of play between professional pitchers treated nonoperatively and operatively for grade III AC separation.
- MLB team physicians prefer nonoperative management for acute grade III AC joint separation in professional pitchers.
- The majority of MLB physicians do not use injections for nonoperative treatment of grade III AC separations; however, use of orthobiologics (eg, PRP) is becoming more commonplace.
- Persistent functional limitations and pain are the most common surgical indications for treatment of grade III AC separation in high level throwing athletes.
- If operative intervention is indicated for grade III AC separation, open coracoclavicular reconstruction and adjunct distal clavicle excision are preferred by most MLB team physicians.
Biomechanical Analysis of a Novel Buried Fixation Technique Using Headless Compression Screws for the Treatment of Patella Fractures
ABSTRACT
The traditional technique for patella fracture fixation utilizes prominent hardware. Prominent hardware use, however, results in a high rate of reoperation for symptomatic implant removal. This biomechanical study evaluates the effectiveness of a novel patella fixation technique that minimizes implant prominence.
Patellar transverse osteotomies were created in 13 pairs of cadaveric knees. Paired knees were assigned to either standard fixation (SF) using cannulated partially threaded screws and stainless steel wire tension band, or buried fixation (BF) using headless compression screws with a No. 2 FiberWire tension band and a No. 5 FiberWire cerclage suture. Quadriceps tendons were cyclically loaded to full extension followed by load to failure. The gap across the fracture site, stiffness, and load to failure were measured.
The differences in stiffness and load to failure between the 2 groups were not statistically significant. During cyclic loading, significantly greater gapping was observed across the fracture site in the BF group compared with SF group (P < .05).
Both constructs failed under loads that exceeded typical loads experienced during the postoperative rehabilitation period. Nevertheless, the BF technique demonstrated larger gap formation and a reduced load to failure than the SF technique. Further clinical studies are therefore underway to determine whether the use of constructs with decreased stability but increased patient comfort could improve clinical outcomes and reduce reoperation rates.
Continue to: Patella fractures are common...
Patella fractures are common injuries that can cause considerable disability to the knee extensor apparatus.1-3 Transverse patella fractures are the most common fracture pattern associated with patella fractures.{Harrell, 2003 #3}2 Given that the patella plays a crucial role in knee extensor biomechanics, its proper integrity is vital for physiological knee motion and ambulation.4 Traditionally, patella fractures with >2 mm of displacement have been managed with cannulated screws or Kirschner wires (K-wires) and a stainless-steel wire tension band.5-9 The goal in the treatment of patellar fractures is to reduce fracture fragments accurately and to minimize additional insults to the articular cartilage.10
Despite advances in surgical protocols and acceptable radiographic outcomes, functional impairment remains common after the treatment of patella fractures. Functional impairment includes knee pain, screw head pain, implant removal, wire breakage, and patella baja.1 The need for implant removal is one of the most common complications following the open reduction internal fixation of patella fractures.2,11 The subcutaneous and exposed nature of the patella in conjunction with soft tissue irritation resulting from standard fixation (SF) predisposes the patient toward prominence and discomfort with the retained implant. Although nonunion rates are low, the rate of implant removal can reach as high as 52%.2,10-12 To overcome some of these complications, we designed a novel buried fixation (BF) method for the treatment of transverse fractures. Our method minimizes the amount of exposed implant to improve patient comfort and potentially reduce the need for future implant removal. These effects are achieved by using headless compression screws and nonabsorbable sutures to attenuate the soft tissue irritation associated with traditional fixation.13 While our novel technique has demonstrated improved clinical results, it has not been tested biomechanically against a traditional fixation technique. Therefore, this study aims to evaluate and compare the structural integrity of our novel BF technique with that of the standard technique that uses cannulated screws and wire tension band. We hypothesized that the stability provided by our technique would be similar to that provided by SF for transverse patella fractures.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
SPECIMEN PREPARATION
Thirteen matched pairs of fresh-frozen human cadaveric knees were obtained from a Cedars-Sinai approved tissue bank. Specimens were cut midfemur and were intact to the foot. Legs with major structural bony or ligamentous abnormalities, extensor mechanism disruption, or septic knees were excluded from testing. To assess the bone quality of each specimen prior to testing, dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry was performed using a GE Lunar iDXA scanner (GE Healthcare). Specimens were stored at −30°C and thawed at room temperature for 24 hours prior to biomechanical testing.
A midline anterior approach to the patella was performed, and the extensor retinaculum, quadriceps tendon, and patellar tendon were exposed. A digital caliper was used to measure the craniocaudal and mediolateral dimensions of the patella, and a transverse osteotomy (Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Osteosynthesefragen/Orthopaedic Trauma Association [AO/OTA] type 34-C1) was created at the midway point between superior and inferior poles by using an oscillating saw. The retinaculum was then incised to the level of the midaxial line of the femur. One leg from each matched pair was allocated to the SF group, and the other was allocated to the BF group. Left and right legs were alternately assigned to each group to ensure that laterality was balanced between the 2 groups.
SURGICAL TECHNIQUE
The repair of the specimens in the SF group involved the use of 2 parallel 4.0-mm partially threaded cannulated screws (Acumed) and an 18-gauge monofilament steel wire (Ethicon) in a figure-eight tension band (Figure 1A). The repair of the specimens in the BF group involved the use of 2 parallel standard Acutrak headless compression screws (Acumed), a No. 2 FiberWire (Arthrex) in a figure-eight tension band, and a No. 5 FiberWire (Arthrex) was applied as cerclage around the patella (Figure 1B).
Continue to: Mechanical testing...
MECHANICAL TESTING
Mechanical testing was performed on a biaxial 370.02 Bionix Testing System (MTS Systems Corp.). The femur was rigidly and horizontally secured to a custom-built test frame, and the lower leg was left free to move. The quadriceps tendon was secured in a freeze clamp and was attached to the MTS actuator for loading via a pulley system such that raising the actuator was translated into a simulated quadriceps extensor force.
A differential variable reluctance transducer (DVRT) (Lord MicroStrain) was placed across the osteotomy site to measure the distraction, or gap, across the fracture line. The minimum load to full extension for each specimen was then determined under a slow, controlled increase in load until the leg was in a fully extended position. Any distraction across the fracture line during the initial loading phase was determined by using digital calipers. The specimen was then subjected to a preconditioning phase with 10 cycles from 0 N to full extension under the previously determined load, which was applied at the rate of 5 N/s. Meanwhile, displacement across the fracture site was recorded via the DVRT. Following the preconditioning phase, each specimen was then tested to failure in displacement control at the rate of 1.5 mm/s. Failure was defined as implant failure (screw pullout) or DVRT gapping across the osteotomy site >3 mm.10,14
Outcome measures included stiffness (N/mm), which was calculated as the slope of the linear change in load from full extension to failure vs DVRT displacement during the final loading phase; failure load (N); gapping (mm) across the osteotomy site at each cycle during the preconditioning phase; and failure mode (pullout vs >3.0 mm gap).
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
An a priori power analysis revealed that 13 knees per group would be required to obtain an α of 0.05 and a power of 0.80. This calculation was based on a 20% difference in fracture displacement calculated by using the standard deviation and mean previously reported for cannulated screws with nonabsorbable sutures.14
Means and standard deviations for all dependent outcome measures were computed and compared across the independent measure of fixation type (BF vs SF) through repeated measures Analysis of variance (ANOVA-GLM, SAS 9.3, SAS Institute, Inc.) after controlling for bone mineral density (BMD), gender, and age. Multivariate repeated-measures ANOVA with Tukey's studentized range was applied to cyclic gap data. The mode of failure was compared across fixation type (BF vs SF) for matched data using McNemar’s test. Intracorrelations were computed and examined over all data and separately on the basis of screw fixation type (BF vs SF). All tests were considered statistically significant when P < .05.
Continue to: Results...
RESULTS
Specimen donors were 46% (6/13) male with an average age of 78.5 years (±13.77; range, 56-91 years) and 54% (7/13) female with an average age of 76.57 years (±14.37; range, 59-102 years). Average BMD was significantly lower in female (0.71 ± 0.18) than in male specimens (1.15 ± 0.33) (P < .05).
The average load to full extension across all specimens was 272 N (±54; range, 160-360 N) and was well balanced across matched pairs (270 ± 56 N for BF and 273 ± 54 N for SF). Of the 13 BF specimens, 4 experienced distraction across the fracture line during the determination of the minimum load to full extension. This initial pretest gap was measured with digital calipers (average, 1.5 mm; range, 0.90-1.85 mm) and added as an offset to the respective DVRT displacement data recorded during testing.
The total number of specimens included in the displacement data calculations decreased from 13 to 11 per group because DVRT data were not recorded during cyclic loading for 1 specimen and were considered unreliable in another. The maximum displacement measured across the fracture site during cyclic loading was significantly higher in the BF (0.94 ± 1.21) group than in the SF group (0.19 ± 0.26) as shown in the Table. The average slope of the gap per cycle for each specimen was calculated and compared between the BF and SF groups. The BF group demonstrated a significantly greater increase in gap per cycle than the SF group (Figure 2). Stiffness during load to failure was calculated for all but 1 specimen that did not display any measurable displacement during the final loading cycle. The average final stiffness and failure load between the BF and SF groups were not significantly different (Table). An equal number of specimens in both groups failed through gapping (6/13) and pullout (7/13).
Table. Means and Standard Deviations of the Main Outcome Measures
| Standard Fixation | Buried Fixation | N | P-value |
Load at Failure (N) | 1112.78 ± 457.25 | 973.20 ± 321.38 | 13 | 0.265 |
Final Stiffness (N/mm) | 358.42 ± 165.45 | 445.33 ± 310.09 | 11 | 0.175 |
Max Cyclic Gap (mm) | 0.19 ± 0.26 | 0.94 ± 1.21 | 11 | 0.026a |
Pullout: Gap Failure (ratio) | 7:6 | 7:6 | 13 | NS |
aIndicates statistical significance (P < .05).
Abbreviation: NS, not significant.
Failure load was significantly positively correlated with BMD (R = 0.62, P < .001) when all specimens were grouped together. When analyzed separately, the SF group was significantly correlated with BMD (P < .01), whereas the BF group had a marginally significant correlation (P = .06) with BMD (Figure 3). In both groups, BMD was positively correlated with stiffness and negatively correlated with gapping. Neither of these trends, however, was significant.
Continue to: Discussion...
DISCUSSION
We proposed a novel BF technique for the treatment of noncomminuted transverse patella fractures. Our technique utilizes headless cannulated compression screws and nonabsorbable suture tension bands. We then biomechanically compared our proposed technique with an established fixation technique that uses partially threaded cannulated screws and stainless steel wire tension bands. We hypothesized that the mechanical response of the BF technique to cyclic and failure loading would be similar to that of the SF technique. Our results demonstrate a significant increase in gap formation across the fracture site among knees and an overall reduced load to failure in the BF group (Figure 2). Whether these inferior results manifest clinically is not yet established. Both constructs could withstand forces that are typically experienced during the postoperative period. Given the high rate of symptomatic implant removal associated with the traditional technique, the low-profile buried technique might be an attractive alternative that provides increased patient comfort but may require an extended period of postoperative protection against bony ingrowths.
Patellar fixation constructs that use a combination of cannulated screws and a wire tension band provide the best resistance to patella fracture displacement when compared with screws or wires alone.4,15 Although this combination is biomechanically favorable, the steel wire often causes the painful irritation of the surrounding soft tissues and can break or migrate, thus increasing the rates of implant removal surgery to as high as 52%.4,10,12,15 We developed our novel BF technique, which uses headless compression screws and a No. 2 FiberWire tension band, to address the high rates of reoperation and patient dissatisfaction associated with the SF technique.
Headless compression screws have been successfully used in the reduction and fixation of scaphoid fractures and sesamoid fractures.16,17 The pull-out strengths of these screws are comparable with those of other commonly used screws, such as Twinfix and Herbert-Whipple screws.16 Similarly, the strength of a No. 5 FiberWire is comparable with that of an 18-gauge stainless-steel wire.14,18 Several studies have also obtained good outcomes with nonmetallic constructs that use nonabsorbable sutures alone.19,20 In this study, we utilized a No. 2 FiberWire as the tension band. The use of the No. 2 FiberWire facilitated threading through headless cannulated screws and created a low-profile knot. However, the use of thin FiberWire, despite a No. 5 FiberWire cerclage, likely contributed to the increase in distraction across the fracture.
The highest patellofemoral joint reaction force during level walking is approximately 35 kg (half body weight), which is equivalent to 350 N.15,21,22 This force is similar to the average cyclic load used in this experiment (272 ± 54 N). Gapping increased in the BF group but did not reach the defined failure value of 3 mm, and the ultimate load to failure was relatively high across both groups (SF, 1123 N; BF, 973 N). These results suggest that both fixation methods can withstand the typical patellofemoral joint forces that are experienced during the postoperative period.4 In addition, in a clinical setting, patients are placed in hinged knee braces for at least 2 weeks to limit their flexion angle and to allow for healing and bony ingrowth. Postoperative knee-brace protection presumably increases the overall strength of the fixation.
The number of specimens (n = 26) evaluated in this study was greater than that used in other biomechanical patella fracture studies.14 Furthermore, none of our specimens were reused. Our study design was further strengthened given that fellowship-trained trauma surgeons performed all surgical procedures. Finally, the data collection and analysis of numerous clinically relevant factors, such as BMD, age, and cyclical loading, contributed to the comprehensive description of each technique with respect to patient-specific criteria.
Similar to all cadaveric studies, our data only represent the immediate postoperative condition and does not represent any healing that would occur during postoperative rehabilitation. Postoperative knee-brace protection and bone healing across the fracture site would likely strengthen both constructs in a clinical setting. In addition, the average age of our specimens is 77.5 years, and therefore does not best represent the age range (20-50 years) of the typical adult population affected by patella fractures.3,23,24 Finally, postsurgical reduction was confirmed through visual inspection and not through fluoroscopy as in a clinical setting. Radiographic images were obtained after each experiment only to confirm screw placement post facto (Figures 4A, 4B).

CONCLUSION
This study demonstrates the utility of a novel BF technique. Nevertheless, the proposed technique exhibited increased gapping and a lower load to failure than the current gold standard. The significance of these inferior results in clinical and functional settings has not been established. The proposed BF technique may be an appealing alternative to the SF technique given its low profile and potential to reduce the rates of future implant removal. Further studies on the long-term outcomes of patients treated through the BF technique are currently under way and will ultimately determine the utility of the proposed construct.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Lazaro LE, Wellman DS, Sauro G, et al. Outcomes after operative fixation of complete articular patellar fractures: assessment of functional impairment. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(14):e96 1-8. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00012.
- Bostman O, Kiviluoto O, Santavirta S, Nirhamo J, Wilppula E. Fractures of the patella treated by operation. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 1983;102(2):78-81.
- Gwinner C, Märdian S, Schwabe P, Schaser KD, Krapohl BD, Jung TM. Current concepts review: fractures of the patella. GMS Interdiscip Plast Reconstr Surg DGPW. 2016;5:Doc01. doi:10.3205/iprs000080.
- Carpenter JE, Kasman RA, Patel N, Lee ML, Goldstein SA. Biomechanical evaluation of current patella fracture fixation techniques. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(5):351-356.
- Patel VR, Parks BG, Wang Y, Ebert FR, Jinnah RH. Fixation of patella fractures with braided polyester suture: a biomechanical study. Injury. 2000;31(1):1-6.
- Harrell RM, Tong J, Weinhold PS, Dahners LE. Comparison of the mechanical properties of different tension band materials and suture techniques. J Orthop Trauma. 2003;17(2):119-122.
- Banks KE, Ambrose CG, Wheeless JS, Tissue CM, Sen M. An alternative patellar fracture fixation: a biomechanical study. J Orthop Trauma. 2013;27(6):345-351. doi:10.1097/BOT.0b013e31826623eb.
- Thelen S, Schneppendahl J, Baumgartner R, et al. Cyclic long-term loading of a bilateral fixed-angle plate in comparison with tension band wiring with K-wires or cannulated screws in transverse patella fractures. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(2):311-317. doi:10.1007/s00167-012-1999-1.
- Thelen S, Schneppendahl J, Jopen E, et al. Biomechanical cadaver testing of a fixed-angle plate in comparison to tension wiring and screw fixation in transverse patella fractures. Injury. 2012;43(8):1290-1295. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2012.04.020.
- LeBrun CT, Langford JR, Sagi HC. Functional outcomes after operatively treated patella fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 2012;26(7):422-426. doi:10.1097/BOT.0b013e318228c1a1.
- Dy CJ, Little MT, Berkes MB, et al. Meta-analysis of re-operation, nonunion, and infection after open reduction and internal fixation of patella fractures. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;73(4):928-932. doi:10.1097/TA.0b013e31825168b6.
- Smith ST, Cramer KE, Karges DE, Watson JT, Moed BR. Early complications in the operative treatment of patella fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(3):183-187.
- Berg EE. Open reduction internal fixation of displaced transverse patella fractures with figure-eight wiring through parallel cannulated compression screws. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(8):573-576.
- Bryant TL, Anderson CL, Stevens CG, Conrad BP, Vincent HK, Sadasivan KK. Comparison of cannulated screws with FiberWire or stainless steel wire for patella fracture fixation: A pilot study. J Orthop. 2015;12(2):92-96. doi:10.1016/j.jor.2014.04.011.
- Burvant JG, Thomas KA, Alexander R, Harris MB. Evaluation of methods of internal fixation of transverse patella fractures: a biomechanical study. J Orthop Trauma. 1994;8(2):147-153.
- Crawford LA, Powell ES, Trail IA. The fixation strength of scaphoid bone screws: an in vitro investigation using polyurethane foam. J Hand Surg Am. 2012;37(2):255-260. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2011.10.021.
- Eddy AL, Galuppo LD, Stover SM, Taylor KT, Jensen DG. A biomechanical comparison of headless tapered variable pitch compression and ao cortical bone screws for fixation of a simulated midbody transverse fracture of the proximal sesamoid bone in horses. Vet Surg. 2004;33(3):253-262. doi:10.1111/j.1532-950X.2004.04037.x.
- Camarda L, La Gattuta A, Butera M, Siragusa F, D'Arienzo M. FiberWire tension band for patellar fractures. J Orthop Traumatol. 2016;17(1):75-80. doi:10.1007/s10195-015-0359-6.
- Camarda L, Morello S, Balistreri F, D'Arienzo A, D'Arienzo M. Non-metallic implant for patellar fracture fixation: A systematic review. Injury. 2016;47(8):1613-1617. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.05.039.
- Han F, Pearce CJ, Ng DQ, et al. A double button adjustable loop device is biomechanically equivalent to tension band wire in the fixation of transverse patellar fractures-A cadaveric study. Injury. 2017;48(2):270-276. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.11.013.
- Reilly DT, Martens M. Experimental analysis of the quadriceps muscle force and patello-femoral joint reaction force for various activities. Acta Orthop Scand. 1972;43(2):126-137. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.11.013.
- Buff HU, Jones LC, Hungerford DS. Experimental determination of forces transmitted through the patello-femoral joint. J Biomech. 1988;21(1):17-23.
- Bostrom A. Fracture of the patella. A study of 422 patellar fractures. Acta Orthop Scand Suppl. 1972;143:1-80.
- Court-Brown CM, Caesar B. Epidemiology of adult fractures: A review. Injury. 2006;37(8):691-697. doi:10.1111/iwj.12675.
ABSTRACT
The traditional technique for patella fracture fixation utilizes prominent hardware. Prominent hardware use, however, results in a high rate of reoperation for symptomatic implant removal. This biomechanical study evaluates the effectiveness of a novel patella fixation technique that minimizes implant prominence.
Patellar transverse osteotomies were created in 13 pairs of cadaveric knees. Paired knees were assigned to either standard fixation (SF) using cannulated partially threaded screws and stainless steel wire tension band, or buried fixation (BF) using headless compression screws with a No. 2 FiberWire tension band and a No. 5 FiberWire cerclage suture. Quadriceps tendons were cyclically loaded to full extension followed by load to failure. The gap across the fracture site, stiffness, and load to failure were measured.
The differences in stiffness and load to failure between the 2 groups were not statistically significant. During cyclic loading, significantly greater gapping was observed across the fracture site in the BF group compared with SF group (P < .05).
Both constructs failed under loads that exceeded typical loads experienced during the postoperative rehabilitation period. Nevertheless, the BF technique demonstrated larger gap formation and a reduced load to failure than the SF technique. Further clinical studies are therefore underway to determine whether the use of constructs with decreased stability but increased patient comfort could improve clinical outcomes and reduce reoperation rates.
Continue to: Patella fractures are common...
Patella fractures are common injuries that can cause considerable disability to the knee extensor apparatus.1-3 Transverse patella fractures are the most common fracture pattern associated with patella fractures.{Harrell, 2003 #3}2 Given that the patella plays a crucial role in knee extensor biomechanics, its proper integrity is vital for physiological knee motion and ambulation.4 Traditionally, patella fractures with >2 mm of displacement have been managed with cannulated screws or Kirschner wires (K-wires) and a stainless-steel wire tension band.5-9 The goal in the treatment of patellar fractures is to reduce fracture fragments accurately and to minimize additional insults to the articular cartilage.10
Despite advances in surgical protocols and acceptable radiographic outcomes, functional impairment remains common after the treatment of patella fractures. Functional impairment includes knee pain, screw head pain, implant removal, wire breakage, and patella baja.1 The need for implant removal is one of the most common complications following the open reduction internal fixation of patella fractures.2,11 The subcutaneous and exposed nature of the patella in conjunction with soft tissue irritation resulting from standard fixation (SF) predisposes the patient toward prominence and discomfort with the retained implant. Although nonunion rates are low, the rate of implant removal can reach as high as 52%.2,10-12 To overcome some of these complications, we designed a novel buried fixation (BF) method for the treatment of transverse fractures. Our method minimizes the amount of exposed implant to improve patient comfort and potentially reduce the need for future implant removal. These effects are achieved by using headless compression screws and nonabsorbable sutures to attenuate the soft tissue irritation associated with traditional fixation.13 While our novel technique has demonstrated improved clinical results, it has not been tested biomechanically against a traditional fixation technique. Therefore, this study aims to evaluate and compare the structural integrity of our novel BF technique with that of the standard technique that uses cannulated screws and wire tension band. We hypothesized that the stability provided by our technique would be similar to that provided by SF for transverse patella fractures.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
SPECIMEN PREPARATION
Thirteen matched pairs of fresh-frozen human cadaveric knees were obtained from a Cedars-Sinai approved tissue bank. Specimens were cut midfemur and were intact to the foot. Legs with major structural bony or ligamentous abnormalities, extensor mechanism disruption, or septic knees were excluded from testing. To assess the bone quality of each specimen prior to testing, dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry was performed using a GE Lunar iDXA scanner (GE Healthcare). Specimens were stored at −30°C and thawed at room temperature for 24 hours prior to biomechanical testing.
A midline anterior approach to the patella was performed, and the extensor retinaculum, quadriceps tendon, and patellar tendon were exposed. A digital caliper was used to measure the craniocaudal and mediolateral dimensions of the patella, and a transverse osteotomy (Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Osteosynthesefragen/Orthopaedic Trauma Association [AO/OTA] type 34-C1) was created at the midway point between superior and inferior poles by using an oscillating saw. The retinaculum was then incised to the level of the midaxial line of the femur. One leg from each matched pair was allocated to the SF group, and the other was allocated to the BF group. Left and right legs were alternately assigned to each group to ensure that laterality was balanced between the 2 groups.
SURGICAL TECHNIQUE
The repair of the specimens in the SF group involved the use of 2 parallel 4.0-mm partially threaded cannulated screws (Acumed) and an 18-gauge monofilament steel wire (Ethicon) in a figure-eight tension band (Figure 1A). The repair of the specimens in the BF group involved the use of 2 parallel standard Acutrak headless compression screws (Acumed), a No. 2 FiberWire (Arthrex) in a figure-eight tension band, and a No. 5 FiberWire (Arthrex) was applied as cerclage around the patella (Figure 1B).
Continue to: Mechanical testing...
MECHANICAL TESTING
Mechanical testing was performed on a biaxial 370.02 Bionix Testing System (MTS Systems Corp.). The femur was rigidly and horizontally secured to a custom-built test frame, and the lower leg was left free to move. The quadriceps tendon was secured in a freeze clamp and was attached to the MTS actuator for loading via a pulley system such that raising the actuator was translated into a simulated quadriceps extensor force.
A differential variable reluctance transducer (DVRT) (Lord MicroStrain) was placed across the osteotomy site to measure the distraction, or gap, across the fracture line. The minimum load to full extension for each specimen was then determined under a slow, controlled increase in load until the leg was in a fully extended position. Any distraction across the fracture line during the initial loading phase was determined by using digital calipers. The specimen was then subjected to a preconditioning phase with 10 cycles from 0 N to full extension under the previously determined load, which was applied at the rate of 5 N/s. Meanwhile, displacement across the fracture site was recorded via the DVRT. Following the preconditioning phase, each specimen was then tested to failure in displacement control at the rate of 1.5 mm/s. Failure was defined as implant failure (screw pullout) or DVRT gapping across the osteotomy site >3 mm.10,14
Outcome measures included stiffness (N/mm), which was calculated as the slope of the linear change in load from full extension to failure vs DVRT displacement during the final loading phase; failure load (N); gapping (mm) across the osteotomy site at each cycle during the preconditioning phase; and failure mode (pullout vs >3.0 mm gap).
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
An a priori power analysis revealed that 13 knees per group would be required to obtain an α of 0.05 and a power of 0.80. This calculation was based on a 20% difference in fracture displacement calculated by using the standard deviation and mean previously reported for cannulated screws with nonabsorbable sutures.14
Means and standard deviations for all dependent outcome measures were computed and compared across the independent measure of fixation type (BF vs SF) through repeated measures Analysis of variance (ANOVA-GLM, SAS 9.3, SAS Institute, Inc.) after controlling for bone mineral density (BMD), gender, and age. Multivariate repeated-measures ANOVA with Tukey's studentized range was applied to cyclic gap data. The mode of failure was compared across fixation type (BF vs SF) for matched data using McNemar’s test. Intracorrelations were computed and examined over all data and separately on the basis of screw fixation type (BF vs SF). All tests were considered statistically significant when P < .05.
Continue to: Results...
RESULTS
Specimen donors were 46% (6/13) male with an average age of 78.5 years (±13.77; range, 56-91 years) and 54% (7/13) female with an average age of 76.57 years (±14.37; range, 59-102 years). Average BMD was significantly lower in female (0.71 ± 0.18) than in male specimens (1.15 ± 0.33) (P < .05).
The average load to full extension across all specimens was 272 N (±54; range, 160-360 N) and was well balanced across matched pairs (270 ± 56 N for BF and 273 ± 54 N for SF). Of the 13 BF specimens, 4 experienced distraction across the fracture line during the determination of the minimum load to full extension. This initial pretest gap was measured with digital calipers (average, 1.5 mm; range, 0.90-1.85 mm) and added as an offset to the respective DVRT displacement data recorded during testing.
The total number of specimens included in the displacement data calculations decreased from 13 to 11 per group because DVRT data were not recorded during cyclic loading for 1 specimen and were considered unreliable in another. The maximum displacement measured across the fracture site during cyclic loading was significantly higher in the BF (0.94 ± 1.21) group than in the SF group (0.19 ± 0.26) as shown in the Table. The average slope of the gap per cycle for each specimen was calculated and compared between the BF and SF groups. The BF group demonstrated a significantly greater increase in gap per cycle than the SF group (Figure 2). Stiffness during load to failure was calculated for all but 1 specimen that did not display any measurable displacement during the final loading cycle. The average final stiffness and failure load between the BF and SF groups were not significantly different (Table). An equal number of specimens in both groups failed through gapping (6/13) and pullout (7/13).
Table. Means and Standard Deviations of the Main Outcome Measures
| Standard Fixation | Buried Fixation | N | P-value |
Load at Failure (N) | 1112.78 ± 457.25 | 973.20 ± 321.38 | 13 | 0.265 |
Final Stiffness (N/mm) | 358.42 ± 165.45 | 445.33 ± 310.09 | 11 | 0.175 |
Max Cyclic Gap (mm) | 0.19 ± 0.26 | 0.94 ± 1.21 | 11 | 0.026a |
Pullout: Gap Failure (ratio) | 7:6 | 7:6 | 13 | NS |
aIndicates statistical significance (P < .05).
Abbreviation: NS, not significant.
Failure load was significantly positively correlated with BMD (R = 0.62, P < .001) when all specimens were grouped together. When analyzed separately, the SF group was significantly correlated with BMD (P < .01), whereas the BF group had a marginally significant correlation (P = .06) with BMD (Figure 3). In both groups, BMD was positively correlated with stiffness and negatively correlated with gapping. Neither of these trends, however, was significant.
Continue to: Discussion...
DISCUSSION
We proposed a novel BF technique for the treatment of noncomminuted transverse patella fractures. Our technique utilizes headless cannulated compression screws and nonabsorbable suture tension bands. We then biomechanically compared our proposed technique with an established fixation technique that uses partially threaded cannulated screws and stainless steel wire tension bands. We hypothesized that the mechanical response of the BF technique to cyclic and failure loading would be similar to that of the SF technique. Our results demonstrate a significant increase in gap formation across the fracture site among knees and an overall reduced load to failure in the BF group (Figure 2). Whether these inferior results manifest clinically is not yet established. Both constructs could withstand forces that are typically experienced during the postoperative period. Given the high rate of symptomatic implant removal associated with the traditional technique, the low-profile buried technique might be an attractive alternative that provides increased patient comfort but may require an extended period of postoperative protection against bony ingrowths.
Patellar fixation constructs that use a combination of cannulated screws and a wire tension band provide the best resistance to patella fracture displacement when compared with screws or wires alone.4,15 Although this combination is biomechanically favorable, the steel wire often causes the painful irritation of the surrounding soft tissues and can break or migrate, thus increasing the rates of implant removal surgery to as high as 52%.4,10,12,15 We developed our novel BF technique, which uses headless compression screws and a No. 2 FiberWire tension band, to address the high rates of reoperation and patient dissatisfaction associated with the SF technique.
Headless compression screws have been successfully used in the reduction and fixation of scaphoid fractures and sesamoid fractures.16,17 The pull-out strengths of these screws are comparable with those of other commonly used screws, such as Twinfix and Herbert-Whipple screws.16 Similarly, the strength of a No. 5 FiberWire is comparable with that of an 18-gauge stainless-steel wire.14,18 Several studies have also obtained good outcomes with nonmetallic constructs that use nonabsorbable sutures alone.19,20 In this study, we utilized a No. 2 FiberWire as the tension band. The use of the No. 2 FiberWire facilitated threading through headless cannulated screws and created a low-profile knot. However, the use of thin FiberWire, despite a No. 5 FiberWire cerclage, likely contributed to the increase in distraction across the fracture.
The highest patellofemoral joint reaction force during level walking is approximately 35 kg (half body weight), which is equivalent to 350 N.15,21,22 This force is similar to the average cyclic load used in this experiment (272 ± 54 N). Gapping increased in the BF group but did not reach the defined failure value of 3 mm, and the ultimate load to failure was relatively high across both groups (SF, 1123 N; BF, 973 N). These results suggest that both fixation methods can withstand the typical patellofemoral joint forces that are experienced during the postoperative period.4 In addition, in a clinical setting, patients are placed in hinged knee braces for at least 2 weeks to limit their flexion angle and to allow for healing and bony ingrowth. Postoperative knee-brace protection presumably increases the overall strength of the fixation.
The number of specimens (n = 26) evaluated in this study was greater than that used in other biomechanical patella fracture studies.14 Furthermore, none of our specimens were reused. Our study design was further strengthened given that fellowship-trained trauma surgeons performed all surgical procedures. Finally, the data collection and analysis of numerous clinically relevant factors, such as BMD, age, and cyclical loading, contributed to the comprehensive description of each technique with respect to patient-specific criteria.
Similar to all cadaveric studies, our data only represent the immediate postoperative condition and does not represent any healing that would occur during postoperative rehabilitation. Postoperative knee-brace protection and bone healing across the fracture site would likely strengthen both constructs in a clinical setting. In addition, the average age of our specimens is 77.5 years, and therefore does not best represent the age range (20-50 years) of the typical adult population affected by patella fractures.3,23,24 Finally, postsurgical reduction was confirmed through visual inspection and not through fluoroscopy as in a clinical setting. Radiographic images were obtained after each experiment only to confirm screw placement post facto (Figures 4A, 4B).

CONCLUSION
This study demonstrates the utility of a novel BF technique. Nevertheless, the proposed technique exhibited increased gapping and a lower load to failure than the current gold standard. The significance of these inferior results in clinical and functional settings has not been established. The proposed BF technique may be an appealing alternative to the SF technique given its low profile and potential to reduce the rates of future implant removal. Further studies on the long-term outcomes of patients treated through the BF technique are currently under way and will ultimately determine the utility of the proposed construct.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
ABSTRACT
The traditional technique for patella fracture fixation utilizes prominent hardware. Prominent hardware use, however, results in a high rate of reoperation for symptomatic implant removal. This biomechanical study evaluates the effectiveness of a novel patella fixation technique that minimizes implant prominence.
Patellar transverse osteotomies were created in 13 pairs of cadaveric knees. Paired knees were assigned to either standard fixation (SF) using cannulated partially threaded screws and stainless steel wire tension band, or buried fixation (BF) using headless compression screws with a No. 2 FiberWire tension band and a No. 5 FiberWire cerclage suture. Quadriceps tendons were cyclically loaded to full extension followed by load to failure. The gap across the fracture site, stiffness, and load to failure were measured.
The differences in stiffness and load to failure between the 2 groups were not statistically significant. During cyclic loading, significantly greater gapping was observed across the fracture site in the BF group compared with SF group (P < .05).
Both constructs failed under loads that exceeded typical loads experienced during the postoperative rehabilitation period. Nevertheless, the BF technique demonstrated larger gap formation and a reduced load to failure than the SF technique. Further clinical studies are therefore underway to determine whether the use of constructs with decreased stability but increased patient comfort could improve clinical outcomes and reduce reoperation rates.
Continue to: Patella fractures are common...
Patella fractures are common injuries that can cause considerable disability to the knee extensor apparatus.1-3 Transverse patella fractures are the most common fracture pattern associated with patella fractures.{Harrell, 2003 #3}2 Given that the patella plays a crucial role in knee extensor biomechanics, its proper integrity is vital for physiological knee motion and ambulation.4 Traditionally, patella fractures with >2 mm of displacement have been managed with cannulated screws or Kirschner wires (K-wires) and a stainless-steel wire tension band.5-9 The goal in the treatment of patellar fractures is to reduce fracture fragments accurately and to minimize additional insults to the articular cartilage.10
Despite advances in surgical protocols and acceptable radiographic outcomes, functional impairment remains common after the treatment of patella fractures. Functional impairment includes knee pain, screw head pain, implant removal, wire breakage, and patella baja.1 The need for implant removal is one of the most common complications following the open reduction internal fixation of patella fractures.2,11 The subcutaneous and exposed nature of the patella in conjunction with soft tissue irritation resulting from standard fixation (SF) predisposes the patient toward prominence and discomfort with the retained implant. Although nonunion rates are low, the rate of implant removal can reach as high as 52%.2,10-12 To overcome some of these complications, we designed a novel buried fixation (BF) method for the treatment of transverse fractures. Our method minimizes the amount of exposed implant to improve patient comfort and potentially reduce the need for future implant removal. These effects are achieved by using headless compression screws and nonabsorbable sutures to attenuate the soft tissue irritation associated with traditional fixation.13 While our novel technique has demonstrated improved clinical results, it has not been tested biomechanically against a traditional fixation technique. Therefore, this study aims to evaluate and compare the structural integrity of our novel BF technique with that of the standard technique that uses cannulated screws and wire tension band. We hypothesized that the stability provided by our technique would be similar to that provided by SF for transverse patella fractures.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
SPECIMEN PREPARATION
Thirteen matched pairs of fresh-frozen human cadaveric knees were obtained from a Cedars-Sinai approved tissue bank. Specimens were cut midfemur and were intact to the foot. Legs with major structural bony or ligamentous abnormalities, extensor mechanism disruption, or septic knees were excluded from testing. To assess the bone quality of each specimen prior to testing, dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry was performed using a GE Lunar iDXA scanner (GE Healthcare). Specimens were stored at −30°C and thawed at room temperature for 24 hours prior to biomechanical testing.
A midline anterior approach to the patella was performed, and the extensor retinaculum, quadriceps tendon, and patellar tendon were exposed. A digital caliper was used to measure the craniocaudal and mediolateral dimensions of the patella, and a transverse osteotomy (Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Osteosynthesefragen/Orthopaedic Trauma Association [AO/OTA] type 34-C1) was created at the midway point between superior and inferior poles by using an oscillating saw. The retinaculum was then incised to the level of the midaxial line of the femur. One leg from each matched pair was allocated to the SF group, and the other was allocated to the BF group. Left and right legs were alternately assigned to each group to ensure that laterality was balanced between the 2 groups.
SURGICAL TECHNIQUE
The repair of the specimens in the SF group involved the use of 2 parallel 4.0-mm partially threaded cannulated screws (Acumed) and an 18-gauge monofilament steel wire (Ethicon) in a figure-eight tension band (Figure 1A). The repair of the specimens in the BF group involved the use of 2 parallel standard Acutrak headless compression screws (Acumed), a No. 2 FiberWire (Arthrex) in a figure-eight tension band, and a No. 5 FiberWire (Arthrex) was applied as cerclage around the patella (Figure 1B).
Continue to: Mechanical testing...
MECHANICAL TESTING
Mechanical testing was performed on a biaxial 370.02 Bionix Testing System (MTS Systems Corp.). The femur was rigidly and horizontally secured to a custom-built test frame, and the lower leg was left free to move. The quadriceps tendon was secured in a freeze clamp and was attached to the MTS actuator for loading via a pulley system such that raising the actuator was translated into a simulated quadriceps extensor force.
A differential variable reluctance transducer (DVRT) (Lord MicroStrain) was placed across the osteotomy site to measure the distraction, or gap, across the fracture line. The minimum load to full extension for each specimen was then determined under a slow, controlled increase in load until the leg was in a fully extended position. Any distraction across the fracture line during the initial loading phase was determined by using digital calipers. The specimen was then subjected to a preconditioning phase with 10 cycles from 0 N to full extension under the previously determined load, which was applied at the rate of 5 N/s. Meanwhile, displacement across the fracture site was recorded via the DVRT. Following the preconditioning phase, each specimen was then tested to failure in displacement control at the rate of 1.5 mm/s. Failure was defined as implant failure (screw pullout) or DVRT gapping across the osteotomy site >3 mm.10,14
Outcome measures included stiffness (N/mm), which was calculated as the slope of the linear change in load from full extension to failure vs DVRT displacement during the final loading phase; failure load (N); gapping (mm) across the osteotomy site at each cycle during the preconditioning phase; and failure mode (pullout vs >3.0 mm gap).
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
An a priori power analysis revealed that 13 knees per group would be required to obtain an α of 0.05 and a power of 0.80. This calculation was based on a 20% difference in fracture displacement calculated by using the standard deviation and mean previously reported for cannulated screws with nonabsorbable sutures.14
Means and standard deviations for all dependent outcome measures were computed and compared across the independent measure of fixation type (BF vs SF) through repeated measures Analysis of variance (ANOVA-GLM, SAS 9.3, SAS Institute, Inc.) after controlling for bone mineral density (BMD), gender, and age. Multivariate repeated-measures ANOVA with Tukey's studentized range was applied to cyclic gap data. The mode of failure was compared across fixation type (BF vs SF) for matched data using McNemar’s test. Intracorrelations were computed and examined over all data and separately on the basis of screw fixation type (BF vs SF). All tests were considered statistically significant when P < .05.
Continue to: Results...
RESULTS
Specimen donors were 46% (6/13) male with an average age of 78.5 years (±13.77; range, 56-91 years) and 54% (7/13) female with an average age of 76.57 years (±14.37; range, 59-102 years). Average BMD was significantly lower in female (0.71 ± 0.18) than in male specimens (1.15 ± 0.33) (P < .05).
The average load to full extension across all specimens was 272 N (±54; range, 160-360 N) and was well balanced across matched pairs (270 ± 56 N for BF and 273 ± 54 N for SF). Of the 13 BF specimens, 4 experienced distraction across the fracture line during the determination of the minimum load to full extension. This initial pretest gap was measured with digital calipers (average, 1.5 mm; range, 0.90-1.85 mm) and added as an offset to the respective DVRT displacement data recorded during testing.
The total number of specimens included in the displacement data calculations decreased from 13 to 11 per group because DVRT data were not recorded during cyclic loading for 1 specimen and were considered unreliable in another. The maximum displacement measured across the fracture site during cyclic loading was significantly higher in the BF (0.94 ± 1.21) group than in the SF group (0.19 ± 0.26) as shown in the Table. The average slope of the gap per cycle for each specimen was calculated and compared between the BF and SF groups. The BF group demonstrated a significantly greater increase in gap per cycle than the SF group (Figure 2). Stiffness during load to failure was calculated for all but 1 specimen that did not display any measurable displacement during the final loading cycle. The average final stiffness and failure load between the BF and SF groups were not significantly different (Table). An equal number of specimens in both groups failed through gapping (6/13) and pullout (7/13).
Table. Means and Standard Deviations of the Main Outcome Measures
| Standard Fixation | Buried Fixation | N | P-value |
Load at Failure (N) | 1112.78 ± 457.25 | 973.20 ± 321.38 | 13 | 0.265 |
Final Stiffness (N/mm) | 358.42 ± 165.45 | 445.33 ± 310.09 | 11 | 0.175 |
Max Cyclic Gap (mm) | 0.19 ± 0.26 | 0.94 ± 1.21 | 11 | 0.026a |
Pullout: Gap Failure (ratio) | 7:6 | 7:6 | 13 | NS |
aIndicates statistical significance (P < .05).
Abbreviation: NS, not significant.
Failure load was significantly positively correlated with BMD (R = 0.62, P < .001) when all specimens were grouped together. When analyzed separately, the SF group was significantly correlated with BMD (P < .01), whereas the BF group had a marginally significant correlation (P = .06) with BMD (Figure 3). In both groups, BMD was positively correlated with stiffness and negatively correlated with gapping. Neither of these trends, however, was significant.
Continue to: Discussion...
DISCUSSION
We proposed a novel BF technique for the treatment of noncomminuted transverse patella fractures. Our technique utilizes headless cannulated compression screws and nonabsorbable suture tension bands. We then biomechanically compared our proposed technique with an established fixation technique that uses partially threaded cannulated screws and stainless steel wire tension bands. We hypothesized that the mechanical response of the BF technique to cyclic and failure loading would be similar to that of the SF technique. Our results demonstrate a significant increase in gap formation across the fracture site among knees and an overall reduced load to failure in the BF group (Figure 2). Whether these inferior results manifest clinically is not yet established. Both constructs could withstand forces that are typically experienced during the postoperative period. Given the high rate of symptomatic implant removal associated with the traditional technique, the low-profile buried technique might be an attractive alternative that provides increased patient comfort but may require an extended period of postoperative protection against bony ingrowths.
Patellar fixation constructs that use a combination of cannulated screws and a wire tension band provide the best resistance to patella fracture displacement when compared with screws or wires alone.4,15 Although this combination is biomechanically favorable, the steel wire often causes the painful irritation of the surrounding soft tissues and can break or migrate, thus increasing the rates of implant removal surgery to as high as 52%.4,10,12,15 We developed our novel BF technique, which uses headless compression screws and a No. 2 FiberWire tension band, to address the high rates of reoperation and patient dissatisfaction associated with the SF technique.
Headless compression screws have been successfully used in the reduction and fixation of scaphoid fractures and sesamoid fractures.16,17 The pull-out strengths of these screws are comparable with those of other commonly used screws, such as Twinfix and Herbert-Whipple screws.16 Similarly, the strength of a No. 5 FiberWire is comparable with that of an 18-gauge stainless-steel wire.14,18 Several studies have also obtained good outcomes with nonmetallic constructs that use nonabsorbable sutures alone.19,20 In this study, we utilized a No. 2 FiberWire as the tension band. The use of the No. 2 FiberWire facilitated threading through headless cannulated screws and created a low-profile knot. However, the use of thin FiberWire, despite a No. 5 FiberWire cerclage, likely contributed to the increase in distraction across the fracture.
The highest patellofemoral joint reaction force during level walking is approximately 35 kg (half body weight), which is equivalent to 350 N.15,21,22 This force is similar to the average cyclic load used in this experiment (272 ± 54 N). Gapping increased in the BF group but did not reach the defined failure value of 3 mm, and the ultimate load to failure was relatively high across both groups (SF, 1123 N; BF, 973 N). These results suggest that both fixation methods can withstand the typical patellofemoral joint forces that are experienced during the postoperative period.4 In addition, in a clinical setting, patients are placed in hinged knee braces for at least 2 weeks to limit their flexion angle and to allow for healing and bony ingrowth. Postoperative knee-brace protection presumably increases the overall strength of the fixation.
The number of specimens (n = 26) evaluated in this study was greater than that used in other biomechanical patella fracture studies.14 Furthermore, none of our specimens were reused. Our study design was further strengthened given that fellowship-trained trauma surgeons performed all surgical procedures. Finally, the data collection and analysis of numerous clinically relevant factors, such as BMD, age, and cyclical loading, contributed to the comprehensive description of each technique with respect to patient-specific criteria.
Similar to all cadaveric studies, our data only represent the immediate postoperative condition and does not represent any healing that would occur during postoperative rehabilitation. Postoperative knee-brace protection and bone healing across the fracture site would likely strengthen both constructs in a clinical setting. In addition, the average age of our specimens is 77.5 years, and therefore does not best represent the age range (20-50 years) of the typical adult population affected by patella fractures.3,23,24 Finally, postsurgical reduction was confirmed through visual inspection and not through fluoroscopy as in a clinical setting. Radiographic images were obtained after each experiment only to confirm screw placement post facto (Figures 4A, 4B).

CONCLUSION
This study demonstrates the utility of a novel BF technique. Nevertheless, the proposed technique exhibited increased gapping and a lower load to failure than the current gold standard. The significance of these inferior results in clinical and functional settings has not been established. The proposed BF technique may be an appealing alternative to the SF technique given its low profile and potential to reduce the rates of future implant removal. Further studies on the long-term outcomes of patients treated through the BF technique are currently under way and will ultimately determine the utility of the proposed construct.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Lazaro LE, Wellman DS, Sauro G, et al. Outcomes after operative fixation of complete articular patellar fractures: assessment of functional impairment. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(14):e96 1-8. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00012.
- Bostman O, Kiviluoto O, Santavirta S, Nirhamo J, Wilppula E. Fractures of the patella treated by operation. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 1983;102(2):78-81.
- Gwinner C, Märdian S, Schwabe P, Schaser KD, Krapohl BD, Jung TM. Current concepts review: fractures of the patella. GMS Interdiscip Plast Reconstr Surg DGPW. 2016;5:Doc01. doi:10.3205/iprs000080.
- Carpenter JE, Kasman RA, Patel N, Lee ML, Goldstein SA. Biomechanical evaluation of current patella fracture fixation techniques. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(5):351-356.
- Patel VR, Parks BG, Wang Y, Ebert FR, Jinnah RH. Fixation of patella fractures with braided polyester suture: a biomechanical study. Injury. 2000;31(1):1-6.
- Harrell RM, Tong J, Weinhold PS, Dahners LE. Comparison of the mechanical properties of different tension band materials and suture techniques. J Orthop Trauma. 2003;17(2):119-122.
- Banks KE, Ambrose CG, Wheeless JS, Tissue CM, Sen M. An alternative patellar fracture fixation: a biomechanical study. J Orthop Trauma. 2013;27(6):345-351. doi:10.1097/BOT.0b013e31826623eb.
- Thelen S, Schneppendahl J, Baumgartner R, et al. Cyclic long-term loading of a bilateral fixed-angle plate in comparison with tension band wiring with K-wires or cannulated screws in transverse patella fractures. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(2):311-317. doi:10.1007/s00167-012-1999-1.
- Thelen S, Schneppendahl J, Jopen E, et al. Biomechanical cadaver testing of a fixed-angle plate in comparison to tension wiring and screw fixation in transverse patella fractures. Injury. 2012;43(8):1290-1295. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2012.04.020.
- LeBrun CT, Langford JR, Sagi HC. Functional outcomes after operatively treated patella fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 2012;26(7):422-426. doi:10.1097/BOT.0b013e318228c1a1.
- Dy CJ, Little MT, Berkes MB, et al. Meta-analysis of re-operation, nonunion, and infection after open reduction and internal fixation of patella fractures. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;73(4):928-932. doi:10.1097/TA.0b013e31825168b6.
- Smith ST, Cramer KE, Karges DE, Watson JT, Moed BR. Early complications in the operative treatment of patella fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(3):183-187.
- Berg EE. Open reduction internal fixation of displaced transverse patella fractures with figure-eight wiring through parallel cannulated compression screws. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(8):573-576.
- Bryant TL, Anderson CL, Stevens CG, Conrad BP, Vincent HK, Sadasivan KK. Comparison of cannulated screws with FiberWire or stainless steel wire for patella fracture fixation: A pilot study. J Orthop. 2015;12(2):92-96. doi:10.1016/j.jor.2014.04.011.
- Burvant JG, Thomas KA, Alexander R, Harris MB. Evaluation of methods of internal fixation of transverse patella fractures: a biomechanical study. J Orthop Trauma. 1994;8(2):147-153.
- Crawford LA, Powell ES, Trail IA. The fixation strength of scaphoid bone screws: an in vitro investigation using polyurethane foam. J Hand Surg Am. 2012;37(2):255-260. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2011.10.021.
- Eddy AL, Galuppo LD, Stover SM, Taylor KT, Jensen DG. A biomechanical comparison of headless tapered variable pitch compression and ao cortical bone screws for fixation of a simulated midbody transverse fracture of the proximal sesamoid bone in horses. Vet Surg. 2004;33(3):253-262. doi:10.1111/j.1532-950X.2004.04037.x.
- Camarda L, La Gattuta A, Butera M, Siragusa F, D'Arienzo M. FiberWire tension band for patellar fractures. J Orthop Traumatol. 2016;17(1):75-80. doi:10.1007/s10195-015-0359-6.
- Camarda L, Morello S, Balistreri F, D'Arienzo A, D'Arienzo M. Non-metallic implant for patellar fracture fixation: A systematic review. Injury. 2016;47(8):1613-1617. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.05.039.
- Han F, Pearce CJ, Ng DQ, et al. A double button adjustable loop device is biomechanically equivalent to tension band wire in the fixation of transverse patellar fractures-A cadaveric study. Injury. 2017;48(2):270-276. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.11.013.
- Reilly DT, Martens M. Experimental analysis of the quadriceps muscle force and patello-femoral joint reaction force for various activities. Acta Orthop Scand. 1972;43(2):126-137. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.11.013.
- Buff HU, Jones LC, Hungerford DS. Experimental determination of forces transmitted through the patello-femoral joint. J Biomech. 1988;21(1):17-23.
- Bostrom A. Fracture of the patella. A study of 422 patellar fractures. Acta Orthop Scand Suppl. 1972;143:1-80.
- Court-Brown CM, Caesar B. Epidemiology of adult fractures: A review. Injury. 2006;37(8):691-697. doi:10.1111/iwj.12675.
- Lazaro LE, Wellman DS, Sauro G, et al. Outcomes after operative fixation of complete articular patellar fractures: assessment of functional impairment. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(14):e96 1-8. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00012.
- Bostman O, Kiviluoto O, Santavirta S, Nirhamo J, Wilppula E. Fractures of the patella treated by operation. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 1983;102(2):78-81.
- Gwinner C, Märdian S, Schwabe P, Schaser KD, Krapohl BD, Jung TM. Current concepts review: fractures of the patella. GMS Interdiscip Plast Reconstr Surg DGPW. 2016;5:Doc01. doi:10.3205/iprs000080.
- Carpenter JE, Kasman RA, Patel N, Lee ML, Goldstein SA. Biomechanical evaluation of current patella fracture fixation techniques. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(5):351-356.
- Patel VR, Parks BG, Wang Y, Ebert FR, Jinnah RH. Fixation of patella fractures with braided polyester suture: a biomechanical study. Injury. 2000;31(1):1-6.
- Harrell RM, Tong J, Weinhold PS, Dahners LE. Comparison of the mechanical properties of different tension band materials and suture techniques. J Orthop Trauma. 2003;17(2):119-122.
- Banks KE, Ambrose CG, Wheeless JS, Tissue CM, Sen M. An alternative patellar fracture fixation: a biomechanical study. J Orthop Trauma. 2013;27(6):345-351. doi:10.1097/BOT.0b013e31826623eb.
- Thelen S, Schneppendahl J, Baumgartner R, et al. Cyclic long-term loading of a bilateral fixed-angle plate in comparison with tension band wiring with K-wires or cannulated screws in transverse patella fractures. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(2):311-317. doi:10.1007/s00167-012-1999-1.
- Thelen S, Schneppendahl J, Jopen E, et al. Biomechanical cadaver testing of a fixed-angle plate in comparison to tension wiring and screw fixation in transverse patella fractures. Injury. 2012;43(8):1290-1295. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2012.04.020.
- LeBrun CT, Langford JR, Sagi HC. Functional outcomes after operatively treated patella fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 2012;26(7):422-426. doi:10.1097/BOT.0b013e318228c1a1.
- Dy CJ, Little MT, Berkes MB, et al. Meta-analysis of re-operation, nonunion, and infection after open reduction and internal fixation of patella fractures. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;73(4):928-932. doi:10.1097/TA.0b013e31825168b6.
- Smith ST, Cramer KE, Karges DE, Watson JT, Moed BR. Early complications in the operative treatment of patella fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(3):183-187.
- Berg EE. Open reduction internal fixation of displaced transverse patella fractures with figure-eight wiring through parallel cannulated compression screws. J Orthop Trauma. 1997;11(8):573-576.
- Bryant TL, Anderson CL, Stevens CG, Conrad BP, Vincent HK, Sadasivan KK. Comparison of cannulated screws with FiberWire or stainless steel wire for patella fracture fixation: A pilot study. J Orthop. 2015;12(2):92-96. doi:10.1016/j.jor.2014.04.011.
- Burvant JG, Thomas KA, Alexander R, Harris MB. Evaluation of methods of internal fixation of transverse patella fractures: a biomechanical study. J Orthop Trauma. 1994;8(2):147-153.
- Crawford LA, Powell ES, Trail IA. The fixation strength of scaphoid bone screws: an in vitro investigation using polyurethane foam. J Hand Surg Am. 2012;37(2):255-260. doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2011.10.021.
- Eddy AL, Galuppo LD, Stover SM, Taylor KT, Jensen DG. A biomechanical comparison of headless tapered variable pitch compression and ao cortical bone screws for fixation of a simulated midbody transverse fracture of the proximal sesamoid bone in horses. Vet Surg. 2004;33(3):253-262. doi:10.1111/j.1532-950X.2004.04037.x.
- Camarda L, La Gattuta A, Butera M, Siragusa F, D'Arienzo M. FiberWire tension band for patellar fractures. J Orthop Traumatol. 2016;17(1):75-80. doi:10.1007/s10195-015-0359-6.
- Camarda L, Morello S, Balistreri F, D'Arienzo A, D'Arienzo M. Non-metallic implant for patellar fracture fixation: A systematic review. Injury. 2016;47(8):1613-1617. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.05.039.
- Han F, Pearce CJ, Ng DQ, et al. A double button adjustable loop device is biomechanically equivalent to tension band wire in the fixation of transverse patellar fractures-A cadaveric study. Injury. 2017;48(2):270-276. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.11.013.
- Reilly DT, Martens M. Experimental analysis of the quadriceps muscle force and patello-femoral joint reaction force for various activities. Acta Orthop Scand. 1972;43(2):126-137. doi:10.1016/j.injury.2016.11.013.
- Buff HU, Jones LC, Hungerford DS. Experimental determination of forces transmitted through the patello-femoral joint. J Biomech. 1988;21(1):17-23.
- Bostrom A. Fracture of the patella. A study of 422 patellar fractures. Acta Orthop Scand Suppl. 1972;143:1-80.
- Court-Brown CM, Caesar B. Epidemiology of adult fractures: A review. Injury. 2006;37(8):691-697. doi:10.1111/iwj.12675.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Symptomatic implant removal rates are high after patella fixation with standard techniques.
- Novel buried technique may address the issue of symptomatic implants and is an attractive alternative.
- Both techniques withstand physiologic loads, but the buried technique had overall increased gapping and lower load to failure.
- The significance of these inferior results in clinical and functional settings has not been established.
- Long-term functional outcome studies will delineate the utility of the proposed new construct.
Acne Treatment: Analysis of Acne-Related Social Media Posts and the Impact on Patient Care
Social media has become a prominent source of medical information for patients, including those with dermatologic conditions.1,2 Physicians, patients, and pharmaceutical companies can use social media platforms to communicate with each other and share knowledge and advertisements related to conditions. Social media can influence patients’ perceptions of their disease and serve as a modality to acquire medical treatments.3 Furthermore, social media posts from illicit pharmacies can result in patients buying harmful medications without physician oversight.4,5 Examination of the content and sources of social media posts related to acne may be useful in determining those who are primarily utilizing social media and for what purpose. The goal of this systematic review was to identify sources of acne-related social media posts to determine communication trends to gain a better understanding of the potential impact social media may have on patient care.
Methods
Social media posts were identified (May 2008 to May 2016) using the search terms acne and treatment across all social media platforms available through a commercial social media data aggregating software (Crimson Hexagon). Information from relevant posts was extracted and compiled into a spreadsheet that included the content, post date, social media platform, and hyperlink. To further analyze the data, the first 100 posts on acne treatment from May 2008 to May 2016 were selected and manually classified by the following types of communication: (1) patient-to-patient (eg, testimonies of patients’ medical experiences); (2) professional-to-patient (eg, clinical knowledge or experience provided by a medical provider and/or cited article in reference to relevant treatments); (3) pharmaceutical company–to-patient (eg, information from reputable drug manufacturers regarding drug activity and adverse effects); (4) illicit pharmacy–to-patient (eg, pharmacies with advertisements calling patients to buy a drug online or offering discrete shipping without a prescription)4,5; or (5) other-to-patient (eg, posts that did not contain enough detail to be classified).
Results
Hundreds of thousands of social media posts discussing acne treatment were identified over the 8-year study period (Figure 1). The social media data aggregator extracted posts from various blogs, website comment sections, and online forums, as well as major social media platforms (ie, Facebook, Twitter, Google+, Tumblr). The first 100 posts selected for further analysis included 0 from 2008, 6 from 2009, 36 from 2010, 15 from 2011, 7 from 2012, 8 from 2013, 12 from 2014, 11 from 2015, and 5 from 2016. From this sample, 65 posts were considered to have an illicit source; conversely, 18 posts were from patients and 7 posts were from pharmaceutical companies (Figure 2).
Comment
This study demonstrated that discussion of acne treatment is prevalent in social media. Although our research underrepresents the social media interest in specific acne treatments, as only posts mentioning the terms acne and treatment were evaluated to gain insights into how social media platforms are being used by individuals with cutaneous disease. As such, even with this potential underrepresentation, our study demonstrated a high incidence of illicit marketing of prescription acne medications across multiple social media platforms (Figure 2). The sale of dermatologic pharmaceuticals (eg, isotretinoin) without a prescription is recognized by the US Government as a problem that is rapidly growing.4,5 Illicit pharmacies pose as legitimate pharmacies that can provide prescription medications to consumers without a prescription.5,6 The fact that these illicit pharmacy–to-patient posts were the most abundant in our study may speak to their relative success on social media platforms in encouraging patients to purchase prescription medications without physician oversight. These findings should concern health care providers, as the procurement of prescription medications without a prescription may put patients at risk.
- Alinia H, Moradi Tuchayi S, Farhangian ME, et al. Rosacea patients seeking advice: qualitative analysis of patients’ posts on a rosacea support forum. J Dermatolog Treat. 2016;27:99-102.
- Karimkhani C, Connett J, Boyers L, et al. Dermatology on Instagram. Dermatology Online J. 2014:20. pii:13030/qt71g178w9.
- Smailhodzic E, Hooijsma W, Boonstra A, et al. Social media use in healthcare: a systematic review of effects on patients and on their relationship with healthcare professionals. BMC Health Serv Res. 2016;16:442.
- Lagan BM, Dolk H, White B, et al. Assessing the availability of the teratogenic drug isotretinoin outside the pregnancy prevention programme: a survey of e-pharmacies. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2014;23:411-418.
- Lott JP, Kovarik CL. Availability of oral isotretinoin and terbinafine on the Internet. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;62:153-154.
- Mahé E, Beauchet A. Dermatologists and the Internet. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;63:908.
Social media has become a prominent source of medical information for patients, including those with dermatologic conditions.1,2 Physicians, patients, and pharmaceutical companies can use social media platforms to communicate with each other and share knowledge and advertisements related to conditions. Social media can influence patients’ perceptions of their disease and serve as a modality to acquire medical treatments.3 Furthermore, social media posts from illicit pharmacies can result in patients buying harmful medications without physician oversight.4,5 Examination of the content and sources of social media posts related to acne may be useful in determining those who are primarily utilizing social media and for what purpose. The goal of this systematic review was to identify sources of acne-related social media posts to determine communication trends to gain a better understanding of the potential impact social media may have on patient care.
Methods
Social media posts were identified (May 2008 to May 2016) using the search terms acne and treatment across all social media platforms available through a commercial social media data aggregating software (Crimson Hexagon). Information from relevant posts was extracted and compiled into a spreadsheet that included the content, post date, social media platform, and hyperlink. To further analyze the data, the first 100 posts on acne treatment from May 2008 to May 2016 were selected and manually classified by the following types of communication: (1) patient-to-patient (eg, testimonies of patients’ medical experiences); (2) professional-to-patient (eg, clinical knowledge or experience provided by a medical provider and/or cited article in reference to relevant treatments); (3) pharmaceutical company–to-patient (eg, information from reputable drug manufacturers regarding drug activity and adverse effects); (4) illicit pharmacy–to-patient (eg, pharmacies with advertisements calling patients to buy a drug online or offering discrete shipping without a prescription)4,5; or (5) other-to-patient (eg, posts that did not contain enough detail to be classified).
Results
Hundreds of thousands of social media posts discussing acne treatment were identified over the 8-year study period (Figure 1). The social media data aggregator extracted posts from various blogs, website comment sections, and online forums, as well as major social media platforms (ie, Facebook, Twitter, Google+, Tumblr). The first 100 posts selected for further analysis included 0 from 2008, 6 from 2009, 36 from 2010, 15 from 2011, 7 from 2012, 8 from 2013, 12 from 2014, 11 from 2015, and 5 from 2016. From this sample, 65 posts were considered to have an illicit source; conversely, 18 posts were from patients and 7 posts were from pharmaceutical companies (Figure 2).
Comment
This study demonstrated that discussion of acne treatment is prevalent in social media. Although our research underrepresents the social media interest in specific acne treatments, as only posts mentioning the terms acne and treatment were evaluated to gain insights into how social media platforms are being used by individuals with cutaneous disease. As such, even with this potential underrepresentation, our study demonstrated a high incidence of illicit marketing of prescription acne medications across multiple social media platforms (Figure 2). The sale of dermatologic pharmaceuticals (eg, isotretinoin) without a prescription is recognized by the US Government as a problem that is rapidly growing.4,5 Illicit pharmacies pose as legitimate pharmacies that can provide prescription medications to consumers without a prescription.5,6 The fact that these illicit pharmacy–to-patient posts were the most abundant in our study may speak to their relative success on social media platforms in encouraging patients to purchase prescription medications without physician oversight. These findings should concern health care providers, as the procurement of prescription medications without a prescription may put patients at risk.
Social media has become a prominent source of medical information for patients, including those with dermatologic conditions.1,2 Physicians, patients, and pharmaceutical companies can use social media platforms to communicate with each other and share knowledge and advertisements related to conditions. Social media can influence patients’ perceptions of their disease and serve as a modality to acquire medical treatments.3 Furthermore, social media posts from illicit pharmacies can result in patients buying harmful medications without physician oversight.4,5 Examination of the content and sources of social media posts related to acne may be useful in determining those who are primarily utilizing social media and for what purpose. The goal of this systematic review was to identify sources of acne-related social media posts to determine communication trends to gain a better understanding of the potential impact social media may have on patient care.
Methods
Social media posts were identified (May 2008 to May 2016) using the search terms acne and treatment across all social media platforms available through a commercial social media data aggregating software (Crimson Hexagon). Information from relevant posts was extracted and compiled into a spreadsheet that included the content, post date, social media platform, and hyperlink. To further analyze the data, the first 100 posts on acne treatment from May 2008 to May 2016 were selected and manually classified by the following types of communication: (1) patient-to-patient (eg, testimonies of patients’ medical experiences); (2) professional-to-patient (eg, clinical knowledge or experience provided by a medical provider and/or cited article in reference to relevant treatments); (3) pharmaceutical company–to-patient (eg, information from reputable drug manufacturers regarding drug activity and adverse effects); (4) illicit pharmacy–to-patient (eg, pharmacies with advertisements calling patients to buy a drug online or offering discrete shipping without a prescription)4,5; or (5) other-to-patient (eg, posts that did not contain enough detail to be classified).
Results
Hundreds of thousands of social media posts discussing acne treatment were identified over the 8-year study period (Figure 1). The social media data aggregator extracted posts from various blogs, website comment sections, and online forums, as well as major social media platforms (ie, Facebook, Twitter, Google+, Tumblr). The first 100 posts selected for further analysis included 0 from 2008, 6 from 2009, 36 from 2010, 15 from 2011, 7 from 2012, 8 from 2013, 12 from 2014, 11 from 2015, and 5 from 2016. From this sample, 65 posts were considered to have an illicit source; conversely, 18 posts were from patients and 7 posts were from pharmaceutical companies (Figure 2).
Comment
This study demonstrated that discussion of acne treatment is prevalent in social media. Although our research underrepresents the social media interest in specific acne treatments, as only posts mentioning the terms acne and treatment were evaluated to gain insights into how social media platforms are being used by individuals with cutaneous disease. As such, even with this potential underrepresentation, our study demonstrated a high incidence of illicit marketing of prescription acne medications across multiple social media platforms (Figure 2). The sale of dermatologic pharmaceuticals (eg, isotretinoin) without a prescription is recognized by the US Government as a problem that is rapidly growing.4,5 Illicit pharmacies pose as legitimate pharmacies that can provide prescription medications to consumers without a prescription.5,6 The fact that these illicit pharmacy–to-patient posts were the most abundant in our study may speak to their relative success on social media platforms in encouraging patients to purchase prescription medications without physician oversight. These findings should concern health care providers, as the procurement of prescription medications without a prescription may put patients at risk.
- Alinia H, Moradi Tuchayi S, Farhangian ME, et al. Rosacea patients seeking advice: qualitative analysis of patients’ posts on a rosacea support forum. J Dermatolog Treat. 2016;27:99-102.
- Karimkhani C, Connett J, Boyers L, et al. Dermatology on Instagram. Dermatology Online J. 2014:20. pii:13030/qt71g178w9.
- Smailhodzic E, Hooijsma W, Boonstra A, et al. Social media use in healthcare: a systematic review of effects on patients and on their relationship with healthcare professionals. BMC Health Serv Res. 2016;16:442.
- Lagan BM, Dolk H, White B, et al. Assessing the availability of the teratogenic drug isotretinoin outside the pregnancy prevention programme: a survey of e-pharmacies. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2014;23:411-418.
- Lott JP, Kovarik CL. Availability of oral isotretinoin and terbinafine on the Internet. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;62:153-154.
- Mahé E, Beauchet A. Dermatologists and the Internet. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;63:908.
- Alinia H, Moradi Tuchayi S, Farhangian ME, et al. Rosacea patients seeking advice: qualitative analysis of patients’ posts on a rosacea support forum. J Dermatolog Treat. 2016;27:99-102.
- Karimkhani C, Connett J, Boyers L, et al. Dermatology on Instagram. Dermatology Online J. 2014:20. pii:13030/qt71g178w9.
- Smailhodzic E, Hooijsma W, Boonstra A, et al. Social media use in healthcare: a systematic review of effects on patients and on their relationship with healthcare professionals. BMC Health Serv Res. 2016;16:442.
- Lagan BM, Dolk H, White B, et al. Assessing the availability of the teratogenic drug isotretinoin outside the pregnancy prevention programme: a survey of e-pharmacies. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2014;23:411-418.
- Lott JP, Kovarik CL. Availability of oral isotretinoin and terbinafine on the Internet. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;62:153-154.
- Mahé E, Beauchet A. Dermatologists and the Internet. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;63:908.
Practice Points
- Social media content can influence patients’ perceptions of their disease and serve as a modality to acquire medical treatments, though the source often is unknown.
- This study aimed to identify sources of acne-related social media posts to determine communication trends to gain a better understanding of the potential impact social media may have on patient care.
- Due to the potential for illicit marketing of prescription acne medications across multiple social media platforms, it is important to ask your patients what resources they use to learn about acne and offer to answer any questions regarding acne and its treatment.
Screening for Depression in Rosacea Patients
Rosacea is a chronic skin condition that can be classified into 4 subtypes: erythematotelangiectatic, papulopustular, phymatous, and ocular. Erythematotelangiectatic rosacea is characterized by redness of the face and excessive blushing. Papulopustular rosacea is a more severe form of disease that is characterized by papules and pustules of the central face. If left untreated, these subtypes may progress to phymatous rosacea, which is characterized by skin thickening, fibrosis, and cosmetic disfigurement. Ocular rosacea is characterized by redness and irritation of the eyes.1 Rosacea patients often are burdened with embarrassment, social anxiety, and psychiatric comorbidities.
The Patient Health Questionnaire 9 (PHQ-9) is a validated and reliable self-administered tool for diagnosis of depression and designation of depression severity. This instrument could prove useful in screening for depression in rosacea patients given the high incidence of psychiatric comorbidities in this patient population.2 The PHQ-9 consists of 9 questions that assess for criteria used to define depressive disorders in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (Fourth Edition).3 The questionnaire is brief, easy to administer, and has 88% specificity and sensitivity.4
Other studies have evaluated the relationship between rosacea and psychiatric illness, but the PHQ-9 was not used as a screening tool.7,8 Rosacea patients are at increased risk for having psychiatrist-diagnosed depression.5 In one assessment, a positive correlation between rosacea and psychiatric illness was noted using the Dermatology Life Quality Index, the rejection scale of the Questionnaire on Experience with Skin Complaints, and the German version of the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale.6 Interpretation of Rosacea Quality of Life and Dermatology Life Quality Index scores indicated that rosacea has a negative impact on quality of life.7
The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between self-assessed rosacea severity scores and level of depression using the validated rosacea self-assessment tool and the PHQ-9 questionnaire, respectively.
Methods
Study Population
Study participants were adult patients from the Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center (Winston-Salem, North Carolina) dermatology clinic from January 2011 to December 2014 who had received a diagnosis of rosacea (International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision [ICD-9] code 695.3) from a Wake Forest dermatologist. Institutional review board approval was obtained prior to initiation of the study. Data collection occurred from October 2014 through February 2015. A total of 478 patients met criteria for participation in the study and were identified from the Wake Forest Baptist Hospital Transitional Data Warehouse and the electronic medical record. Because rosacea typically is not diagnosed in children and the data measures are not validated in children, this demographic group was excluded from participation.
Of 478 eligible patients who were invited to participate via mail or telephone, 46 completed the rosacea self-assessment tool and PHQ-9 survey in person. A total of 432 patients were mailed a presurvey recruitment letter notifying them that they would be receiving a survey in the mail unless they contacted the study team to decline participation. An email address and telephone number for the study team was provided. Twenty patients declined to participate in the study; surveys were then mailed to the remaining 412 patients. Sixteen of the mailed surveys were returned by the post office due to an incorrect address.
Self-assessments
Patients selected images to self-identify the severity of their rosacea symptoms, including erythema, papulopustular lesions, ocular symptoms, and nasal involvement by looking at photographs on the self-assessment tool, which showed various rosacea severity levels. Scores ranged from 2 (least severe) to 8 (most severe). The PHQ-9 survey was completed by participants to assess mental health and mood.
Statistical Analysis
Results were reported using descriptive statistics. Regression analysis was performed to identify independent outcome predictors. To study the relationship between age and demographic variables, the population was divided into 2 groups: patients aged 60 years and older and patients younger than 60 years. Correlation of variables with duration of disease also was studied by creating 2 groups: patients with a disease duration of 11 years or longer and patients with a disease duration of less than 11 years. Comparisons were completed between groups using χ2 tests for proportions and t tests or analysis of variance for continuous variables. Analysis of variance was applied among all patients classified according to the following levels of depression: nondepressed, minimal depression symptoms, minor depression, major depression (moderate), and major depression (severe).
Results
There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and depression when comparing across the following levels of depression: nondepressed, minimal depression symptoms, minor depression, major depression (moderate), and major depression (severe)(P=.006; F=5.18; N=183)
Most patients reported they were nondepressed (68.9%). As measured by the PHQ-9, 31.1% of patients experienced some level of depression: 21.9% reported minimal depression symptoms, 7.1% reported minor depression, 1.1% reported major depression (moderate), and 1.1% reported major depression (severe)(Table).
Comment
There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and level of depression. In our study, nearly one-third of patients reported some degree of depression. The reason for this correlation may be due to disease stigmatization and decreased quality of life due to the somatic symptoms of rosacea. Our study reinforced the results of other studies evaluating the psychosocial impact of rosacea.8,9 Depression is associated with poor treatment adherence and poor outcomes in rosacea patients; therefore, depression may serve as an important outcome measure.10 The psychosocial impact of rosacea can be severe, but with disease improvement, there often is an improvement in the patient’s psychosocial status.7
There are several limitations to our study. The study population consisted of patients at a university dermatology clinic who may not be representative of patients in the general population; however, our hospital system does not require referral and provides care to a large percentage of the surrounding community.
Clinical implementation of the validated rosacea self-assessment tool and PHQ-9 may have several benefits. Patient-assessed rosacea severity and psychosocial impact obtained via use of these tools would provide physicians with information to fine-tune rosacea treatment regimens. Patients with the greatest social impact may require a more aggressive treatment approach. Early detection of depression in the rosacea population is important in informing treatment strategy and improving outcomes. Physicians should pay close attention to signs of depression in rosacea patients and determine if psychiatric treatment or referral for psychiatric evaluation is indicated. The correlation between rosacea and depression underscores the importance of treating this highly impactful disease; however, the low number of responders from the major depression (moderate) subgroup prevented us from making any strong conclusion about this specific subgroup.
- Steinhoff M, Schauber J, Leyden JJ. New insights into rosacea pathophysiology: a review of recent findings. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013;69(6, suppl 1):S15-S26.
- Kroenke K, Spitzer RL. The PHQ-9: a new depression diagnostic and severity measure. Psychol Ann. 2002;32:509-515.
- America Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
- Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16:606-613.
- Gupta MA, Gupta AK, Chen SJ, et al. Comorbidity of rosacea and depression: an analysis of the National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey and National Hospital Ambulatory Care Survey—outpatient department data collected by the US National Center for Health Statistics from 1995 to 2002. Br J Dermatol. 2005;153:1176-1181.
- Böhm D, Schwanitz P, Stock Gissendanner S, et al. Symptom severity and psychological sequelae in rosacea: results of a survey. Psychol Health Med. 2014;19:586-591.
- Moustafa F, Lewallen RS, Feldman SR. The psychological impact of rosacea and the influence of current management options. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;71:973-980.
- Halioua B, Cribier B, Frey M, et al. Feelings of stigmatization in patients with rosacea [published online June 21, 2016]. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2016;31:163-168.
- Bewley A, Fowler J, Schöfer H, et al. Erythema of rosacea impairs health-related quality of life: results of a meta-analysis [published online March 16, 2016]. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2016;6:237-247.
- Korman AM, Hill D, Alikhan A, et al. Impact and management of depression in psoriasis patients [published online January 4, 2016]. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016;17:147-152.
Rosacea is a chronic skin condition that can be classified into 4 subtypes: erythematotelangiectatic, papulopustular, phymatous, and ocular. Erythematotelangiectatic rosacea is characterized by redness of the face and excessive blushing. Papulopustular rosacea is a more severe form of disease that is characterized by papules and pustules of the central face. If left untreated, these subtypes may progress to phymatous rosacea, which is characterized by skin thickening, fibrosis, and cosmetic disfigurement. Ocular rosacea is characterized by redness and irritation of the eyes.1 Rosacea patients often are burdened with embarrassment, social anxiety, and psychiatric comorbidities.
The Patient Health Questionnaire 9 (PHQ-9) is a validated and reliable self-administered tool for diagnosis of depression and designation of depression severity. This instrument could prove useful in screening for depression in rosacea patients given the high incidence of psychiatric comorbidities in this patient population.2 The PHQ-9 consists of 9 questions that assess for criteria used to define depressive disorders in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (Fourth Edition).3 The questionnaire is brief, easy to administer, and has 88% specificity and sensitivity.4
Other studies have evaluated the relationship between rosacea and psychiatric illness, but the PHQ-9 was not used as a screening tool.7,8 Rosacea patients are at increased risk for having psychiatrist-diagnosed depression.5 In one assessment, a positive correlation between rosacea and psychiatric illness was noted using the Dermatology Life Quality Index, the rejection scale of the Questionnaire on Experience with Skin Complaints, and the German version of the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale.6 Interpretation of Rosacea Quality of Life and Dermatology Life Quality Index scores indicated that rosacea has a negative impact on quality of life.7
The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between self-assessed rosacea severity scores and level of depression using the validated rosacea self-assessment tool and the PHQ-9 questionnaire, respectively.
Methods
Study Population
Study participants were adult patients from the Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center (Winston-Salem, North Carolina) dermatology clinic from January 2011 to December 2014 who had received a diagnosis of rosacea (International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision [ICD-9] code 695.3) from a Wake Forest dermatologist. Institutional review board approval was obtained prior to initiation of the study. Data collection occurred from October 2014 through February 2015. A total of 478 patients met criteria for participation in the study and were identified from the Wake Forest Baptist Hospital Transitional Data Warehouse and the electronic medical record. Because rosacea typically is not diagnosed in children and the data measures are not validated in children, this demographic group was excluded from participation.
Of 478 eligible patients who were invited to participate via mail or telephone, 46 completed the rosacea self-assessment tool and PHQ-9 survey in person. A total of 432 patients were mailed a presurvey recruitment letter notifying them that they would be receiving a survey in the mail unless they contacted the study team to decline participation. An email address and telephone number for the study team was provided. Twenty patients declined to participate in the study; surveys were then mailed to the remaining 412 patients. Sixteen of the mailed surveys were returned by the post office due to an incorrect address.
Self-assessments
Patients selected images to self-identify the severity of their rosacea symptoms, including erythema, papulopustular lesions, ocular symptoms, and nasal involvement by looking at photographs on the self-assessment tool, which showed various rosacea severity levels. Scores ranged from 2 (least severe) to 8 (most severe). The PHQ-9 survey was completed by participants to assess mental health and mood.
Statistical Analysis
Results were reported using descriptive statistics. Regression analysis was performed to identify independent outcome predictors. To study the relationship between age and demographic variables, the population was divided into 2 groups: patients aged 60 years and older and patients younger than 60 years. Correlation of variables with duration of disease also was studied by creating 2 groups: patients with a disease duration of 11 years or longer and patients with a disease duration of less than 11 years. Comparisons were completed between groups using χ2 tests for proportions and t tests or analysis of variance for continuous variables. Analysis of variance was applied among all patients classified according to the following levels of depression: nondepressed, minimal depression symptoms, minor depression, major depression (moderate), and major depression (severe).
Results
There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and depression when comparing across the following levels of depression: nondepressed, minimal depression symptoms, minor depression, major depression (moderate), and major depression (severe)(P=.006; F=5.18; N=183)
Most patients reported they were nondepressed (68.9%). As measured by the PHQ-9, 31.1% of patients experienced some level of depression: 21.9% reported minimal depression symptoms, 7.1% reported minor depression, 1.1% reported major depression (moderate), and 1.1% reported major depression (severe)(Table).
Comment
There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and level of depression. In our study, nearly one-third of patients reported some degree of depression. The reason for this correlation may be due to disease stigmatization and decreased quality of life due to the somatic symptoms of rosacea. Our study reinforced the results of other studies evaluating the psychosocial impact of rosacea.8,9 Depression is associated with poor treatment adherence and poor outcomes in rosacea patients; therefore, depression may serve as an important outcome measure.10 The psychosocial impact of rosacea can be severe, but with disease improvement, there often is an improvement in the patient’s psychosocial status.7
There are several limitations to our study. The study population consisted of patients at a university dermatology clinic who may not be representative of patients in the general population; however, our hospital system does not require referral and provides care to a large percentage of the surrounding community.
Clinical implementation of the validated rosacea self-assessment tool and PHQ-9 may have several benefits. Patient-assessed rosacea severity and psychosocial impact obtained via use of these tools would provide physicians with information to fine-tune rosacea treatment regimens. Patients with the greatest social impact may require a more aggressive treatment approach. Early detection of depression in the rosacea population is important in informing treatment strategy and improving outcomes. Physicians should pay close attention to signs of depression in rosacea patients and determine if psychiatric treatment or referral for psychiatric evaluation is indicated. The correlation between rosacea and depression underscores the importance of treating this highly impactful disease; however, the low number of responders from the major depression (moderate) subgroup prevented us from making any strong conclusion about this specific subgroup.
Rosacea is a chronic skin condition that can be classified into 4 subtypes: erythematotelangiectatic, papulopustular, phymatous, and ocular. Erythematotelangiectatic rosacea is characterized by redness of the face and excessive blushing. Papulopustular rosacea is a more severe form of disease that is characterized by papules and pustules of the central face. If left untreated, these subtypes may progress to phymatous rosacea, which is characterized by skin thickening, fibrosis, and cosmetic disfigurement. Ocular rosacea is characterized by redness and irritation of the eyes.1 Rosacea patients often are burdened with embarrassment, social anxiety, and psychiatric comorbidities.
The Patient Health Questionnaire 9 (PHQ-9) is a validated and reliable self-administered tool for diagnosis of depression and designation of depression severity. This instrument could prove useful in screening for depression in rosacea patients given the high incidence of psychiatric comorbidities in this patient population.2 The PHQ-9 consists of 9 questions that assess for criteria used to define depressive disorders in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (Fourth Edition).3 The questionnaire is brief, easy to administer, and has 88% specificity and sensitivity.4
Other studies have evaluated the relationship between rosacea and psychiatric illness, but the PHQ-9 was not used as a screening tool.7,8 Rosacea patients are at increased risk for having psychiatrist-diagnosed depression.5 In one assessment, a positive correlation between rosacea and psychiatric illness was noted using the Dermatology Life Quality Index, the rejection scale of the Questionnaire on Experience with Skin Complaints, and the German version of the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale.6 Interpretation of Rosacea Quality of Life and Dermatology Life Quality Index scores indicated that rosacea has a negative impact on quality of life.7
The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between self-assessed rosacea severity scores and level of depression using the validated rosacea self-assessment tool and the PHQ-9 questionnaire, respectively.
Methods
Study Population
Study participants were adult patients from the Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center (Winston-Salem, North Carolina) dermatology clinic from January 2011 to December 2014 who had received a diagnosis of rosacea (International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision [ICD-9] code 695.3) from a Wake Forest dermatologist. Institutional review board approval was obtained prior to initiation of the study. Data collection occurred from October 2014 through February 2015. A total of 478 patients met criteria for participation in the study and were identified from the Wake Forest Baptist Hospital Transitional Data Warehouse and the electronic medical record. Because rosacea typically is not diagnosed in children and the data measures are not validated in children, this demographic group was excluded from participation.
Of 478 eligible patients who were invited to participate via mail or telephone, 46 completed the rosacea self-assessment tool and PHQ-9 survey in person. A total of 432 patients were mailed a presurvey recruitment letter notifying them that they would be receiving a survey in the mail unless they contacted the study team to decline participation. An email address and telephone number for the study team was provided. Twenty patients declined to participate in the study; surveys were then mailed to the remaining 412 patients. Sixteen of the mailed surveys were returned by the post office due to an incorrect address.
Self-assessments
Patients selected images to self-identify the severity of their rosacea symptoms, including erythema, papulopustular lesions, ocular symptoms, and nasal involvement by looking at photographs on the self-assessment tool, which showed various rosacea severity levels. Scores ranged from 2 (least severe) to 8 (most severe). The PHQ-9 survey was completed by participants to assess mental health and mood.
Statistical Analysis
Results were reported using descriptive statistics. Regression analysis was performed to identify independent outcome predictors. To study the relationship between age and demographic variables, the population was divided into 2 groups: patients aged 60 years and older and patients younger than 60 years. Correlation of variables with duration of disease also was studied by creating 2 groups: patients with a disease duration of 11 years or longer and patients with a disease duration of less than 11 years. Comparisons were completed between groups using χ2 tests for proportions and t tests or analysis of variance for continuous variables. Analysis of variance was applied among all patients classified according to the following levels of depression: nondepressed, minimal depression symptoms, minor depression, major depression (moderate), and major depression (severe).
Results
There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and depression when comparing across the following levels of depression: nondepressed, minimal depression symptoms, minor depression, major depression (moderate), and major depression (severe)(P=.006; F=5.18; N=183)
Most patients reported they were nondepressed (68.9%). As measured by the PHQ-9, 31.1% of patients experienced some level of depression: 21.9% reported minimal depression symptoms, 7.1% reported minor depression, 1.1% reported major depression (moderate), and 1.1% reported major depression (severe)(Table).
Comment
There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and level of depression. In our study, nearly one-third of patients reported some degree of depression. The reason for this correlation may be due to disease stigmatization and decreased quality of life due to the somatic symptoms of rosacea. Our study reinforced the results of other studies evaluating the psychosocial impact of rosacea.8,9 Depression is associated with poor treatment adherence and poor outcomes in rosacea patients; therefore, depression may serve as an important outcome measure.10 The psychosocial impact of rosacea can be severe, but with disease improvement, there often is an improvement in the patient’s psychosocial status.7
There are several limitations to our study. The study population consisted of patients at a university dermatology clinic who may not be representative of patients in the general population; however, our hospital system does not require referral and provides care to a large percentage of the surrounding community.
Clinical implementation of the validated rosacea self-assessment tool and PHQ-9 may have several benefits. Patient-assessed rosacea severity and psychosocial impact obtained via use of these tools would provide physicians with information to fine-tune rosacea treatment regimens. Patients with the greatest social impact may require a more aggressive treatment approach. Early detection of depression in the rosacea population is important in informing treatment strategy and improving outcomes. Physicians should pay close attention to signs of depression in rosacea patients and determine if psychiatric treatment or referral for psychiatric evaluation is indicated. The correlation between rosacea and depression underscores the importance of treating this highly impactful disease; however, the low number of responders from the major depression (moderate) subgroup prevented us from making any strong conclusion about this specific subgroup.
- Steinhoff M, Schauber J, Leyden JJ. New insights into rosacea pathophysiology: a review of recent findings. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013;69(6, suppl 1):S15-S26.
- Kroenke K, Spitzer RL. The PHQ-9: a new depression diagnostic and severity measure. Psychol Ann. 2002;32:509-515.
- America Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
- Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16:606-613.
- Gupta MA, Gupta AK, Chen SJ, et al. Comorbidity of rosacea and depression: an analysis of the National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey and National Hospital Ambulatory Care Survey—outpatient department data collected by the US National Center for Health Statistics from 1995 to 2002. Br J Dermatol. 2005;153:1176-1181.
- Böhm D, Schwanitz P, Stock Gissendanner S, et al. Symptom severity and psychological sequelae in rosacea: results of a survey. Psychol Health Med. 2014;19:586-591.
- Moustafa F, Lewallen RS, Feldman SR. The psychological impact of rosacea and the influence of current management options. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;71:973-980.
- Halioua B, Cribier B, Frey M, et al. Feelings of stigmatization in patients with rosacea [published online June 21, 2016]. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2016;31:163-168.
- Bewley A, Fowler J, Schöfer H, et al. Erythema of rosacea impairs health-related quality of life: results of a meta-analysis [published online March 16, 2016]. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2016;6:237-247.
- Korman AM, Hill D, Alikhan A, et al. Impact and management of depression in psoriasis patients [published online January 4, 2016]. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016;17:147-152.
- Steinhoff M, Schauber J, Leyden JJ. New insights into rosacea pathophysiology: a review of recent findings. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2013;69(6, suppl 1):S15-S26.
- Kroenke K, Spitzer RL. The PHQ-9: a new depression diagnostic and severity measure. Psychol Ann. 2002;32:509-515.
- America Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 4th ed. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.
- Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16:606-613.
- Gupta MA, Gupta AK, Chen SJ, et al. Comorbidity of rosacea and depression: an analysis of the National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey and National Hospital Ambulatory Care Survey—outpatient department data collected by the US National Center for Health Statistics from 1995 to 2002. Br J Dermatol. 2005;153:1176-1181.
- Böhm D, Schwanitz P, Stock Gissendanner S, et al. Symptom severity and psychological sequelae in rosacea: results of a survey. Psychol Health Med. 2014;19:586-591.
- Moustafa F, Lewallen RS, Feldman SR. The psychological impact of rosacea and the influence of current management options. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;71:973-980.
- Halioua B, Cribier B, Frey M, et al. Feelings of stigmatization in patients with rosacea [published online June 21, 2016]. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2016;31:163-168.
- Bewley A, Fowler J, Schöfer H, et al. Erythema of rosacea impairs health-related quality of life: results of a meta-analysis [published online March 16, 2016]. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2016;6:237-247.
- Korman AM, Hill D, Alikhan A, et al. Impact and management of depression in psoriasis patients [published online January 4, 2016]. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2016;17:147-152.
Practice Points
- Rosacea patients often are burdened with embarrassment, social anxiety, and psychiatric comorbidities.
- There is a direct relationship between rosacea severity and degree of depression.
- Physicians should pay close attention to signs of depression in rosacea patients and determine if psychiatric treatment or referral for psychiatric evaluation is indicated.
Reasons for Readmission Following Primary Total Shoulder Arthroplasty
ABSTRACT
An increasing interest focuses on the rates and risk factors for hospital readmission. However, little is known regarding the readmission following total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA). This study aims to determine the rates, risk factors, and reasons for hospital readmission following primary TSA. Patients undergoing TSA (anatomic or reverse) as part of the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program in 2011 to 2013 were identified. The rate of unplanned readmission to the hospital within 30 postoperative days was characterized. Using multivariate regression, demographic and comorbidity factors were tested for independent association with readmission. Finally, the reasons for readmission were characterized. A total of 3627 patients were identified. Among the admitted patients, 93 (2.56%) were readmitted within 30 days of surgery. The independent risk factors for readmission included old age (for age 60-69 years, relative risk [RR] = 1.6; for age 70-79 years, RR = 2.3; for age ≥80 years, RR = 23.1; P = .042), male sex (RR = 1.6, P = .025), anemia (RR = 1.9, P = .005), and dependent functional status (RR = 2.8, P = .012). The reasons for readmission were available for 84 of the 93 readmitted patients. The most common reasons for readmission comprised pneumonia (14 cases, 16.7%), dislocation (7 cases, 8.3%), pulmonary embolism (7 cases, 8.3%), and surgical site infection (6 cases, 7.1%). Unplanned readmission occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The most common causes of readmission include pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Patients with old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status are at higher risk for readmission and should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
Continue to: Total shoulder arthroplasty...
Total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) is performed with increasing frequency in the United States and is considered to be cost-effective.1-4 Following the procedure, patients generally achieve shoulder function and pain relief.5-8 Despite the success of the procedure, the growing literature on TSA has also reported rates of complications between 3.6% and 25% of the treated patients.9-16
In recent years, an increasing interest has focused on the rates and risk factors for unplanned hospital readmissions; these variables may not only reflect the quality of patient care but also result in considerable costs to the healthcare system. For instance, among Medicare patients, readmissions within 30 days of discharge occur in almost 20% of cases, costing $17.4 billion per year.17 Readmission rates increasingly factor into hospital performance metrics and reimbursement, including the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that reduces Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services payments to hospitals with high 30-day readmission rates.18
To date, only a few studies have evaluated readmission following TSA, with 30- to 90-day readmission rates ranging from 4.5% to 7.3%.19-23 These studies comprised single institution series20,22 and analyses of administrative databases.19,21,23 Most studies have shown that readmission occurs more often for medical than surgical reasons, with surgical reasons most commonly including infection and dislocation.19-23 However, only limited analyses have been conducted regarding risk factors for readmission.21,23 To date and to our knowledge, no study has investigated reasons for readmission following TSA using nationwide data.
This study aims to determine the rates, risk factors, and reasons for hospital readmission following primary TSA in the United States using the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program (NSQIP) database.
METHODS
DATA SOURCE
The NSQIP database was utilized to address the study purpose. NSQIP is a nationwide prospective surgical registry established by the American College of Surgeons and reports data from academic and community hospitals across the United States.24 Patients undertaking surgery at these centers are followed by the surgical clinical reviewers at the participating NSQIP sites prospectively for 30 days following the procedure to record complications including readmission. Preoperative and surgical data, such as demographics, medical comorbid diseases, and operative time, are also included. Previous studies have analyzed the complications of various orthopedic surgeries using the NSQIP data.14,16,25-30
DATA COLLECTION
We retrospectively identified from NSQIP the patients who underwent primary TSA (anatomic or reverse) in 2013 to 2014. The timeframe 2013 to 2014 was used because NSQIP only began recording reasons for readmission in 2013. The inclusion criteria were as follows: Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) code for TSA (23472); preoperative diagnosis according to the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) codes 714.0, 715.11, 715.31, 715.91, 715.21, 715.89, 716.xx 718.xx, 719.xx, 726.x, 727.xx, and 733.41 (where x is a wild card digit); and no missing demographic, comorbidity, or outcome data. Anatomic and reverse TSA were analyzed together because they share the same CPT code, and the NSQIP database prevents searching by the ICD-9 procedure code.
The rate of unplanned readmission to the hospital within 30 postoperative days was characterized. The reasons for readmission in this 30-day period were only available in 2013 and were determined using the ICD-9 diagnosis codes. Patient demographics were recorded for use in identifying potential risk factors for readmission; the demographic data included sex, age, smoking status, body mass index (BMI), and comorbidities, including end-stage renal disease, dyspnea on exertion, congestive heart failure, diabetes mellitus, hypertension, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Continue to: Statistical analysis...
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Statistical analyses were performed using Stata version 13.1 (StataCorp). First, using bivariate and multivariate regression, demographic and comorbidity factors were tested for independent association with readmission to the hospital within 30 days of surgery. Second, among the readmitted patients, the reasons for readmission were tabulated. Of note, the reasons for readmission were only documented for the procedures performed in 2013. All tests were 2-tailed and conducted at an α level of 0.05.
RESTULTS
A total of 3627 TSA patients were identified. The mean age (± standard deviation) was 69.4 ± 9.5 years, 55.8% of patients were female, and mean BMI was 30.1 ± 7.0 years. Table 1 provides the additional demographic data. Of the 3627 included patients, 93 (2.56%) were readmitted within 30 days of surgery. The 95% confidence interval for the estimated rate of readmission reached 2.05% to 3.08%.
Table 1. Patient Population
| Number | Percent |
Total | 3627 | 100.0% |
Age |
|
|
18-59 | 539 | 14.9% |
60-69 | 1235 | 34.1% |
70-79 | 1317 | 36.3% |
≥80 | 536 | 14.8% |
Sex |
|
|
Male | 1603 | 44.2% |
Female | 2024 | 55.8% |
Body mass index |
|
|
Normal (<25 kg/m2) | 650 | 17.9% |
Overweight (25-30 kg/m2) | 1147 | 31.6% |
Obese (≥30 kg/m2) | 1830 | 50.5% |
Functional status |
|
|
Independent | 3544 | 97.7% |
Dependent | 83 | 2.3% |
Diabetes mellitus |
|
|
No | 3022 | 83.3% |
Yes | 605 | 16.7% |
Dyspnea on exertion |
|
|
No | 3393 | 93.6% |
Yes | 234 | 6.5% |
Hypertension |
|
|
No | 1192 | 32.9% |
Yes | 2435 | 67.1% |
COPD |
|
|
No | 3384 | 93.3% |
Yes | 243 | 6.7% |
Current smoker |
|
|
No | 3249 | 89.6% |
Yes | 378 | 10.4% |
Anemia |
|
|
No | 3051 | 84.1% |
Yes | 576 | 15.9% |
Abbreviation: COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In the bivariate analyses (Table 2), the following factors were positively associated readmission: older age (60-69 years, relative risk [RR] = 1.6; 70-79 years, RR = 2.2; ≥80 years, RR = 3.3; P = .011), dependent functional status (RR = 2.9, P = .008), and anemia (RR = 2.2, P < .001).
Table 2. Bivariate Analysis of Risk Factors for Readmission
| Rate | RR | 95% CI | P-value |
Age |
|
|
| 0.011 |
18-59 | 1.30% | Ref. | - |
|
60-69 | 2.02% | 1.6 | 0.7-3.6 |
|
70-79 | 2.89% | 2.2 | 1.0-4.9 |
|
≥80 | 4.29% | 3.3 | 1.4-7.6 |
|
Sex |
|
|
| 0.099 |
Female | 2.17% | Ref. | - |
|
Male | 3.06% | 1.4 | 0.9-2.1 |
|
Body mass index |
|
|
| 0.764 |
Normal (<25 kg/m2) | 2.92% | Ref. | - |
|
Overweight (25-30 kg/m2) | 2.35% | 0.8 | 0.5-1.4 |
|
Obese (≥30 kg/m2) | 2.57% | 0.9 | 0.5-1.5 |
|
Functional status |
|
|
| 0.008 |
Independent | 2.45% | Ref. | - |
|
Dependent | 7.23% | 2.9 | 1.3-6.5 |
|
Diabetes mellitus |
|
|
| 0.483 |
No | 2.48% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 2.98% | 1.2 | 0.7-2.0 |
|
Dyspnea on exertion |
|
|
| 0.393 |
No | 2.51% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 3.42% | 1.4 | 0.7-2.8 |
|
Hypertension |
|
|
| 0.145 |
No | 2.01% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 2.83% | 1.4 | 0.9-2.2 |
|
COPD |
|
|
| 0.457 |
No | 2.51% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 3.29% | 1.3 | 0.6-2.7 |
|
Current smoker |
|
|
| 0.116 |
No | 2.71% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 1.32% | 0.5 | 0.2-1.2 |
|
Anemia |
|
|
| <0.001 |
No | 2.16% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 4.69% | 2.2 | 1.4-3.4 |
|
Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; RR, relative risk.
In the multivariate analyses (Table 3), the following factors were independent risk factors for readmission: older age (60-69 years, RR = 1.6; 70-79 years, RR = 2.3; ≥80 years, RR = 3.1; P =.027), male sex (RR = 1.6, P = .025), anemia (RR = 1.9, P = .005), and dependent functional status (RR = 2.8, P = .012). Interestingly, readmission showed no independent association with diabetes, dyspnea on exertion, BMI, COPD, hypertension, or current smoking status (P > .05 for each).
Table 3. Independent Risk Factors for Readmission on Multivariate Analysis
| Rate | RR | 95% CI | P-value |
Age |
|
|
| 0.027 |
18-59 | 1.30% | Ref | - |
|
60-69 | 2.02% | 1.6 | 0.7-3.6 |
|
70-79 | 2.89% | 2.3 | 1.0-5.1 |
|
≥80 | 4.29% | 3.1 | 1.3-7.4 |
|
Sex |
|
|
| 0.025 |
Female | 2.17% | Ref. | - |
|
Male | 3.06% | 1.6 | 1.1-2.4 |
|
Anemia |
|
|
| 0.005 |
No | 2.16% | Ref | - |
|
Yes | 4.69% | 1.9 | 1.2-3.0 |
|
Functional status |
|
|
| 0.012 |
Independent | 2.45% | Ref | - |
|
Dependent | 7.23% | 2.8 | 1.3-6.2 |
|
Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; RR, relative risk.
Continue to: Table 4...
The reasons for readmission were available for 84 of the 93 readmitted patients. The most common reasons for readmission included pneumonia (14 cases, 16.7%), dislocation (7 cases, 8.3%), pulmonary embolism (7 cases, 8.3%), and surgical site infection (6 cases, 7.1%) (Table 4).
Table 4. Reasons for Readmission
| Number | Percent |
Pneumonia | 14 | 16.7% |
Dislocation | 7 | 8.3% |
Pulmonary embolism | 7 | 8.3% |
Surgical site infection | 6 | 7.1% |
Atrial fibrillation | 4 | 4.8% |
Hematoma | 4 | 4.8% |
Altered mental status | 3 | 3.6% |
Chest pain | 3 | 3.6% |
Renal insufficiency/kidney failure | 3 | 3.6% |
Urinary tract infection | 3 | 3.6% |
Acute gastric or duodenal ulcer | 2 | 2.4% |
Dermatitis/other allergic reaction | 2 | 2.4% |
Orthostatic hypotension/syncope | 2 | 2.4% |
Pain | 2 | 2.4% |
Respiratory distress | 2 | 2.4% |
Sepsis | 2 | 2.4% |
Urinary retention | 2 | 2.4% |
Acute cholecystitis | 1 | 1.2% |
Cerebrovascular accident | 1 | 1.2% |
Constipation | 1 | 1.2% |
Contusion of shoulder | 1 | 1.2% |
Deep venous thrombosis requiring therapy | 1 | 1.2% |
Gastrointestinal hemorrhage | 1 | 1.2% |
Gout | 1 | 1.2% |
Hepatic encephalopathy | 1 | 1.2% |
Intestinal infection | 1 | 1.2% |
Narcotic overdose | 1 | 1.2% |
Nausea/vomiting | 1 | 1.2% |
Proximal humerus fracture | 1 | 1.2% |
Rotator cuff tear | 1 | 1.2% |
Seroma | 1 | 1.2% |
Unspecified disease of pericardium | 1 | 1.2% |
Weakness | 1 | 1.2% |
DISCUSSION
Our analysis of 3042 TSAs from the NSQIP database suggests that unplanned readmission to the hospital occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The study also suggests that the most common reasons for readmission encompass pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status serve as risk factors for readmission, and patients with such factors should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
In recent years, an increasing emphasis has centered on reducing rates of hospital readmission, with programs such as the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Affordable Care Act cutting reimbursements for hospitals with high 30-day readmission rates.17,18 To date, only a few studies have evaluated the reasons for readmission and readmission rates for TSA.19-23 Initial reports consisted of single-institution TSA registry reviews. For example, Mahoney and colleagues20 retrospectively evaluated shoulder arthroplasty procedures at their institution to document the readmission rates, finding a 5.9% readmission rate at 30 days. Readmission occurred more frequently in the first 30 days following discharge than in the 30- to 90-day period, with the most common reasons for readmission including medical complications, infection, and dislocation. Streubel and colleagues22 evaluated reoperation rates from their institution’s TSA registry, finding a 0.6% reoperation rate for primary TSA at 30 days and 1.5% for revision TSA. Instability and infection were the most common indications for reoperation. Our findings confirm these single-institution results and demonstrate their application to a nationwide sample of TSA, not just to high-volume academic centers. We similarly observed that dislocation, surgical site infection, and medical complications (mostly pneumonia and pulmonary embolism) were common causes of readmission, and that the 30-day readmission rate was about 1 in 40.
Several authors have since used statewide databases to analyze and determine risk factors for readmission following TSA. Lyman and colleagues19 used the New York State Database to show that higher hospital TSA surgical volume was associated with a lower rate of readmission when age and comorbidities were controlled for in a multivariate model. Old age was also associated with an increased readmission rate in their multivariate analysis, but comorbidities (as measured by the Charlson comorbidity index) presented a nonsignificant associative trend. These authors opted not to determine specific causes of readmission. Schairer and colleagues21 used State Inpatient Databases from 7 states, finding a 90-day readmission rate of 7.3%, 82% of which were due to medical complications and 18% of which were due to surgical complications (mostly infection and dislocation). Their multivariate regression revealed that male sex, reverse TSA, Medicaid insurance, patients discharged to inpatient rehabilitation or nursing facilities, medical comorbidities, and low-volume TSA hospitals were associated with readmission. Zhang and colleagues23 used the same source to show that the 90-day readmission rate reached 14% for surgically treated proximal humerus fractures and higher for patients who underwent open reduction internal fixation, were female, were African American, were discharged to a nursing facility, possessed Medicaid insurance, or experienced medical comorbidities. Most recently, Basques and colleagues31 analyzed 1505 TSA cases from 2011 and 2012 in the NSQIP database, finding a 3.3% rate of readmission, with heart disease and hypertension as risk factors for readmission. Although the limitations of the NSQIP database prevented us from analyzing surgeon and hospital TSA volume or reverse vs anatomic TSA, our results confirm that the findings from statewide database studies apply to the United States nationwide NSQIP database. Old patient age, male sex, and medical comorbidities (anemia and dependent functional status) are independent risk factors for TSA readmission. We identified pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection as the most common reasons for readmission.
This study features several limitations that should be considered when interpreting the results. Anatomic and reverse TSA share a CPT code and were not separated using NSQIP data. A number of studies have reported that reverse TSA may place patients at higher risk for readmission;20,21 however, confounding by other patient factors could play a role in this finding. The 30-day timeframe for readmission is another potential limitation; however, this timeframe is frequently used in other studies and is the relevant timeframe for the reduced reimbursement penalties from the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Affordable Care Act.18 Furthermore, the NSQIP database contains no information on surgeon or hospital TSA volume, which is a result of safeguards for patient and provider privacy. Additionally, readmission data were only available for 2011 to 2013, with causes of readmission only present in 2013. Although provided with such current information, we cannot analyze readmission trends over time, such as in response to the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Finally, although NSQIP surgical clinical reviewers strive to identify readmissions to other hospitals during their reviews of outpatient medical records, proportions of these readmissions are possibly missed. Therefore, our 30-day readmission rate may slightly underestimate the true rate.
Despite these limitations, the NSQIP database offers a unique opportunity to examine risk factors and reasons for readmission following TSA. The prior literature on readmission following TSA stemmed either from limited samples or administrative data, which feature known limitations.32 By utilizing a large, prospective, non-administrative, nationwide sample, our findings are probably both more reliable and generalizable to the country as a whole.
CONCLUSION
Unplanned readmission occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The most common causes of readmission include pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Patients with old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status are at a higher risk for readmission and should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Adams JE, Sperling JW, Hoskin TL, Melton LJ, Cofield RH. Shoulder arthroplasty in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1976-2000: a population-based study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2006;15(1):50-55. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2005.04.009.
- Jain NB, Higgins LD, Guller U, Pietrobon R, Katz JN. Trends in the epidemiology of total shoulder arthroplasty in the United States from 1990-2000. Arthritis Rheum.2006;55(4):591-597. doi:10.1002/art.22102.
- Kim SH, Wise BL, Zhang Y, Szabo RM. Increasing incidence of shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(24):2249-2254. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994.
- Mather RC, Watters TS, Orlando LA, Bolognesi MP, Moorman CT. Cost effectiveness analysis of hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2010;19(3):325-334. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2009.11.057.
- Carter MJ, Mikuls TR, Nayak S, Fehringer EV, Michaud K. Impact of total shoulder arthroplasty on generic and shoulder-specific health-related quality-of-life measures: a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(17):e127. doi:10.2106/JBJS.K.00204.
- Deshmukh AV, Koris M, Zurakowski D, Thornhill TS. Total shoulder arthroplasty: long-term survivorship, functional outcome, and quality of life. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(5):471-479. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2005.02.009.
- Montoya F, Magosch P, Scheiderer B, Lichtenberg S, Melean P, Habermeyer P. Midterm results of a total shoulder prosthesis fixed with a cementless glenoid component. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(5):628-635. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2012.07.005.
- Raiss P, Bruckner T, Rickert M, Walch G. Longitudinal observational study of total shoulder replacements with cement: fifteen to twenty-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am.2014;96(3):198-205. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00079.
- Bohsali KI, Wirth MA, Rockwood CA. Complications of total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(10):2279-2292. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00125.
- Chalmers PN, Gupta AK, Rahman Z, Bruce B, Romeo AA, Nicholson GP. Predictors of early complications of total shoulder arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(4):856-860. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2013.07.002.
- Cheung E, Willis M, Walker M, Clark R, Frankle MA. Complications in reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2011;19(7):439-449.
- Papadonikolakis A, Neradilek MB, Matsen FA. Failure of the glenoid component in anatomic total shoulder arthroplasty: a systematic review of the English-language literature between 2006 and 2012. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(24):2205-2212. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00552.
- Saltzman BM, Chalmers PN, Gupta AK, Romeo AA, Nicholson GP. Complication rates comparing primary with revision reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2014;23(11):1647-1654. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.04.015.
- Shields E, Iannuzzi JC, Thorsness R, Noyes K, Voloshin I. Perioperative complications after hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty are equivalent. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(10):1449-1453. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.01.052.
- Sperling JW, Hawkins RJ, Walch G, Mahoney AP, Zuckerman JD. Complications in total shoulder arthroplasty. Instr Course Lect. 2013;62:135-141.
- Shields E, Thirukumaran C, Thorsness R, Noyes K, Voloshin I. An analysis of adult patient risk factors and complications within 30 days after arthroscopic shoulder surgery. Arthroscopy. 2015;31(5):807-815. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2014.12.011.
- Jencks SF, Williams MV, Coleman EA. Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare fee-for-service program. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(14):1418-1428. doi:10.1056/NEJMsa0803563.
- Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Readmissions reduction program (HRRP). . Updated April 27, 2018. Accessed June 29, 2018.
- Lyman S, Jones EC, Bach PB, Peterson MG, Marx RG. The association between hospital volume and total shoulder arthroplasty outcomes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;432:132-137. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000150571.51381.9a.
- Mahoney A, Bosco JA, Zuckerman JD. Readmission after shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(3):377-381. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.08.007.
- Schairer WW, Zhang AL, Feeley BT. Hospital readmissions after primary shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(9):1349-1355. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.12.004.
- Streubel PN, Simone JP, Sperling JW, Cofield R. Thirty and ninety-day reoperation rates after shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(3):e17. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00127.
- Zhang AL, Schairer WW, Feeley BT. Hospital readmissions after surgical treatment of proximal humerus fractures: is arthroplasty safer than open reduction internal fixation? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(8):2317-2324. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3613-y.
- American College of Surgeons. ACS National Surgical Quality Improvement Program. http://www.acsnsqip.org. Accessed July 15, 2015.
- Basques BA, Gardner EC, Varthi AG, et al. Risk factors for short-term adverse events and readmission after arthroscopic meniscectomy: does age matter? Am J Sports Med.2015;43(1):169-175. doi:10.1177/0363546514551923.
- Haughom BD, Schairer WW, Hellman MD, Yi PH, Levine BR. Does resident involvement impact post-operative complications following primary total knee arthroplasty? An analysis of 24,529 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(7):1468-1472.e2. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2014.02.036.
- Haughom BD, Schairer WW, Hellman MD, Yi PH, Levine BR. Resident involvement does not influence complication after total hip arthroplasty: an analysis of 13,109 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(10):1919-1924. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2014.06.003.
- Martin CT, Gao Y, Pugely AJ, Wolf BR. 30-day morbidity and mortality after elective shoulder arthroscopy: a review of 9410 cases. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(12):1667-1675.e1. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.06.022.
- Martin CT, Pugely AJ, Gao Y, Wolf BR. Risk factors for thirty-day morbidity and mortality following knee arthroscopy: a review of 12,271 patients from the national surgical quality improvement program database. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(14):e98 1-10. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.01440.
- Waterman BR, Dunn JC, Bader J, Urrea L, Schoenfeld AJ, Belmont PJ. Thirty-day morbidity and mortality after elective total shoulder arthroplasty: patient-based and surgical risk factors. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(1):24-30. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.05.016.
- Basques BA, Gardner EC, Toy JO, Golinvaux NS, Bohl DD, Grauer JN. Length of stay and readmission after total shoulder arthroplasty: an analysis of 1505 cases. Am J Orthop.2015;44(8):E268-E271.
- Bohl DD, Russo GS, Basques BA, et al. Variations in data collection methods between national databases affect study results: a comparison of the nationwide inpatient sample and national surgical quality improvement program databases for lumbar spine fusion procedures. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(23):e193. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.01490.
ABSTRACT
An increasing interest focuses on the rates and risk factors for hospital readmission. However, little is known regarding the readmission following total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA). This study aims to determine the rates, risk factors, and reasons for hospital readmission following primary TSA. Patients undergoing TSA (anatomic or reverse) as part of the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program in 2011 to 2013 were identified. The rate of unplanned readmission to the hospital within 30 postoperative days was characterized. Using multivariate regression, demographic and comorbidity factors were tested for independent association with readmission. Finally, the reasons for readmission were characterized. A total of 3627 patients were identified. Among the admitted patients, 93 (2.56%) were readmitted within 30 days of surgery. The independent risk factors for readmission included old age (for age 60-69 years, relative risk [RR] = 1.6; for age 70-79 years, RR = 2.3; for age ≥80 years, RR = 23.1; P = .042), male sex (RR = 1.6, P = .025), anemia (RR = 1.9, P = .005), and dependent functional status (RR = 2.8, P = .012). The reasons for readmission were available for 84 of the 93 readmitted patients. The most common reasons for readmission comprised pneumonia (14 cases, 16.7%), dislocation (7 cases, 8.3%), pulmonary embolism (7 cases, 8.3%), and surgical site infection (6 cases, 7.1%). Unplanned readmission occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The most common causes of readmission include pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Patients with old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status are at higher risk for readmission and should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
Continue to: Total shoulder arthroplasty...
Total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) is performed with increasing frequency in the United States and is considered to be cost-effective.1-4 Following the procedure, patients generally achieve shoulder function and pain relief.5-8 Despite the success of the procedure, the growing literature on TSA has also reported rates of complications between 3.6% and 25% of the treated patients.9-16
In recent years, an increasing interest has focused on the rates and risk factors for unplanned hospital readmissions; these variables may not only reflect the quality of patient care but also result in considerable costs to the healthcare system. For instance, among Medicare patients, readmissions within 30 days of discharge occur in almost 20% of cases, costing $17.4 billion per year.17 Readmission rates increasingly factor into hospital performance metrics and reimbursement, including the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that reduces Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services payments to hospitals with high 30-day readmission rates.18
To date, only a few studies have evaluated readmission following TSA, with 30- to 90-day readmission rates ranging from 4.5% to 7.3%.19-23 These studies comprised single institution series20,22 and analyses of administrative databases.19,21,23 Most studies have shown that readmission occurs more often for medical than surgical reasons, with surgical reasons most commonly including infection and dislocation.19-23 However, only limited analyses have been conducted regarding risk factors for readmission.21,23 To date and to our knowledge, no study has investigated reasons for readmission following TSA using nationwide data.
This study aims to determine the rates, risk factors, and reasons for hospital readmission following primary TSA in the United States using the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program (NSQIP) database.
METHODS
DATA SOURCE
The NSQIP database was utilized to address the study purpose. NSQIP is a nationwide prospective surgical registry established by the American College of Surgeons and reports data from academic and community hospitals across the United States.24 Patients undertaking surgery at these centers are followed by the surgical clinical reviewers at the participating NSQIP sites prospectively for 30 days following the procedure to record complications including readmission. Preoperative and surgical data, such as demographics, medical comorbid diseases, and operative time, are also included. Previous studies have analyzed the complications of various orthopedic surgeries using the NSQIP data.14,16,25-30
DATA COLLECTION
We retrospectively identified from NSQIP the patients who underwent primary TSA (anatomic or reverse) in 2013 to 2014. The timeframe 2013 to 2014 was used because NSQIP only began recording reasons for readmission in 2013. The inclusion criteria were as follows: Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) code for TSA (23472); preoperative diagnosis according to the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) codes 714.0, 715.11, 715.31, 715.91, 715.21, 715.89, 716.xx 718.xx, 719.xx, 726.x, 727.xx, and 733.41 (where x is a wild card digit); and no missing demographic, comorbidity, or outcome data. Anatomic and reverse TSA were analyzed together because they share the same CPT code, and the NSQIP database prevents searching by the ICD-9 procedure code.
The rate of unplanned readmission to the hospital within 30 postoperative days was characterized. The reasons for readmission in this 30-day period were only available in 2013 and were determined using the ICD-9 diagnosis codes. Patient demographics were recorded for use in identifying potential risk factors for readmission; the demographic data included sex, age, smoking status, body mass index (BMI), and comorbidities, including end-stage renal disease, dyspnea on exertion, congestive heart failure, diabetes mellitus, hypertension, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Continue to: Statistical analysis...
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Statistical analyses were performed using Stata version 13.1 (StataCorp). First, using bivariate and multivariate regression, demographic and comorbidity factors were tested for independent association with readmission to the hospital within 30 days of surgery. Second, among the readmitted patients, the reasons for readmission were tabulated. Of note, the reasons for readmission were only documented for the procedures performed in 2013. All tests were 2-tailed and conducted at an α level of 0.05.
RESTULTS
A total of 3627 TSA patients were identified. The mean age (± standard deviation) was 69.4 ± 9.5 years, 55.8% of patients were female, and mean BMI was 30.1 ± 7.0 years. Table 1 provides the additional demographic data. Of the 3627 included patients, 93 (2.56%) were readmitted within 30 days of surgery. The 95% confidence interval for the estimated rate of readmission reached 2.05% to 3.08%.
Table 1. Patient Population
| Number | Percent |
Total | 3627 | 100.0% |
Age |
|
|
18-59 | 539 | 14.9% |
60-69 | 1235 | 34.1% |
70-79 | 1317 | 36.3% |
≥80 | 536 | 14.8% |
Sex |
|
|
Male | 1603 | 44.2% |
Female | 2024 | 55.8% |
Body mass index |
|
|
Normal (<25 kg/m2) | 650 | 17.9% |
Overweight (25-30 kg/m2) | 1147 | 31.6% |
Obese (≥30 kg/m2) | 1830 | 50.5% |
Functional status |
|
|
Independent | 3544 | 97.7% |
Dependent | 83 | 2.3% |
Diabetes mellitus |
|
|
No | 3022 | 83.3% |
Yes | 605 | 16.7% |
Dyspnea on exertion |
|
|
No | 3393 | 93.6% |
Yes | 234 | 6.5% |
Hypertension |
|
|
No | 1192 | 32.9% |
Yes | 2435 | 67.1% |
COPD |
|
|
No | 3384 | 93.3% |
Yes | 243 | 6.7% |
Current smoker |
|
|
No | 3249 | 89.6% |
Yes | 378 | 10.4% |
Anemia |
|
|
No | 3051 | 84.1% |
Yes | 576 | 15.9% |
Abbreviation: COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In the bivariate analyses (Table 2), the following factors were positively associated readmission: older age (60-69 years, relative risk [RR] = 1.6; 70-79 years, RR = 2.2; ≥80 years, RR = 3.3; P = .011), dependent functional status (RR = 2.9, P = .008), and anemia (RR = 2.2, P < .001).
Table 2. Bivariate Analysis of Risk Factors for Readmission
| Rate | RR | 95% CI | P-value |
Age |
|
|
| 0.011 |
18-59 | 1.30% | Ref. | - |
|
60-69 | 2.02% | 1.6 | 0.7-3.6 |
|
70-79 | 2.89% | 2.2 | 1.0-4.9 |
|
≥80 | 4.29% | 3.3 | 1.4-7.6 |
|
Sex |
|
|
| 0.099 |
Female | 2.17% | Ref. | - |
|
Male | 3.06% | 1.4 | 0.9-2.1 |
|
Body mass index |
|
|
| 0.764 |
Normal (<25 kg/m2) | 2.92% | Ref. | - |
|
Overweight (25-30 kg/m2) | 2.35% | 0.8 | 0.5-1.4 |
|
Obese (≥30 kg/m2) | 2.57% | 0.9 | 0.5-1.5 |
|
Functional status |
|
|
| 0.008 |
Independent | 2.45% | Ref. | - |
|
Dependent | 7.23% | 2.9 | 1.3-6.5 |
|
Diabetes mellitus |
|
|
| 0.483 |
No | 2.48% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 2.98% | 1.2 | 0.7-2.0 |
|
Dyspnea on exertion |
|
|
| 0.393 |
No | 2.51% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 3.42% | 1.4 | 0.7-2.8 |
|
Hypertension |
|
|
| 0.145 |
No | 2.01% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 2.83% | 1.4 | 0.9-2.2 |
|
COPD |
|
|
| 0.457 |
No | 2.51% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 3.29% | 1.3 | 0.6-2.7 |
|
Current smoker |
|
|
| 0.116 |
No | 2.71% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 1.32% | 0.5 | 0.2-1.2 |
|
Anemia |
|
|
| <0.001 |
No | 2.16% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 4.69% | 2.2 | 1.4-3.4 |
|
Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; RR, relative risk.
In the multivariate analyses (Table 3), the following factors were independent risk factors for readmission: older age (60-69 years, RR = 1.6; 70-79 years, RR = 2.3; ≥80 years, RR = 3.1; P =.027), male sex (RR = 1.6, P = .025), anemia (RR = 1.9, P = .005), and dependent functional status (RR = 2.8, P = .012). Interestingly, readmission showed no independent association with diabetes, dyspnea on exertion, BMI, COPD, hypertension, or current smoking status (P > .05 for each).
Table 3. Independent Risk Factors for Readmission on Multivariate Analysis
| Rate | RR | 95% CI | P-value |
Age |
|
|
| 0.027 |
18-59 | 1.30% | Ref | - |
|
60-69 | 2.02% | 1.6 | 0.7-3.6 |
|
70-79 | 2.89% | 2.3 | 1.0-5.1 |
|
≥80 | 4.29% | 3.1 | 1.3-7.4 |
|
Sex |
|
|
| 0.025 |
Female | 2.17% | Ref. | - |
|
Male | 3.06% | 1.6 | 1.1-2.4 |
|
Anemia |
|
|
| 0.005 |
No | 2.16% | Ref | - |
|
Yes | 4.69% | 1.9 | 1.2-3.0 |
|
Functional status |
|
|
| 0.012 |
Independent | 2.45% | Ref | - |
|
Dependent | 7.23% | 2.8 | 1.3-6.2 |
|
Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; RR, relative risk.
Continue to: Table 4...
The reasons for readmission were available for 84 of the 93 readmitted patients. The most common reasons for readmission included pneumonia (14 cases, 16.7%), dislocation (7 cases, 8.3%), pulmonary embolism (7 cases, 8.3%), and surgical site infection (6 cases, 7.1%) (Table 4).
Table 4. Reasons for Readmission
| Number | Percent |
Pneumonia | 14 | 16.7% |
Dislocation | 7 | 8.3% |
Pulmonary embolism | 7 | 8.3% |
Surgical site infection | 6 | 7.1% |
Atrial fibrillation | 4 | 4.8% |
Hematoma | 4 | 4.8% |
Altered mental status | 3 | 3.6% |
Chest pain | 3 | 3.6% |
Renal insufficiency/kidney failure | 3 | 3.6% |
Urinary tract infection | 3 | 3.6% |
Acute gastric or duodenal ulcer | 2 | 2.4% |
Dermatitis/other allergic reaction | 2 | 2.4% |
Orthostatic hypotension/syncope | 2 | 2.4% |
Pain | 2 | 2.4% |
Respiratory distress | 2 | 2.4% |
Sepsis | 2 | 2.4% |
Urinary retention | 2 | 2.4% |
Acute cholecystitis | 1 | 1.2% |
Cerebrovascular accident | 1 | 1.2% |
Constipation | 1 | 1.2% |
Contusion of shoulder | 1 | 1.2% |
Deep venous thrombosis requiring therapy | 1 | 1.2% |
Gastrointestinal hemorrhage | 1 | 1.2% |
Gout | 1 | 1.2% |
Hepatic encephalopathy | 1 | 1.2% |
Intestinal infection | 1 | 1.2% |
Narcotic overdose | 1 | 1.2% |
Nausea/vomiting | 1 | 1.2% |
Proximal humerus fracture | 1 | 1.2% |
Rotator cuff tear | 1 | 1.2% |
Seroma | 1 | 1.2% |
Unspecified disease of pericardium | 1 | 1.2% |
Weakness | 1 | 1.2% |
DISCUSSION
Our analysis of 3042 TSAs from the NSQIP database suggests that unplanned readmission to the hospital occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The study also suggests that the most common reasons for readmission encompass pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status serve as risk factors for readmission, and patients with such factors should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
In recent years, an increasing emphasis has centered on reducing rates of hospital readmission, with programs such as the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Affordable Care Act cutting reimbursements for hospitals with high 30-day readmission rates.17,18 To date, only a few studies have evaluated the reasons for readmission and readmission rates for TSA.19-23 Initial reports consisted of single-institution TSA registry reviews. For example, Mahoney and colleagues20 retrospectively evaluated shoulder arthroplasty procedures at their institution to document the readmission rates, finding a 5.9% readmission rate at 30 days. Readmission occurred more frequently in the first 30 days following discharge than in the 30- to 90-day period, with the most common reasons for readmission including medical complications, infection, and dislocation. Streubel and colleagues22 evaluated reoperation rates from their institution’s TSA registry, finding a 0.6% reoperation rate for primary TSA at 30 days and 1.5% for revision TSA. Instability and infection were the most common indications for reoperation. Our findings confirm these single-institution results and demonstrate their application to a nationwide sample of TSA, not just to high-volume academic centers. We similarly observed that dislocation, surgical site infection, and medical complications (mostly pneumonia and pulmonary embolism) were common causes of readmission, and that the 30-day readmission rate was about 1 in 40.
Several authors have since used statewide databases to analyze and determine risk factors for readmission following TSA. Lyman and colleagues19 used the New York State Database to show that higher hospital TSA surgical volume was associated with a lower rate of readmission when age and comorbidities were controlled for in a multivariate model. Old age was also associated with an increased readmission rate in their multivariate analysis, but comorbidities (as measured by the Charlson comorbidity index) presented a nonsignificant associative trend. These authors opted not to determine specific causes of readmission. Schairer and colleagues21 used State Inpatient Databases from 7 states, finding a 90-day readmission rate of 7.3%, 82% of which were due to medical complications and 18% of which were due to surgical complications (mostly infection and dislocation). Their multivariate regression revealed that male sex, reverse TSA, Medicaid insurance, patients discharged to inpatient rehabilitation or nursing facilities, medical comorbidities, and low-volume TSA hospitals were associated with readmission. Zhang and colleagues23 used the same source to show that the 90-day readmission rate reached 14% for surgically treated proximal humerus fractures and higher for patients who underwent open reduction internal fixation, were female, were African American, were discharged to a nursing facility, possessed Medicaid insurance, or experienced medical comorbidities. Most recently, Basques and colleagues31 analyzed 1505 TSA cases from 2011 and 2012 in the NSQIP database, finding a 3.3% rate of readmission, with heart disease and hypertension as risk factors for readmission. Although the limitations of the NSQIP database prevented us from analyzing surgeon and hospital TSA volume or reverse vs anatomic TSA, our results confirm that the findings from statewide database studies apply to the United States nationwide NSQIP database. Old patient age, male sex, and medical comorbidities (anemia and dependent functional status) are independent risk factors for TSA readmission. We identified pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection as the most common reasons for readmission.
This study features several limitations that should be considered when interpreting the results. Anatomic and reverse TSA share a CPT code and were not separated using NSQIP data. A number of studies have reported that reverse TSA may place patients at higher risk for readmission;20,21 however, confounding by other patient factors could play a role in this finding. The 30-day timeframe for readmission is another potential limitation; however, this timeframe is frequently used in other studies and is the relevant timeframe for the reduced reimbursement penalties from the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Affordable Care Act.18 Furthermore, the NSQIP database contains no information on surgeon or hospital TSA volume, which is a result of safeguards for patient and provider privacy. Additionally, readmission data were only available for 2011 to 2013, with causes of readmission only present in 2013. Although provided with such current information, we cannot analyze readmission trends over time, such as in response to the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Finally, although NSQIP surgical clinical reviewers strive to identify readmissions to other hospitals during their reviews of outpatient medical records, proportions of these readmissions are possibly missed. Therefore, our 30-day readmission rate may slightly underestimate the true rate.
Despite these limitations, the NSQIP database offers a unique opportunity to examine risk factors and reasons for readmission following TSA. The prior literature on readmission following TSA stemmed either from limited samples or administrative data, which feature known limitations.32 By utilizing a large, prospective, non-administrative, nationwide sample, our findings are probably both more reliable and generalizable to the country as a whole.
CONCLUSION
Unplanned readmission occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The most common causes of readmission include pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Patients with old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status are at a higher risk for readmission and should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
ABSTRACT
An increasing interest focuses on the rates and risk factors for hospital readmission. However, little is known regarding the readmission following total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA). This study aims to determine the rates, risk factors, and reasons for hospital readmission following primary TSA. Patients undergoing TSA (anatomic or reverse) as part of the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program in 2011 to 2013 were identified. The rate of unplanned readmission to the hospital within 30 postoperative days was characterized. Using multivariate regression, demographic and comorbidity factors were tested for independent association with readmission. Finally, the reasons for readmission were characterized. A total of 3627 patients were identified. Among the admitted patients, 93 (2.56%) were readmitted within 30 days of surgery. The independent risk factors for readmission included old age (for age 60-69 years, relative risk [RR] = 1.6; for age 70-79 years, RR = 2.3; for age ≥80 years, RR = 23.1; P = .042), male sex (RR = 1.6, P = .025), anemia (RR = 1.9, P = .005), and dependent functional status (RR = 2.8, P = .012). The reasons for readmission were available for 84 of the 93 readmitted patients. The most common reasons for readmission comprised pneumonia (14 cases, 16.7%), dislocation (7 cases, 8.3%), pulmonary embolism (7 cases, 8.3%), and surgical site infection (6 cases, 7.1%). Unplanned readmission occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The most common causes of readmission include pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Patients with old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status are at higher risk for readmission and should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
Continue to: Total shoulder arthroplasty...
Total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) is performed with increasing frequency in the United States and is considered to be cost-effective.1-4 Following the procedure, patients generally achieve shoulder function and pain relief.5-8 Despite the success of the procedure, the growing literature on TSA has also reported rates of complications between 3.6% and 25% of the treated patients.9-16
In recent years, an increasing interest has focused on the rates and risk factors for unplanned hospital readmissions; these variables may not only reflect the quality of patient care but also result in considerable costs to the healthcare system. For instance, among Medicare patients, readmissions within 30 days of discharge occur in almost 20% of cases, costing $17.4 billion per year.17 Readmission rates increasingly factor into hospital performance metrics and reimbursement, including the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that reduces Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services payments to hospitals with high 30-day readmission rates.18
To date, only a few studies have evaluated readmission following TSA, with 30- to 90-day readmission rates ranging from 4.5% to 7.3%.19-23 These studies comprised single institution series20,22 and analyses of administrative databases.19,21,23 Most studies have shown that readmission occurs more often for medical than surgical reasons, with surgical reasons most commonly including infection and dislocation.19-23 However, only limited analyses have been conducted regarding risk factors for readmission.21,23 To date and to our knowledge, no study has investigated reasons for readmission following TSA using nationwide data.
This study aims to determine the rates, risk factors, and reasons for hospital readmission following primary TSA in the United States using the American College of Surgeons National Surgical Quality Improvement Program (NSQIP) database.
METHODS
DATA SOURCE
The NSQIP database was utilized to address the study purpose. NSQIP is a nationwide prospective surgical registry established by the American College of Surgeons and reports data from academic and community hospitals across the United States.24 Patients undertaking surgery at these centers are followed by the surgical clinical reviewers at the participating NSQIP sites prospectively for 30 days following the procedure to record complications including readmission. Preoperative and surgical data, such as demographics, medical comorbid diseases, and operative time, are also included. Previous studies have analyzed the complications of various orthopedic surgeries using the NSQIP data.14,16,25-30
DATA COLLECTION
We retrospectively identified from NSQIP the patients who underwent primary TSA (anatomic or reverse) in 2013 to 2014. The timeframe 2013 to 2014 was used because NSQIP only began recording reasons for readmission in 2013. The inclusion criteria were as follows: Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) code for TSA (23472); preoperative diagnosis according to the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) codes 714.0, 715.11, 715.31, 715.91, 715.21, 715.89, 716.xx 718.xx, 719.xx, 726.x, 727.xx, and 733.41 (where x is a wild card digit); and no missing demographic, comorbidity, or outcome data. Anatomic and reverse TSA were analyzed together because they share the same CPT code, and the NSQIP database prevents searching by the ICD-9 procedure code.
The rate of unplanned readmission to the hospital within 30 postoperative days was characterized. The reasons for readmission in this 30-day period were only available in 2013 and were determined using the ICD-9 diagnosis codes. Patient demographics were recorded for use in identifying potential risk factors for readmission; the demographic data included sex, age, smoking status, body mass index (BMI), and comorbidities, including end-stage renal disease, dyspnea on exertion, congestive heart failure, diabetes mellitus, hypertension, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
Continue to: Statistical analysis...
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Statistical analyses were performed using Stata version 13.1 (StataCorp). First, using bivariate and multivariate regression, demographic and comorbidity factors were tested for independent association with readmission to the hospital within 30 days of surgery. Second, among the readmitted patients, the reasons for readmission were tabulated. Of note, the reasons for readmission were only documented for the procedures performed in 2013. All tests were 2-tailed and conducted at an α level of 0.05.
RESTULTS
A total of 3627 TSA patients were identified. The mean age (± standard deviation) was 69.4 ± 9.5 years, 55.8% of patients were female, and mean BMI was 30.1 ± 7.0 years. Table 1 provides the additional demographic data. Of the 3627 included patients, 93 (2.56%) were readmitted within 30 days of surgery. The 95% confidence interval for the estimated rate of readmission reached 2.05% to 3.08%.
Table 1. Patient Population
| Number | Percent |
Total | 3627 | 100.0% |
Age |
|
|
18-59 | 539 | 14.9% |
60-69 | 1235 | 34.1% |
70-79 | 1317 | 36.3% |
≥80 | 536 | 14.8% |
Sex |
|
|
Male | 1603 | 44.2% |
Female | 2024 | 55.8% |
Body mass index |
|
|
Normal (<25 kg/m2) | 650 | 17.9% |
Overweight (25-30 kg/m2) | 1147 | 31.6% |
Obese (≥30 kg/m2) | 1830 | 50.5% |
Functional status |
|
|
Independent | 3544 | 97.7% |
Dependent | 83 | 2.3% |
Diabetes mellitus |
|
|
No | 3022 | 83.3% |
Yes | 605 | 16.7% |
Dyspnea on exertion |
|
|
No | 3393 | 93.6% |
Yes | 234 | 6.5% |
Hypertension |
|
|
No | 1192 | 32.9% |
Yes | 2435 | 67.1% |
COPD |
|
|
No | 3384 | 93.3% |
Yes | 243 | 6.7% |
Current smoker |
|
|
No | 3249 | 89.6% |
Yes | 378 | 10.4% |
Anemia |
|
|
No | 3051 | 84.1% |
Yes | 576 | 15.9% |
Abbreviation: COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
In the bivariate analyses (Table 2), the following factors were positively associated readmission: older age (60-69 years, relative risk [RR] = 1.6; 70-79 years, RR = 2.2; ≥80 years, RR = 3.3; P = .011), dependent functional status (RR = 2.9, P = .008), and anemia (RR = 2.2, P < .001).
Table 2. Bivariate Analysis of Risk Factors for Readmission
| Rate | RR | 95% CI | P-value |
Age |
|
|
| 0.011 |
18-59 | 1.30% | Ref. | - |
|
60-69 | 2.02% | 1.6 | 0.7-3.6 |
|
70-79 | 2.89% | 2.2 | 1.0-4.9 |
|
≥80 | 4.29% | 3.3 | 1.4-7.6 |
|
Sex |
|
|
| 0.099 |
Female | 2.17% | Ref. | - |
|
Male | 3.06% | 1.4 | 0.9-2.1 |
|
Body mass index |
|
|
| 0.764 |
Normal (<25 kg/m2) | 2.92% | Ref. | - |
|
Overweight (25-30 kg/m2) | 2.35% | 0.8 | 0.5-1.4 |
|
Obese (≥30 kg/m2) | 2.57% | 0.9 | 0.5-1.5 |
|
Functional status |
|
|
| 0.008 |
Independent | 2.45% | Ref. | - |
|
Dependent | 7.23% | 2.9 | 1.3-6.5 |
|
Diabetes mellitus |
|
|
| 0.483 |
No | 2.48% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 2.98% | 1.2 | 0.7-2.0 |
|
Dyspnea on exertion |
|
|
| 0.393 |
No | 2.51% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 3.42% | 1.4 | 0.7-2.8 |
|
Hypertension |
|
|
| 0.145 |
No | 2.01% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 2.83% | 1.4 | 0.9-2.2 |
|
COPD |
|
|
| 0.457 |
No | 2.51% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 3.29% | 1.3 | 0.6-2.7 |
|
Current smoker |
|
|
| 0.116 |
No | 2.71% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 1.32% | 0.5 | 0.2-1.2 |
|
Anemia |
|
|
| <0.001 |
No | 2.16% | Ref. | - |
|
Yes | 4.69% | 2.2 | 1.4-3.4 |
|
Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; RR, relative risk.
In the multivariate analyses (Table 3), the following factors were independent risk factors for readmission: older age (60-69 years, RR = 1.6; 70-79 years, RR = 2.3; ≥80 years, RR = 3.1; P =.027), male sex (RR = 1.6, P = .025), anemia (RR = 1.9, P = .005), and dependent functional status (RR = 2.8, P = .012). Interestingly, readmission showed no independent association with diabetes, dyspnea on exertion, BMI, COPD, hypertension, or current smoking status (P > .05 for each).
Table 3. Independent Risk Factors for Readmission on Multivariate Analysis
| Rate | RR | 95% CI | P-value |
Age |
|
|
| 0.027 |
18-59 | 1.30% | Ref | - |
|
60-69 | 2.02% | 1.6 | 0.7-3.6 |
|
70-79 | 2.89% | 2.3 | 1.0-5.1 |
|
≥80 | 4.29% | 3.1 | 1.3-7.4 |
|
Sex |
|
|
| 0.025 |
Female | 2.17% | Ref. | - |
|
Male | 3.06% | 1.6 | 1.1-2.4 |
|
Anemia |
|
|
| 0.005 |
No | 2.16% | Ref | - |
|
Yes | 4.69% | 1.9 | 1.2-3.0 |
|
Functional status |
|
|
| 0.012 |
Independent | 2.45% | Ref | - |
|
Dependent | 7.23% | 2.8 | 1.3-6.2 |
|
Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; RR, relative risk.
Continue to: Table 4...
The reasons for readmission were available for 84 of the 93 readmitted patients. The most common reasons for readmission included pneumonia (14 cases, 16.7%), dislocation (7 cases, 8.3%), pulmonary embolism (7 cases, 8.3%), and surgical site infection (6 cases, 7.1%) (Table 4).
Table 4. Reasons for Readmission
| Number | Percent |
Pneumonia | 14 | 16.7% |
Dislocation | 7 | 8.3% |
Pulmonary embolism | 7 | 8.3% |
Surgical site infection | 6 | 7.1% |
Atrial fibrillation | 4 | 4.8% |
Hematoma | 4 | 4.8% |
Altered mental status | 3 | 3.6% |
Chest pain | 3 | 3.6% |
Renal insufficiency/kidney failure | 3 | 3.6% |
Urinary tract infection | 3 | 3.6% |
Acute gastric or duodenal ulcer | 2 | 2.4% |
Dermatitis/other allergic reaction | 2 | 2.4% |
Orthostatic hypotension/syncope | 2 | 2.4% |
Pain | 2 | 2.4% |
Respiratory distress | 2 | 2.4% |
Sepsis | 2 | 2.4% |
Urinary retention | 2 | 2.4% |
Acute cholecystitis | 1 | 1.2% |
Cerebrovascular accident | 1 | 1.2% |
Constipation | 1 | 1.2% |
Contusion of shoulder | 1 | 1.2% |
Deep venous thrombosis requiring therapy | 1 | 1.2% |
Gastrointestinal hemorrhage | 1 | 1.2% |
Gout | 1 | 1.2% |
Hepatic encephalopathy | 1 | 1.2% |
Intestinal infection | 1 | 1.2% |
Narcotic overdose | 1 | 1.2% |
Nausea/vomiting | 1 | 1.2% |
Proximal humerus fracture | 1 | 1.2% |
Rotator cuff tear | 1 | 1.2% |
Seroma | 1 | 1.2% |
Unspecified disease of pericardium | 1 | 1.2% |
Weakness | 1 | 1.2% |
DISCUSSION
Our analysis of 3042 TSAs from the NSQIP database suggests that unplanned readmission to the hospital occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The study also suggests that the most common reasons for readmission encompass pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status serve as risk factors for readmission, and patients with such factors should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
In recent years, an increasing emphasis has centered on reducing rates of hospital readmission, with programs such as the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Affordable Care Act cutting reimbursements for hospitals with high 30-day readmission rates.17,18 To date, only a few studies have evaluated the reasons for readmission and readmission rates for TSA.19-23 Initial reports consisted of single-institution TSA registry reviews. For example, Mahoney and colleagues20 retrospectively evaluated shoulder arthroplasty procedures at their institution to document the readmission rates, finding a 5.9% readmission rate at 30 days. Readmission occurred more frequently in the first 30 days following discharge than in the 30- to 90-day period, with the most common reasons for readmission including medical complications, infection, and dislocation. Streubel and colleagues22 evaluated reoperation rates from their institution’s TSA registry, finding a 0.6% reoperation rate for primary TSA at 30 days and 1.5% for revision TSA. Instability and infection were the most common indications for reoperation. Our findings confirm these single-institution results and demonstrate their application to a nationwide sample of TSA, not just to high-volume academic centers. We similarly observed that dislocation, surgical site infection, and medical complications (mostly pneumonia and pulmonary embolism) were common causes of readmission, and that the 30-day readmission rate was about 1 in 40.
Several authors have since used statewide databases to analyze and determine risk factors for readmission following TSA. Lyman and colleagues19 used the New York State Database to show that higher hospital TSA surgical volume was associated with a lower rate of readmission when age and comorbidities were controlled for in a multivariate model. Old age was also associated with an increased readmission rate in their multivariate analysis, but comorbidities (as measured by the Charlson comorbidity index) presented a nonsignificant associative trend. These authors opted not to determine specific causes of readmission. Schairer and colleagues21 used State Inpatient Databases from 7 states, finding a 90-day readmission rate of 7.3%, 82% of which were due to medical complications and 18% of which were due to surgical complications (mostly infection and dislocation). Their multivariate regression revealed that male sex, reverse TSA, Medicaid insurance, patients discharged to inpatient rehabilitation or nursing facilities, medical comorbidities, and low-volume TSA hospitals were associated with readmission. Zhang and colleagues23 used the same source to show that the 90-day readmission rate reached 14% for surgically treated proximal humerus fractures and higher for patients who underwent open reduction internal fixation, were female, were African American, were discharged to a nursing facility, possessed Medicaid insurance, or experienced medical comorbidities. Most recently, Basques and colleagues31 analyzed 1505 TSA cases from 2011 and 2012 in the NSQIP database, finding a 3.3% rate of readmission, with heart disease and hypertension as risk factors for readmission. Although the limitations of the NSQIP database prevented us from analyzing surgeon and hospital TSA volume or reverse vs anatomic TSA, our results confirm that the findings from statewide database studies apply to the United States nationwide NSQIP database. Old patient age, male sex, and medical comorbidities (anemia and dependent functional status) are independent risk factors for TSA readmission. We identified pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection as the most common reasons for readmission.
This study features several limitations that should be considered when interpreting the results. Anatomic and reverse TSA share a CPT code and were not separated using NSQIP data. A number of studies have reported that reverse TSA may place patients at higher risk for readmission;20,21 however, confounding by other patient factors could play a role in this finding. The 30-day timeframe for readmission is another potential limitation; however, this timeframe is frequently used in other studies and is the relevant timeframe for the reduced reimbursement penalties from the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program of the Affordable Care Act.18 Furthermore, the NSQIP database contains no information on surgeon or hospital TSA volume, which is a result of safeguards for patient and provider privacy. Additionally, readmission data were only available for 2011 to 2013, with causes of readmission only present in 2013. Although provided with such current information, we cannot analyze readmission trends over time, such as in response to the Affordable Care Act of 2010. Finally, although NSQIP surgical clinical reviewers strive to identify readmissions to other hospitals during their reviews of outpatient medical records, proportions of these readmissions are possibly missed. Therefore, our 30-day readmission rate may slightly underestimate the true rate.
Despite these limitations, the NSQIP database offers a unique opportunity to examine risk factors and reasons for readmission following TSA. The prior literature on readmission following TSA stemmed either from limited samples or administrative data, which feature known limitations.32 By utilizing a large, prospective, non-administrative, nationwide sample, our findings are probably both more reliable and generalizable to the country as a whole.
CONCLUSION
Unplanned readmission occurs following about 1 in 40 cases of TSA. The most common causes of readmission include pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection. Patients with old age, male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status are at a higher risk for readmission and should be counseled and monitored accordingly.
This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.
- Adams JE, Sperling JW, Hoskin TL, Melton LJ, Cofield RH. Shoulder arthroplasty in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1976-2000: a population-based study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2006;15(1):50-55. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2005.04.009.
- Jain NB, Higgins LD, Guller U, Pietrobon R, Katz JN. Trends in the epidemiology of total shoulder arthroplasty in the United States from 1990-2000. Arthritis Rheum.2006;55(4):591-597. doi:10.1002/art.22102.
- Kim SH, Wise BL, Zhang Y, Szabo RM. Increasing incidence of shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(24):2249-2254. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994.
- Mather RC, Watters TS, Orlando LA, Bolognesi MP, Moorman CT. Cost effectiveness analysis of hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2010;19(3):325-334. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2009.11.057.
- Carter MJ, Mikuls TR, Nayak S, Fehringer EV, Michaud K. Impact of total shoulder arthroplasty on generic and shoulder-specific health-related quality-of-life measures: a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(17):e127. doi:10.2106/JBJS.K.00204.
- Deshmukh AV, Koris M, Zurakowski D, Thornhill TS. Total shoulder arthroplasty: long-term survivorship, functional outcome, and quality of life. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(5):471-479. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2005.02.009.
- Montoya F, Magosch P, Scheiderer B, Lichtenberg S, Melean P, Habermeyer P. Midterm results of a total shoulder prosthesis fixed with a cementless glenoid component. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(5):628-635. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2012.07.005.
- Raiss P, Bruckner T, Rickert M, Walch G. Longitudinal observational study of total shoulder replacements with cement: fifteen to twenty-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am.2014;96(3):198-205. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00079.
- Bohsali KI, Wirth MA, Rockwood CA. Complications of total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(10):2279-2292. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00125.
- Chalmers PN, Gupta AK, Rahman Z, Bruce B, Romeo AA, Nicholson GP. Predictors of early complications of total shoulder arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(4):856-860. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2013.07.002.
- Cheung E, Willis M, Walker M, Clark R, Frankle MA. Complications in reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2011;19(7):439-449.
- Papadonikolakis A, Neradilek MB, Matsen FA. Failure of the glenoid component in anatomic total shoulder arthroplasty: a systematic review of the English-language literature between 2006 and 2012. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(24):2205-2212. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00552.
- Saltzman BM, Chalmers PN, Gupta AK, Romeo AA, Nicholson GP. Complication rates comparing primary with revision reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2014;23(11):1647-1654. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.04.015.
- Shields E, Iannuzzi JC, Thorsness R, Noyes K, Voloshin I. Perioperative complications after hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty are equivalent. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(10):1449-1453. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.01.052.
- Sperling JW, Hawkins RJ, Walch G, Mahoney AP, Zuckerman JD. Complications in total shoulder arthroplasty. Instr Course Lect. 2013;62:135-141.
- Shields E, Thirukumaran C, Thorsness R, Noyes K, Voloshin I. An analysis of adult patient risk factors and complications within 30 days after arthroscopic shoulder surgery. Arthroscopy. 2015;31(5):807-815. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2014.12.011.
- Jencks SF, Williams MV, Coleman EA. Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare fee-for-service program. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(14):1418-1428. doi:10.1056/NEJMsa0803563.
- Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Readmissions reduction program (HRRP). . Updated April 27, 2018. Accessed June 29, 2018.
- Lyman S, Jones EC, Bach PB, Peterson MG, Marx RG. The association between hospital volume and total shoulder arthroplasty outcomes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;432:132-137. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000150571.51381.9a.
- Mahoney A, Bosco JA, Zuckerman JD. Readmission after shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(3):377-381. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.08.007.
- Schairer WW, Zhang AL, Feeley BT. Hospital readmissions after primary shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(9):1349-1355. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.12.004.
- Streubel PN, Simone JP, Sperling JW, Cofield R. Thirty and ninety-day reoperation rates after shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(3):e17. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00127.
- Zhang AL, Schairer WW, Feeley BT. Hospital readmissions after surgical treatment of proximal humerus fractures: is arthroplasty safer than open reduction internal fixation? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(8):2317-2324. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3613-y.
- American College of Surgeons. ACS National Surgical Quality Improvement Program. http://www.acsnsqip.org. Accessed July 15, 2015.
- Basques BA, Gardner EC, Varthi AG, et al. Risk factors for short-term adverse events and readmission after arthroscopic meniscectomy: does age matter? Am J Sports Med.2015;43(1):169-175. doi:10.1177/0363546514551923.
- Haughom BD, Schairer WW, Hellman MD, Yi PH, Levine BR. Does resident involvement impact post-operative complications following primary total knee arthroplasty? An analysis of 24,529 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(7):1468-1472.e2. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2014.02.036.
- Haughom BD, Schairer WW, Hellman MD, Yi PH, Levine BR. Resident involvement does not influence complication after total hip arthroplasty: an analysis of 13,109 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(10):1919-1924. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2014.06.003.
- Martin CT, Gao Y, Pugely AJ, Wolf BR. 30-day morbidity and mortality after elective shoulder arthroscopy: a review of 9410 cases. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(12):1667-1675.e1. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.06.022.
- Martin CT, Pugely AJ, Gao Y, Wolf BR. Risk factors for thirty-day morbidity and mortality following knee arthroscopy: a review of 12,271 patients from the national surgical quality improvement program database. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(14):e98 1-10. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.01440.
- Waterman BR, Dunn JC, Bader J, Urrea L, Schoenfeld AJ, Belmont PJ. Thirty-day morbidity and mortality after elective total shoulder arthroplasty: patient-based and surgical risk factors. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(1):24-30. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.05.016.
- Basques BA, Gardner EC, Toy JO, Golinvaux NS, Bohl DD, Grauer JN. Length of stay and readmission after total shoulder arthroplasty: an analysis of 1505 cases. Am J Orthop.2015;44(8):E268-E271.
- Bohl DD, Russo GS, Basques BA, et al. Variations in data collection methods between national databases affect study results: a comparison of the nationwide inpatient sample and national surgical quality improvement program databases for lumbar spine fusion procedures. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(23):e193. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.01490.
- Adams JE, Sperling JW, Hoskin TL, Melton LJ, Cofield RH. Shoulder arthroplasty in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1976-2000: a population-based study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2006;15(1):50-55. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2005.04.009.
- Jain NB, Higgins LD, Guller U, Pietrobon R, Katz JN. Trends in the epidemiology of total shoulder arthroplasty in the United States from 1990-2000. Arthritis Rheum.2006;55(4):591-597. doi:10.1002/art.22102.
- Kim SH, Wise BL, Zhang Y, Szabo RM. Increasing incidence of shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(24):2249-2254. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994.
- Mather RC, Watters TS, Orlando LA, Bolognesi MP, Moorman CT. Cost effectiveness analysis of hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2010;19(3):325-334. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2009.11.057.
- Carter MJ, Mikuls TR, Nayak S, Fehringer EV, Michaud K. Impact of total shoulder arthroplasty on generic and shoulder-specific health-related quality-of-life measures: a systematic literature review and meta-analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(17):e127. doi:10.2106/JBJS.K.00204.
- Deshmukh AV, Koris M, Zurakowski D, Thornhill TS. Total shoulder arthroplasty: long-term survivorship, functional outcome, and quality of life. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(5):471-479. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2005.02.009.
- Montoya F, Magosch P, Scheiderer B, Lichtenberg S, Melean P, Habermeyer P. Midterm results of a total shoulder prosthesis fixed with a cementless glenoid component. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(5):628-635. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2012.07.005.
- Raiss P, Bruckner T, Rickert M, Walch G. Longitudinal observational study of total shoulder replacements with cement: fifteen to twenty-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am.2014;96(3):198-205. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00079.
- Bohsali KI, Wirth MA, Rockwood CA. Complications of total shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(10):2279-2292. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00125.
- Chalmers PN, Gupta AK, Rahman Z, Bruce B, Romeo AA, Nicholson GP. Predictors of early complications of total shoulder arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(4):856-860. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2013.07.002.
- Cheung E, Willis M, Walker M, Clark R, Frankle MA. Complications in reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2011;19(7):439-449.
- Papadonikolakis A, Neradilek MB, Matsen FA. Failure of the glenoid component in anatomic total shoulder arthroplasty: a systematic review of the English-language literature between 2006 and 2012. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(24):2205-2212. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.00552.
- Saltzman BM, Chalmers PN, Gupta AK, Romeo AA, Nicholson GP. Complication rates comparing primary with revision reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg.2014;23(11):1647-1654. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.04.015.
- Shields E, Iannuzzi JC, Thorsness R, Noyes K, Voloshin I. Perioperative complications after hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty are equivalent. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(10):1449-1453. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.01.052.
- Sperling JW, Hawkins RJ, Walch G, Mahoney AP, Zuckerman JD. Complications in total shoulder arthroplasty. Instr Course Lect. 2013;62:135-141.
- Shields E, Thirukumaran C, Thorsness R, Noyes K, Voloshin I. An analysis of adult patient risk factors and complications within 30 days after arthroscopic shoulder surgery. Arthroscopy. 2015;31(5):807-815. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2014.12.011.
- Jencks SF, Williams MV, Coleman EA. Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare fee-for-service program. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(14):1418-1428. doi:10.1056/NEJMsa0803563.
- Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Readmissions reduction program (HRRP). . Updated April 27, 2018. Accessed June 29, 2018.
- Lyman S, Jones EC, Bach PB, Peterson MG, Marx RG. The association between hospital volume and total shoulder arthroplasty outcomes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;432:132-137. doi:10.1097/01.blo.0000150571.51381.9a.
- Mahoney A, Bosco JA, Zuckerman JD. Readmission after shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(3):377-381. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.08.007.
- Schairer WW, Zhang AL, Feeley BT. Hospital readmissions after primary shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(9):1349-1355. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.12.004.
- Streubel PN, Simone JP, Sperling JW, Cofield R. Thirty and ninety-day reoperation rates after shoulder arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(3):e17. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00127.
- Zhang AL, Schairer WW, Feeley BT. Hospital readmissions after surgical treatment of proximal humerus fractures: is arthroplasty safer than open reduction internal fixation? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(8):2317-2324. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3613-y.
- American College of Surgeons. ACS National Surgical Quality Improvement Program. http://www.acsnsqip.org. Accessed July 15, 2015.
- Basques BA, Gardner EC, Varthi AG, et al. Risk factors for short-term adverse events and readmission after arthroscopic meniscectomy: does age matter? Am J Sports Med.2015;43(1):169-175. doi:10.1177/0363546514551923.
- Haughom BD, Schairer WW, Hellman MD, Yi PH, Levine BR. Does resident involvement impact post-operative complications following primary total knee arthroplasty? An analysis of 24,529 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(7):1468-1472.e2. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2014.02.036.
- Haughom BD, Schairer WW, Hellman MD, Yi PH, Levine BR. Resident involvement does not influence complication after total hip arthroplasty: an analysis of 13,109 cases. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(10):1919-1924. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2014.06.003.
- Martin CT, Gao Y, Pugely AJ, Wolf BR. 30-day morbidity and mortality after elective shoulder arthroscopy: a review of 9410 cases. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(12):1667-1675.e1. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.06.022.
- Martin CT, Pugely AJ, Gao Y, Wolf BR. Risk factors for thirty-day morbidity and mortality following knee arthroscopy: a review of 12,271 patients from the national surgical quality improvement program database. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(14):e98 1-10. doi:10.2106/JBJS.L.01440.
- Waterman BR, Dunn JC, Bader J, Urrea L, Schoenfeld AJ, Belmont PJ. Thirty-day morbidity and mortality after elective total shoulder arthroplasty: patient-based and surgical risk factors. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(1):24-30. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.05.016.
- Basques BA, Gardner EC, Toy JO, Golinvaux NS, Bohl DD, Grauer JN. Length of stay and readmission after total shoulder arthroplasty: an analysis of 1505 cases. Am J Orthop.2015;44(8):E268-E271.
- Bohl DD, Russo GS, Basques BA, et al. Variations in data collection methods between national databases affect study results: a comparison of the nationwide inpatient sample and national surgical quality improvement program databases for lumbar spine fusion procedures. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(23):e193. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.01490.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
- Shoulder arthroplasty is an increasingly commonly performed procedure for shoulder arthritis and other conditions.
- Unplanned readmission in the 30 days after shoulder arthroplasty occurred in about 1 of 40 cases.
- Increasing age was associated with readmission, particularly age >80 years.
- Other risk factors for readmission were male sex, anemia, and dependent functional status.
- The most common reasons for readmission were pneumonia, dislocation, pulmonary embolism, and surgical site infection.